GFZ-61397E B-61397E

GE Fanuc CNC
0/00/0-Mate Operation
and Maintenance Handbook

Presented By: CNC Center

For Product Needs Please Visit:
http://www.cnccenter.com/
OR Email:
[email protected]
OR Call:
1-800-963-3513
GE Fanuc CNC Manuals

www.cnccenter.com

GE Fanuc Automation
Computer Numerical Control Products

Series 0 / 00 / 0-Mate
Operation and Maintenance Manual
GFZ-61397E/02

June 1996

1. CRT/MDI PANEL
1.1

Standard CRT/MDI Panel

M series
9 CRT

Soft key (Option)

1.2

Full Key CRT/MDI Panel

M series
9 CRT

POWER

ON

OFF

Soft key

1
Reset button

Data input keys

om

Program edit keys

r.c

ce
nt
e

Input key

Page change
Output/Start key
keys
Function keys
Cursor move keys

.c

8
Program edit
keys

Input key

w
w
w

Data input keys

nc

Reset key

10

Page change
keys

Function keys
Shift key

Output/Start key

Cursor move keys

1. CRT/MDI PANEL
CRT/MDI with MMC

ce
nt
e

r.c

om

1.3

POWER

.c

nc

I+OFF

O+OFF

MMC/CNC change key

Shift key

MMC/
CNC

SHIFT

OUTPUT
START

/
.

A
.

B
.

C
.

D
$

E
%

F
&

G
.

N
SP

O
>

P
.

R
<

S
>

T
[

U
]

V
.{

W
}

X
:

Y
;

Z
.

EOB

Start/output key

r.c

RESET

om

Reset key

ALTER

INSRT

3
.

DELET

:.

0
.

.
.

INPUT

POS

PRGRM

MENU
OFSET

CAN

DGNOS
PARAM

OPR
ALARM

AUX
GRAPH

Program edit keys

Input key

ce
nt
e

4
.

FUNC

nc

Function keys

.c

10

1. CRT/MDI PANEL
1.4

MDI Keyboard
Standard MDI keyboards (T series)

Full MDI keyboards (T series)

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

r.c

om

Standard MDI keyboards (M series)

om

r.c

Full MDI keyboards (M series)

nc

ce
nt
e

.c

10

1. CRT/MDI PANEL
Full MDI keyboards (14 CRT for M series)

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

r.c

om

MDI keyboards with MMC

om

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

.c

10

1. CRT/MDI PANEL
1.5

Explanation of the Keyboard

Name

Explanation

Power ON and OFF buttons

Press these buttons to turn CNC power

ON and OFF.

| ON

f OFF
2

RESET key

Press this key to reset the CNC, to cancel an alarm, etc.

RESET

START key

OUTPT
START

Soft keys (option)

The soft keys have various functions,

according to the applications. The soft
key functions are displayed at the bottom of the CRT screen.

ce
nt
e

This key is used to start MDI operation

or automatic operation, depending on
the machine. Refer to the manual provided by the machine tool builder. This
key is also used to output data to an input/output device.

r.c

Soft key of left edge

Return menu key

Soft key of right edge

Continuous menu key

Address and numeric keys

SHIFT key

SHIFT

.c

(Full MDI keyboard)

Press these keys to input alphabetic,

numeric, and other characters.

nc

om

Number

INPUT key
INPUT

Some keys have two characters on

their keytop. Pressing the <SHIFT>
key switches the characters. Special
character is displayed on the screen
when a character indicated at the bottom right corner on the keytop can be
entered.
When an address or a numerical key is
pressed, the data is input to the buffer,
and it is displayed on the CRT screen.
To copy the data in the key input buffer
to the offset register, etc., press the
INPUT

key.

This key is also used to input data from

an input/output device.

Number
8

Name

Explanation

Cancel key

Press this key to delete the input data

or the last character in the key input
buffer.

CAN

Program edit keys

INSRT

ALTER

Press these keys when editing the program.

DELET
ALTER

: Alteration

om

DELET

10

Function keys

11

PRGRM

: Deletion

Press these keys to switch display

screens for each function.

ce
nt
e

POS

: Insertion

r.c

INSRT

Cursor move keys

There are two different cursor move

keys.

CURSOR

: This key is used to move

the cursor in an upward or

reverse direction.

: This key is used to move

the cursor in a downward
or forward direction.

Page change keys

nc

12

Two kinds of page change keys are

available.

13

: This key is used to

changeover the page on
the CRT screen in the reverse direction.
: This key is used to
changeover the page on
the CRT screen in the forward direction.

MMC/CNC change key

Selects whether the MMC screen or

CNC screen is displayed on the CRT.

MMC/
CNC

.c

PAGE

10

10

1. CRT/MDI PANEL
1.6
D

Key Input
For standard MDI keyboard

ADRS.
][

NUM. X
]

4
X

key

][

4
X

Press

key

ce
nt
e

Press

r.c

om

On the standard MDI keyboard, the same key is used to input both an
address and a numeric value.
When ADRS. is displayed on the top of the key input buffer, addresses can
be input.
When NUM. is displayed on the top of the key input buffer, numeric values
can be input.

NUM. X

][

NUM. X 4

][

The following keys are used for inputting multiple addresses. They may be
not displayed on the screen depending on the options used.
T series
B
A
C

nc

J
NO. Q
V P

.c

K
I
Y H

M series

4th

4th

K
J
I

L
NO. P
Q

11

For full MDI keyboard

A < is displayed at the end of the key input buffer indicating the input
position of the next character.

N001X100Z<
[

] [

] [

] [

] [

om

Key input
buffer
display

Key input buffer display

SHIFT

r.c

To input the symbol indicated at the lower part of a key top, press the

nc

ce
nt
e

key to change the prompt < to . Then press the key.

.c

10

12

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Screen Transition Triggered by the Each Function Key
Screen transition triggered by the
function key

POS

Current position screen

ABS

Position display
of absolute coordinate system

ALL

HNDL

Position displays
of relative coordinate system

Total position
display of each
coordinate
system

Manual handle
interruption

Display of run
time and parts
count

Display of run
time and parts
count

Display of run
time and parts
count

ce
nt
e

Display of run
time and parts
count

REL

POS

om

POSITION DISPLAY
SCREEN

r.c

2.1

Display of
actual speed

Display of
actual speed

Display of
distance to go

Display of
distance to go

.c

nc

Display of
actual speed

Setting of relative coordinate

values

Display of
actual speed

13

PROGRAM SCREEN

Screen transition triggered by

the function key
in the AUTO or MDI mode

PRGRM

PRGRM

AUTO (MDI)*1
CURRNT

Display of program contents

Display of current block and

modal data

CHECK
(MDI)*1

NEXT

Display of current block and

next block

RSTR

Program restart

Display of program number

and sequence
number

r.c

PRGRM

om

Program screen

Command
for MDI operation

*1

ce
nt
e

Program being
executed
Absolute / relative
coordinate value
Distance to go
Modal values
*1

Displayed in MDI mode

Not displayed in MDI mode

*2

Program screen

AUTO

BGEDT

FL.SDL *2

[SCHDUL]

Back ground
editing
screen

nc

Setting of
schedule

.c

10

14

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION

PROGRAM SCREEN

Screen transition triggered by

the function key
in the EDIT mode

PRGRM

Program screen
EDIT

*1

FLOPPY
I/O *2

Program editing screen

Display of program directory

on CNC
memory

Display of program directory

on floppy cassette

C.A.P.

*1

Conversational
programming
screen

Condense of
CNC memory

*1 Displayed if the Floppy Cassette is specified as the input/output unit

ce
nt
e

*2 Displayed if the above conditions are not satisfied

r.c

LIB

PRGRM

om

PRGRM

Program screen

EDIT

BGEDT

.c

nc

Back ground
editing screen

15

EXEDT

Extended part
program editing

OFFSET SCREEN

Screen transition triggered by

the function key
(M series)

MENU
OFSET

MENU
OFSET

MACRO

Display of tool
offset value

Display of
custom macro
variables

Setting of tool
offset value

Setting of macro
variables

MENU

WORK

TOOLLF

Display of pattern menu

Display of workpiece zero point

offset value

Display of tool
life management data

Setting of pattern data

Setting of workpiece zero point

offset value

r.c

OFFSET

om

Tool offset value

Preset of tool
life counter

ce
nt
e

Tool length
measurement

Tool offset value

WORK48

Display of the additional workpiece

zero point offset
value

nc

Setting of the additional workpiece

zero point offset
value

.c

10

16

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION

OFFSET SCREEN

Screen transition triggered by

the function key (T series)

MENU
OFSET

WEAR
OFFSET

GEOM

W.SHFT
WORK

MACRO

Display tool
wear offset
value

Display tool
geometry offset value

Display work
shift or workpiece zero point
offset value

Display macro
variables

Set tool wear

offset value

Set tool geometry offset value

Set work shift

or workpiece
zero point offset value

Set macro variables

ce
nt
e

Tool length
measurement

r.c

Tool offset value

om

MENU
OFSET

Tool offset value

TOOLLF

WEAR

GEOM

Display Yaxis
tool wear offset value

Display Yaxis
tool geometry
offset value

Preset tool life

management
data

Set Yaxis tool

wear offset
value

Set Yaxis tool

geometry offset value

.c

nc

Display tool
life management data

17

Screen transition triggered by

the function key

PARAMETER/DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN

DGNOS
PARAM

DGNOS
PARAM

om

Parameter screen

PARAM

DGNOS

SVPRM

Display of
servo setting
screen

Display of
diagnosis
screen

Setting of parameter

Display of
servo tuning
screen

ce
nt
e

Setting of pitch
error compensation data

r.c

Display of parameter
screen

Display of
setting data

Setting of setting data

The servo setting/tuning screen can be suppressed if bit 0 of

parameter 0389 is specified accordingly.

Setting of sequence number

comparison and
stop

Setting of parts
count

Display of run
time, parts count

nc

Display of date
and clock

.c

Setting of date
and clock

10

18

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION

ALARM SCREEN

Screen transition triggered

by the function key

OPR
ALARM

OPR

ALARM

OPR

MSG

Display of
alarm screen

Display of software operators

panel general
purpose switch

Display of operators message

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

Setting of software
operators panel
general purpose
switch

r.c

Alarm screen

om

ALARM

19

2.2

CRT/MDI Operation

Command display
Function button

PRGRM

During the AUTO mode, press

(page) or the corresponding soft

key to cause any of the following four types of displays to appear.

(1) A program being currently executed is displayed.
PRGRM

PAGE

O2000 N0130

r.c

PROGRAM
O2000 ;
N100 G92 X0 Y0 Z50. ;
N110 G91 G00 Y50. ;
N120 Z50. ;
N130 G41 G17 H1 G01 X20. F3000 ;
N140 G02 J25.5 ;
N150 X20. ;
N160 G02 X12.5 Y12.5 R12.5 ;
N170 G01 Y40. ;
N180 X30. Y30. ;
N190 G40 X50. ;

om

S
0T
16:59:40
BUF AUTO
[ PRGRM ] [CURRNT] [ NEXT ] [ CHECK ] [ RSTR ]

PAGE

ce
nt
e

The cursor is set to the beginning of the program

being executed.
(2) The command currently being executed and the
modal values specified before are displayed.
PROGRAM

O2000 N00130

(MODAL)
G01
F
3000
G17
R
G91
P
G22
Q
G94
H
G21
M
G41
S
G41
G49
T
G80
G80
G98
S
G50
S 0 T0000
02:50:52
BUF AUTO
[ PRGRM ] [ CURRNT ] [ NEXT ] [ CHECK ] [ RSTR ]
G01
G17

PAGE

(CURRNT)
X 20.000
F
3000
H
1

G67
G54
G64
G69
G15
G25

(3) The command currently being executed and the

next command to be executed are displayed.

nc

PROGRAM

O2000 N0130

(CURRNT)

G01
G17

(NEXT)

X
F
H

J
G02

20.000
3000
1

25.500

G41

.c

G80

PAGE

G80

S 0 T
02:52:14
BUF AUTO
[ PRGRM ] [ CURRNT ] [ NEXT ] [ CHECK ] [ RSTR ]

(4) Program check

The block currently being executed, the current
position, and the modal values specified before
are displayed.
PROGRAM CHECK

10

O2000 N0130

N130 G41 G17 H1 G01 X20. F3000 ;

N140 G02 J25.5 ;
N150 X20.0 ;
N160 G02 X12.5 Y12.5 R12.5 ;
(RELATIVE)
(DIST TO GO)
( G)
X
17.600
X
2.400 G01 G21 G50
Y
50.000
Y
0.000 G17 G41 G67
Z
0.000
Z
0.000 G91 G49 G54
G22 G80 G64
G94 G98 G69
F
3000
P
H 1 S
R
Q
M T
ACT.F
3000
MM/M
S 0 T
02:53:16
BUF AUTO
[ PRGRM ] [ CURRNT ] [ NEXT ] [ CHECK ] [ RSTR ]

* Besides the above displays, the program restart screen is displayed in

some cases. (Option)

20

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Program display
D

Function button

PRGRM

During the EDIT mode, press the

key several times or the

PRGRM

(1) The program is displayed.

PRGRM
O0100 N0040

r.c

PROGRM
O0100 ;
N10 G92 X0 Y0 Z0 ;
N20 G00 Z10. Y50. ;
N30 G01 X200. Y60. F500 T12 ;
N40
%

om

corresponding soft key to cause either of the following two types of

displays to appear.

<

S
0 T
10:39:27
EDIT
[ PRGRM ] [ LIB ] [ FLOPPY ] [
] [ C.A.P. ]

The program and sequence numbers are displayed at

the upper right section of the screen.

PRGRM

ce
nt
e

(2) The amount of program memory in use is

displayed.
PROGRAM

O1224 N0000

SYSTEM EDITION 0466 25

PROGRAM NO.
USED : 14 FREE : 49
MEMORY AREA
USED : 275 FREE : 3820
PROGRAM LIBRARY LIST
O0010 O2000 O0020 O0030 O0200 O0300
O0555 O1200 O0777 O1234 O0040 O0050
O1969 O1224

>
03:04:17
[ PRGRM ] [ CONDNS ] [

S 0 T

] [

] [ C.A.P. ]

D Number of registered programs

D Memory area in use
D Program list

nc

* If the directory display of floppy cassette is provided, a file list, in addition

to the above displays, appears on the screen.

Reset

RESET

. This key is usually used to reset the alarm.

.c

Press the

When the

RESET

is pressed, the NC enters one of the states listed below.

After a reset
The tool decelerates and stops. The unexecuted amount of movement disappears.

An M, S, or T continues to be sent
out.

A sendout sequence is terminated. Refer

to the machine tool builders manual for what
occurs on the machine side.

When the buffer is

loaded
l d d with one
ith
block

MDI mode

The contents of the buffer are not erased.

Other modes

The contents of the buffer are erased. The

BUF display disappears.

Before a reset

A tool movement command continues to be executed.

In any case, pressing the

mode,

21

RESET

RESET

resets the NC. In a mode other than the MDI

causes the labels to be skipped.

Custom macro variable display/setting

D

Function button
Press the

MENU
OFSET

MENU
OFSET

key several times or the corresponding soft key to

select the desired screen.

MENU
OFSET

PAGE

VARIABLE
NO.
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

DATA
123.456
0.000

NO.
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115

om

MENU
OFSET

O1234 N1234
DATA

ACTUAL POSITION (RELATIVE)

X
0.000
Z
0.000

r.c

Y
0.000
B
0.000
MDI
[OFFSET ] [ MACRO ] [ MENU ] [ WORK ] [

Numeral

If a variable is null, the corresponding value

field is left blank. If the absolute value is
greater than 99999999, the corresponding
value field contains ********.

ce
nt
e

CURSOR

INPUT

Tool compensation value display/setting

MENU
OFSET

MENU
OFSET

.c

nc

PAGE

OFFSET
O1224 N0000
NO.
DATA
NO.
DATA
001
009
0.000
002
0.000
010
12.269
003
5.000
011
10.230
004
0.000
012
11.265
005
12.580
013
8.562
006
0.000
014
0.000
007
0.000
015
0.000
008
0.000
016
0.000
ACTUAL POSITION (RELATIVE)
X
0.000
Y
0.000
Z
0.000
NO. 013 =
S
0 T
03:22:13
MDI
[ OFFSET ] [ MACRO ] [ MENU ] [ WORK ] [ TOOLLF ]

Offset amount

Move the cursor to the target offset

number using the cursor keys. Or
press the keys as shown below:
No.

Offset number

INPUT

10
INPUT

CURSOR

22

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Alarm display
ALARM MESSAGE

O0000 N0000

100P/S ALARM
417SERVO ALARM : X AXIS DGTL PARAM
427SERVO ALARM : Y AXIS DGTL PARAM

S
NOT READY ALARM
[ ALARM ] [ OPR ] [ MSG ] [

0T

MDI
] [

Software operators panel display/setting

key several times or the corresponding soft key to select

r.c

OPR
ALARM

Press the

the target screen.

OPR
ALARM

OPR
ALARM

OPERATORS PANEL

O1224 N0000

EDIT HNDL JOG

ZRN
HX
HY
HZ
*1
*10
*100
100% 50% 25%
F0
: 500 MM/MIN
**************
FEED OVRD.
:
100%
******
ACTUAL POSITION (ABSOLUTE)
X
0.000
Y
0.000
Z
0.000

ce
nt
e

MODE : MDI AUTO

HANDLE AXIS :
HANDLE MULT. :
RAPID OVRD. :
JOG FEED

PAGE

03:59:30
MDI
[ ALARM ] [ OPR ] [ MSG ] [

0 T

] [

OPERATORS PANEL

Set

BLOCK SKIP
SINGLE BLOCK
MACHINE LOCK
DRY RUN
PROTECT KEY
FEED HOLD

PAGE

:
:
:
:
:
:

ON
JON
JON
JON
JRELEASE
ON

0.000

S 0 T

04:00:18
[ ALARM ] [ OPR ] [ MSG ] [

MDI
] [

nc

or

CURSOR

O1224 N0000

JOFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
PROTECT
JOFF

ACTUAL POSITION (ABSOLUTE)

X
0.000
Y
Z
0.000

CURSOR

om

OPR
ALARM

4th

or

K
J
I

.c

The switches and controls on the CRT/MDI panel can be used in place of the
counterparts on the machine operators panel. (FANUC MPC is required.)
Use the buttons shown below for jog feed operations.

5
Y

6
Z

1
H

9
G

4
X

23

8
N

2
F

2.3

CRT/MDI Operation and Display (M Series)

Current position display

Function button

Press

POS

(page) or the corresponding soft key to cause any of the

following three types of displays to appear.

(1) Absolute coordinates
Distance from the programmed zero point

O0010 N0000
X
123.456
Y
363.233
Z
0.000
RUN TIME
ACT.F
01:35:22
[ ABS ]

0H 1M
3000 MM/M

[ REL ]

r.c

ACTUAL POSITION (ABSOLUTE)

POS

PART COUNT
1
CYCLE TIME 0H 1M33S
S
0
T
BUF AUTO

[ ALL ]

[ HNDL ]

ce
nt
e

(2) Relative coordinates

Any tool position can be set to 0 by

CAN

om

. This holds true also of Y and Z.

ACTUAL POSITION (RELATIVE)

O0010 N0000
X
123.456
Y
363.233
Z
0.000

RUN TIME
ACT.F
01:36:12

[ ABS ]

0H 1M
3000 MM/M

[ REL ]

PART COUNT
1
CYCLE TIME 0H 1M33S
S
0
T
BUF AUTO

[ ALL ]

nc

(3) General coordinates

.c
w

[ ABS ]

[ REL ]

O1000 N00010
(ABSOLUTE)
X 123.456
Y 456.890
Z 789.123
(DISTANCE TO GO)
X 0.000
Y 0.000
Z 0.000
PART COUNT
1
CYCLE TIME 0H 1M38S
S
0
T
MDI
[ ALL ]

[ HNDL ]

The target screen can

be selected directly
by the corresponding
soft key.
The operating time and parts count are displayed.
Two types of operating time and parts count are
displayed on the coordinate display screen.
(position)

RUN TIME 0H 4M
ACT.F 0 MM/M
01:54:57

[ HNDL ]

Absolute coordinates
Relative coordinates
Machine coordinates

ACTUAL POSITION
(RELATIVE)
X 246.912
Y 913.780
Z 1578.246
(MACHINE)
X 0.000
Y 0.000
Z 0.000

24

10

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Setting data display/setting
D

Function button

DGNOS
PARAM

(Parameter pages 1 and 2 are the setting data screens.)

PARAMETER
(SETTING 1)
_REVX
=
REVY
=
TVON
=
ISO
=
INCH
=
I/O
=
ABS
=
SEQ
=

ter is not on the screen,

press the

key or

DGNOS
PARAM

the corresponding soft

O1224 N0000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

(0:EIA
(0:MM

1:ISO)
1:INCH)

(0:INC

1:ABS)
CLOCK

key to select the param-

NO. REVX =
03:30:09
[ PARAM ] [ DGNOS ] [

eter screen.

om

When the title parame-

10/01/10
03:30:18

S
0 T
MDI
] [ SVPRM ] [
]

r.c

(page)

[Setting]
MDI mode

PARAMETER
O1224 N0000
(SETTING 2)
_PWE
= 1 (0:DISABLE 1:ENABLE)
REV4
= 0
TAPEF = 0
(SEQUENCE STOP)
PRGNO = 0
SEQNO = 0
PART TOTAL
PART REQUIRED
PART COUNT
RUN TIME

= 17
= 50
= 17
OH 4M CYCLE TIME OH OM 2S

ce
nt
e

or
CURSOR

CURSOR

NO. PWE =
03:35:07

[ PARAM ] [ DGNOS ] [

Numeral

REVX

T
]

MDI

INPUT

Display
Item

] [ SVPRM ] [

Xaxis mirror image OFF

Xaxis mirror image ON

Yaxis mirror image OFF

Yaxis mirror image ON

No TV check is made.

A TV check is made.

EIA code output

(during punch)

ISO code output

(during punch)

INCH

Metric input

Inch input

I/O (Note)

Reader/punch interface channel is selected.

ABS

Incremental command (MDI

mode)

Absolute
mode)

SEQ

Sequence numbers are not inserted automatically when a

program is entered from the
MDI.

Sequence numbers are inserted automatically when a

program is entered from the
MDI.

PWE

REVY
TVON

.c

nc

ISO

command

(MDI

Parameter writing is enabled.

Fourthaxis mirror image OFF

Fourthaxis mirror image ON

TAPEF

F10/11 table format is not used

F10/11 table format is used

Parameter writing is disabled.

REV4

NOTE

25

See Page 33 for details.

2.4

CRT/MDI Operation and Display (T Series)

Current position display

Function button

Press

POS

(page) or the corresponding soft key to cause any of the

following three types of displays to appear.

(1) Absolute coordinates
Distance from the programmed zero point
POS

ACTUAL POSITION (ABSOLUTE)

r.c

O0001 N0023
X 200.000
Z 220.000
C 0.000
Y 0.000

PART COUNT
RUN TIME
2H47M
CYCLE TIME 0H
ACT.F 3000 MM/M
S
0
16:14:02
BUF AUTO
[ ABS ] [ REL ] [ ALL ] [ HNDL ]

1786
1M47S
T0101

ce
nt
e

(2) Relative coordinates

Any tool position can be set to 0 by

CAN

. This holds true also of Z and Y.

O0001 N0023
X 200.000
Z 220.000
C 0.000
Y 0.000

nc

PART COUNT
RUNTIME
3H30M CYCLE TIME
0H
ACT.F 3000 MM/M
S
20:03:21
AUTO
[ ABS ] [ REL ] [ ALL ] [ HNDL ]

.c

(3) General coordinates

ACTUAL POSITION (RELATIVE)

om

ACTUAL POSITION
(RELATIVE)
U
0.000
W
0.000
H
0.000
V
0.000
(MACHINE)
X
118.170
Z
21.470
C
0.676
Y
0.046
RUN TIME
3H30M
ACT.F
0 MM/M
20:04:37
[ ABS ] [ REL ]

O0100 N0000
(ABSOLUTE)
X
200.179
Z
220.000
C
0.000
Y
0.000
(DISTANCE TO GO)
X
0.000
Z
0.000
C
0.000
Y
0.000

23
2M14S
0 T0101

Absolute coordinates
Relative coordinates
Machine coordinates

PART COUNT
CYCLE TIME 0H
S
0
AUTO
ALL ] [ HNDL ]

23
2M14S
T0101
[

10

The target screen can

be selected directly
by the corresponding
soft key.
The operating time and part count are displayed.
Two types of operating time and parts count are
displayed on the coordinate display screen
(position).

26

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Setting data display/setting
D

Function button

DGNOS
PARAM

(Parameter pages 1 and 2 are the setting data screens.)

ter is not on the screen,

press the

key or

DGNOS
PARAM

PARAMETER

O0001 N0001

(SETTING
TVON
ISO
INCH
I/O
SEQ

1)
=1
=1
=0
=0
=1

(0:EIA 1:ISO )
(0:MM 1:INCH)

the corresponding soft

key to select the param-

NO. TVON
21:35:25
[ PARAM ]

[ DGNOS ]

CLOCK
94/05/16
12:11:52
S 0 T0101
MDI
[SVPRM ] [
]

eter screen.

MDI mode

PARAMETER

CURSOR

INPUT

Display
Item
TVON

PART TOTAL
=
23
PART REQUIRED
=
0
PART COUNT
=
23
RUN TIME
3H36M CYCLE TOME
0H 0M 0S
NO. PWE
S
0 T0101
21:36:25
MDI
[ PARAM ] [ DGNOS ] [
] [SVPRM ] [
]

ce
nt
e

Numeral

O0001 N0001

(SETTING 2)
_PWE
=0
(0:DISABLE 1:ENABLE)
TAPEF
=0
(SEQUENCE STOP)
PRGNO = 0
SEQNO
=0

or
CURSOR

r.c

(page)

[Setting]

No TV check is made.

Inch input

nc

ISO code output

(during punch)

Metric input

INCH

A TV check is made.

EIA code output

(during punch)

ISO

Reader/punch interface channel is selected.

SEQ

Sequence numbers are not inserted automatically when a

program is entered from the
MDI.

Sequence numbers are inserted automatically when a

program is entered from the
MDI.

PWE

Parameter writing is disabled.

Parameter writing is enabled.

.c

I/O (Note)

TAPEF

NOTE

27

om

When the title parame-

F10/11 table format is not used.

See Page 33 for details.

F10/11 table format is used.

2.5

CRT/MDI Operation and Display (with MMC)

(1) Operation

Key operation can only be done when the CNC screen is displayed on
the CRT display of the CRT/MDI panel. Address keys and numerical
keys are independently arranged on 00C. However, inputting data is
exactly the same as that of 0C. The page key
, and selection key

on the software operators

because there is no NO. key use the cursor key

ce
nt
e
key on the CRT/MDI panel to display the CNC screen

when the MMC screen is displayed on the CRT display of the CRT/MDI
panel.
The CNC screen consists of a variable section and a fixed section. The
variable section is the part that is surrounded by the frame at the bottom
right, and its display contents are the same as displayed on the 9 CRT
display of 0C. Therefore, the screen selected by function key, page
key, cursor key, and soft key is displayed.
The fixed section is the rest of the above variable section, and its display
contents are position data, operation time (optional), modal data, and
S, T command value, as shown on the screen. Display items of this
section cannot be changed by the screen selection operation. However,
its display contents are always renewed.

nc

instead.

(2) Display
MMC/
CNC

r.c

panel are of combined use with the function key. Press the
corresponding key for use as a page key, cursor key, and selection key
on the software operators panel. Press the corresponding key while
pressing the FUNC key as the function key.
Five keys on the right half ten keys are effective for the variable section,
and the other five keys on the left half are effective for selecting position
display data in the fixed section.
When the number is specified by a method like the parameter screen,

Press

om

, cursor key

Fixed section

ACTUAL POSITION (ABSOLUTE)

0.000
0.000
0.000

.c

X
Y
Z

G64 G00
G17
G91
G22
G94
G21
G40
G49
G80
G98
G67
G54

F
R
P
Q
H
M
S
T

ABS

REL

N0009

PART COUNT

RUN TIME

29H 47M

CYCLE TIME

0H 0M 0S

PARAMETER
NO. DATA
0001 10000100
0002 00000011
0003 00000000
0004 01110111
0005 01110111
0006 01110111
0007 01110111
0008 00000011
0009 01000100
0010 11000100

NO.
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
0016
0017
0018
0019
0020

DATA
00000000
00000001
10000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
01111111
00000000
00000000
00000000

9
Variable
section

10

NO. 0001 =
MDI
ALL

PRGRM DGNOS

(MODAL)

O0009

28

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
2.6

Data Input/Output (FANUC Cassette)

Setting the beginning of the file

1

Select the EDIT mode

Press the

key several
PROGRAM

O1224 N0000

SYSTEM EDITION 0466 25

PROGRAM NO.
USED : 14 FREE : 49
MEMORY AREA
USED : 275 FREE : 3820
PROGRAM LIBRARY LIST
O0010 O2000 O0020 O0030 O0200 O0300
O0555 O1200 O0777 O1234 O0040 O0050
O1969 O1224

>
03:04:17
[ PRGRM ] [ CONDNS ] [

Key in address N.

Key in the target file number.

] [ C.A.P. ]

r.c

S 0 T
] [

om

PRGRM

times to select the program list

screen.

N0 Locates the beginning of the cassette.

This is used regardless of whether the file is on the floppy
disk.

ce
nt
e

N1 Locates the beginning of the cassette.

This is used when the file is on the floppy disk.
N2 to N9999 Locates the beginning of any file.

CNC parameter output

1

Select the EDIT mode

Press the

DGNOS
PARAM

key several

PARAMETER

times to select the parameter

screen.

(SETTING 1)
_REVX = 0
REVY = 0
TVON
=
ISO = 0
INCH = 0
I/O
=
ABS = 0
SEQ = 0

O1224 N0000

0
(0:EIA 1:ISO)
(0:MM 1:INCH)
0
(0:INC 1:ABS)

nc

CLOCK

Press the

10/01/10
03:30:18

S
0 T
EDIT
] [ SVPRM ] [
]

key, and output begins.

Parameter Nos. nine hundreds (900 to 999) are not output.

.c

NOTE

OUTPT
START

NO. REVX =
03:30:09
[ PARAM ] [ DGNOS ] [

PMC parameter output

Select the EDIT mode.

Press the

29

DGNOS
PARAM

key several times to select the DGNOS (diagnose)

screen.
Press the

OUTPT
START

key, and output begins.

Program output
1

Select the EDIT mode.

Press the

key several
PROGRAM

times to select the program list

screen.

O1224 N0000

SYSTEM EDITION
0466 25
PROGRAM NO.
USED : 14 FREE : 49
MEMORY AREA
USED : 275 FREE : 3820
PROGRAM LIBRARY LIST
O0010 O2000 O0020 O0030 O0200 O0300
O0555 O1200 O0777 O1234 O0040 O0050
O1969 O1224

>
03:04:17
[ PRGRM ] [ CONDNS ] [

S 0 T
] [

] [ C.A.P. ]

Key in address O.

Key in the target program number.

Press the

key, and output begins.

r.c

OUTPT
START

om

PRGRM

* Allprogram output: 09999

OUTPT
START

ce
nt
e

Offset output
1

Select the EDIT mode.

Press the

MENU
OFSET

key several

times to select the offset

screen.

Press the

OUTPT
START

OFFSET
O1224 N0000
NO.
DATA
NO.
DATA
001
009
0.000
002
0.000
010
12.269
003
5.000
011
10.230
004
0.000
012
11.265
005
12.580
013
8.562
006
0.000
014
0.000
007
0.000
015
0.000
008
0.000
016
0.000
ACTUAL POSITION (RELATIVE)
X
0.000
Y
0.000
Z
0.000
NO. 013 =
S
0 T
03:22:13
MDI
[ OFFSET ] [ MACRO ] [ MENU ] [ WORK ] [ TOOLLF ]

key, and output begins.

nc

Conversational mode data output

[M series]

Select the EDIT mode.

.c

1
2

Press the

MENU
OFSET

key several times to select the conversational mode

data screen.
Press the

OUTPT
START

key, and output begins.

10

30

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
CNC parameter input
Set setting data PWE to 1 (page 2 of the parameter screen).

PART TOTAL
=
PART REQUIRED =
PART COUNT
=
RUN TIME

17
50
17
OH 4M CYCLE TIME OH OM 2S

NO. PWE =
03:35:07

S
MDI

[ PARAM ] [ DGNOS ] [

NOTE

] [ SVPRM ] [

Alarm P/S100 occurs at this point. Press the

cause the parameter screen to appear.

Select the EDIT mode.
* Release the emergency stop condition.

Press the

INPUT

key, and input begins.

om

This is set in the

MDI mode or at an
emergency stop.

PARAMETER
O1224 N0000
(SETTING 2)
_PWE
= 1 (0:DISABLE 1:ENABLE)
REV4
= 0
TAPEF
= 0
(SEQUENCE STOP)
PRGNO = 0
SEQNO = 0

DGNOS
PARAM

key again to

r.c

ce
nt
e

* Alarm P/S000 occurs at this point. Turn the CNC power off and on
again.
* If you want to enter parameters during the emergency stop state,
press and hold down the

EOB

Key, then press the

INPUT

Key. In

this case, it is not necessary to select the EDIT mode.

NOTE It is impossible to enter parameter Nos. nine hundreds (900 to 999).

PMC parameter input

Select the EDIT mode.

Locate the beginning of the file.
Disable program protection (KEY=1).
Turn to 1 at setting parameter PWE.

nc

1
2
3
4
5

Press the

DGNOS
PARAM

key several times to select the DGNOS (diagnose)

screen.

Press the

INPUT

key, and input begins.

.c

NOTE

PWE should be 1 in case of parameter 393#7=0.

Program input

Select the EDIT mode.

Locate the beginning of the file.
Disable program protection (KEY=1).

Press the

PRGRM

key several

times to select the program

screen.

1
2
3

PROGRAM

>
03:04:17
[ PRGRM ] [ CONDNS ] [

31

O1224 N0000

SYSTEM EDITION
0466 25
PROGRAM NO.
USED : 14 FREE : 49
MEMORY AREA
USED : 275 FREE : 3820
PROGRAM LIBRARY LIST
O0010 O2000 O0020 O0030 O0200 O0300
O0555 O1200 O0777 O1234 O0040 O0050
O1969 O1224

S 0 T
] [

] [ C.A.P. ]

Press the

INPUT

key, and input begins.

* When only one program is entered.

6

Key in address O.

Key in the target program number.

Press the

key, and input begins.

om

INPUT

Offset input
1

Select the EDIT mode.

Locate the beginning of the file.

Disable program protection (KEY=1).

Press the

r.c

MENU
OFSET

key several

ce
nt
e

OFFSET
O1224 N0000
NO.
DATA
NO.
DATA
001
009
0.000
002
0.000
010
12.269
003
5.000
011
10.230
004
0.000
012
11.265
005
12.580
013
8.562
006
0.000
014
0.000
007
0.000
015
0.000
008
0.000
016
0.000
ACTUAL POSITION (RELATIVE)
X
0.000
Y
0.000
Z
0.000
NO. 013 =
S
0 T
03:22:13
MDI
[ OFFSET ] [ MACRO ] [ MENU ] [ WORK ] [ TOOLLF ]

times to select the offset

screen.

Press the

INPUT

key, and input begins.

Conversational mode data input

[M series]

Select the EDIT mode.

2
3

Disable program protection (KEY=1).

Press the

Key in address 0.

Key in any program number.

key several times to select the program list screen.

.c

PRGRM

Select the AUTO mode.

A program entered before is executed.

Press the

INPUT

* Be cautious about the following parameter.

PRM, No. 015 Caution

key, and input begins.

Locate the beginning of the file.

nc

10
*

CAUTION
When a decimal point is omitted from an address in which it can be
used:
1 : mm, inch, and s units (usually)
0 : Least input increment (at data input time)

32

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Parameters related to data input/output
To use the FANUC floppy cassette, set the parameters as follows:

PRM, No. 002

I/O = 0 (Note)
ISO = 1
1

PRM, No. 552

10

PRM, No. 010

(4800BPS)

Note

om

Setting:
Parameter:

NOTE1 1 : Protects program numbers 9000s (9000 to 9999).

0 : Enables editing of program numbers 9000s (9000 to 9999).
0

Note

NOTE2 1 : A full keyboard is used.

0 : A standard keyboard is used.

r.c

PRM, No. 038

ce
nt
e

NOTE3 I/O = selects a device used for data input/output through a reader/
punch interface.
Function
F nction

Related parameter No.

I/O=0

I/O=1

I/O=2

I/O=3

2.7

12.7

50.7

51.7

2.2

12.2

Stop bit (STP2)

2.0

12.0

50.0

51.0

I/O device model

specification

38.7
38.6

38.7
38.6

38.5
38.4

38.2
38.1

Baud rate

552

553

250

251

M5
Channel 1

M5
Channel 1

M74
Channel 2

M77/M73
Channel 3

Feed (NFED)

20 mA current loop
(ASR33)

Connector number

Unusable

.c

nc

For M77, either RS232C or RS422 can be selected by parameter No.

55.3.
The connector number is M73 when RS422 is used with an external clock.

33

Displaying the directory of floppy disk files

1

Press the EDIT switch on the machine operators panel.

Press function

Press soft key [FLOPPY].

Press page key

The screen below appears.

O0555 N0000
(METER) VOL

65.6
1.9
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.9
1.3

r.c

PARAMETER
ALL. PROGRAM
O0001
O0002
O0003
O0004
O005
O0100
O0555
S
EDIT

0 T

ce
nt
e

19:36:51
[ SRHFIL ]

om

or

DIRECTORY (FLOPPY)
NO. FILE NAME
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009

key .

PRGRM

[ READ ]

[ PUNCH ]

[ DELETE]

Press a page key again to display another page of the directory.

Reading files
1

nc

O0555 N0000
(METER) VOL

READ
_FILE NO. =

PROGRAM NO. =

.c

EDIT

19:38:35

[ EXEC ]

CAN ]

[ STOP ]

Enter a file number, then press function

To modify the program number, enter the program number, then press
function

NUM.

Press soft key [READ] after directry is displayed.

DIRECTORY (FLOPPY)
NO. FILE NAME

INPUT

INPUT

key .

10

key.

Press soft key [EXEC].

Press soft key [CAN] to return to the soft key display shown in
the screen of directory display.

34

2. CRT/MDI OPERATION
Outputting programs
1

Press soft key [PUNCH] after directry is displayed.

PUNCH
_FILE NO. =

O0555 N0000
(METER) VOL

_ PROGRAM NO. =

NUM.

19:39:17

CAN ]

[PRGNO ]

r.c

[ EXEC ]

EDIT
[ STOP ]

ce
nt
e

Enter a program number. To write all programs into a single file, enter
9999 in the program number field. In this case, the file name
ALL.PROGRAM is registered.
Then press function

INPUT

key.

Press soft key [EXEC].

Press soft key [CAN] to return to the soft key display shown in
the screen of directry display.

Deleting files
1

Press soft key [DELETE] after directry is displayed.

O0555 N0000
(METER) VOL

nc

DIRECTORY (FLOPPY)
NO. FILE NAME

.c

DELETE
_FILE NO. =
NUM.

19:39:56

[ EXEC ]

EDIT

[ CAN

[ STOP ]

Specify the file to be deleted.

When specifying the file with a file number, type the number and
press function

INPUT

key.

Press soft key [EXEC].

Press soft key [CAN] to return to the soft key display shown in
the screen of directry display.

om

DIRECTORY (FLOPPY)
NO. FILE NAME

35

Procedure for changing the file name

1

Press soft key [RENAME] after directry is displayed.

Position the cursor to FILE NO. then enter the number of the file whose
name is to be changed. Press the

key.

Position the cursor to NAME and key in a new file name. Then, press
the

INPUT

key.

Press soft key [EXEC].

To return to the previous screen, press the [CAN] soft key.

om

INPUT

r.c

O0001 N0000
(METER) VOL
87.1
87.1
1.9
7.1
7.1
5.8
9.1
7.1
5.8

ce
nt
e

FILE DIRECTORY
NO. FILE NAME
0001 PARAMETER
0002 ALL.PROGRAM
0003 O0001
0004 O0021
0005 O0041
0006 O0615
0007 O0651
0008 O0601
0009 O0645
RENAME
FILE NO. =
NAME=
NUM.
21:59:53
[ EXEC ] [ CAN ] [
]

0 T0101

[ STOP ]

nc

S
EDIT
[

.c

10

36

3. OPERATION LIST

Function

KEY
SW

S E TTING
PWE=1

Resetting of operating time

Mode

Resetting of number of machined parts

Reset
Resetting of OT alarm

At powerup

Resetting of alarm 100

Offset input

Setting data input

MDI mode

ce
nt
e

Registration
from MDI
f
PMC parameter input

Tool length measurement

nc

PMC parameter input

.c

EDIT mode

Offset input

Program registration

MDI mode

JOG mode

Parameter input (NC tape

memory)
)

Registration
from NC
tape

MDI mode

r.c

Parameter input

EDIT mode

EDIT mode
f

EDIT/AUTO
mode

Parameter punch out

w
w
w

EDIT mode

Offset punch out

EDIT mode

All programs punch out

EDIT mode

One program punch out

37

EDIT mode

PMC parameter punch out

Tape punch
out

om

Classification

EDIT mode

Function
key

Operation

POS

CAN

POS

CAN

AND

CAN

CAN

AND

RESET

om

Parameter number

PWE =0

No.

Offset number

PARAM

No.

PARAM

INPUT

Data

INPUT

INPUT

OFSET

INPUT

Place tool in measurement position

INPUT

EOB

AND

No.

INPUT

Emergency stop

EOB

AND

INPUT

INPUT

INPUT

PRGRM

INPUT

.c

OFSET

OUTPT

DGNOS

OUTPT

PARAM

OFSET

OUTPT

10

PRGRM

9999

PRGRM

Program number

OUTPT

OUTPT

CAN

nc

DGNOS

Data

(Relative coordinate system display)

Offset number
PARAM

INPUT

Offset value

INPUT

Diagnostic number

No.

POS

POS
OFSET

INPUT

ce
nt
e

DGNOS

Data

RESET

OFSET

INPUT

r.c

No.

PARAM

38

3. OPERATION LIST

Classification

Function

KEY
SW

S E TTING
PWE=1

Mode
EDIT/AUTO
mode

Search for sequence number

AUTO mode

Search for address/word

EDIT mode

Search for address only

EDIT mode

Search for offset number

r.c

Search

Search for diagnostic number

Search for parameter number

ce
nt
e

Display of memory used

EDIT mode

Deletion of all programs

EDIT mode

EDIT mode

Deletion of multiple blocks

EDIT mode

Deletion of one block

EDIT mode

Word deletion

EDIT mode

Word alteration

EDIT mode

Word insertion

EDIT mode

.c

nc

Deletion of one program

Editing

Collation

w
w
w

EDIT/AUTO
mode

Output of all programs

EDIT mode

Output of one program

EDIT mode

File head search

EDIT/AUTO
mode

File deletion

Program collation

39

EDIT/AUTO
mode

Memory collation

Program registration

I/O to and
from
FANUC
Cassette

om

Search for program number

EDIT mode
EDIT/AUTO
mode

Function
key
PRGRM

Operation

1
O

Program number

Program number search

(Cursor)
Sequence number search

(Cursor)
b

PRGRM

Data to be searched for

PRGRM

Address to be searched for

Offset number

(Cursor)
b

OFSET

No.

DGNOS

No.

Diagnostic number

INPUT

PARAM

No.

Parameter number

INPUT

PRGRM

PRGRM

PRGRM

PRGRM

PRGRM

PRGRM

9999

Program number

Sequence number

EOB

DELET

DELET

Search for word to be deleted

ALTER

.c
N

File number

PRGRM

9999

PRGRM

Program number

PRGRM

File number

INPUT

PRGRM

File number

OUTPT

PRGRM

File number

INPUT

INPUT

PRGRM

INSRT

PRGRM

DELET

Search for word to be changed New data

DELET

Search for word immediately before insertion location New data

PRGRM

DELET

nc

PRGRM

INPUT

ce
nt
e

PRGRM

(Cursor)

r.c

om

PRGRM

9
INPUT

INPUT

OUTPT

10
OUTPT

INPUT

40

3. OPERATION LIST

Playback

Function

KEY
SW

S E TTING
PWE=1

Mode

TEACHIN
JOG/HANDLE
mode

NC data input

Memory all clear

At powerup

Parameter clear

At powerup

Program clear

At powerup

Clear

r.c

At powerup

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

Sub PCB all clear

om

Classification

41

Function
key

Operation

1
Move machine

PRGRM
NC data

INSRT

EOB

or

INSRT

INSRT

RESET

DELET

DELET

AND

DELET

AND

(However, set PWE on main side to 0.)

r.c

RESET

om

nc

ce
nt
e

.c

10

42

4. G CODE LIST
M series
G code list (M series)
G code

Group

G00
G01

(1/3)

Function
Positioning

01

Linear interpolation
Circular interpolation/Helical interpolation CW

G03

Circular interpolation/Helical interpolation CCW

G04

Dwell, Exact stop

G05

High speed cycle machining

G08
G09

Advanced preview control

00

Exact stop
Data setting

G11

Data setting mode cancel

G15

17

G16

G18

XpYp plane selection

G22
G23
G27
G28
G29
G30
G31
G33
G37

Zp: Z axis or its parallel axis

Input in inch

06
04

Input in mm

Stored stroke check function on

Stored stroke check function off

Reference position return check

Return to reference position

00

Return from reference position

2nd, 3rd and 4th reference position return

Skip function

01

Thread cutting

Automatic tool length measurement

00

Corner offset circular interpolation

nc

G39

Yp: Y axis or its parallel axis

ce
nt
e

G21

Xp: X axis or its parallel axis

ZpXp plane selection

YpZp plane selection

02

G19
G20

Polar coordinates command cancel

Polar coordinates command

G17

r.c

G10

Cutter compensation cancel

G40

G41

07

G42

Tool length compensation + direction

.c

08

G45
G46

G47

00

G48

G49
G50

08
11

G51

w
43

Tool length compensation direction

Tool offset increase
Tool offset decrease
Tool offset double increase
Tool offset double decrease
Tool length compensation cancel
Scaling cancel
Scaling

G52
G53

Cutter compensation left

Cutter compensation right

G43
G44

om

G02

Local coordinate system setting

00

Machine coordinate system selection

G code list (M series)

G code

Group

(2/3)

Function

G54

Workpiece coordinate system 1 selection

G55

Workpiece coordinate system 2 selection

G56

14

Workpiece coordinate system 3 selection

Workpiece coordinate system 4 selection

G58

Workpiece coordinate system 5 selection

G59

Workpiece coordinate system 6 selection

00

G61

Exact stop mode

G62
G63

Automatic corner override

15

00

G66
G67

G74
G75
G76
G77
G78
G79
G80
G81

Coordinate rotation
16

Coordinate rotation cancel

Peck drilling cycle

09

Counter tapping cycle

01
09

G83

Fine boring cycle

Direct constantdimension plunge grinding cycle

(0GSC)

01

Intermittentfeed surface grinding cycle (0GSC)

Canned cycle cancel/external operation function cancel

Drilling cycle, spot boring cycle or external operation
function

Peck drilling cycle

Boring cycle
Boring cycle

G87

Back boring cycle

.c

Tapping cycle

G86

G88

Boring cycle

G90

Boring cycle

G89

Absolute command

G91

Drilling cycle or counter boring cycle

09

G85

Continuousfeed surface grinding cycle (0GSC)

G84

Plunge grinding cycle (0GSC)

nc

G82

Macro modal call cancel

ce
nt
e

G73

Macro call
Macro modal call

12

G68
G69

Tapping mode
Cutting mode

G64
G65

Single direction positioning

r.c

G60

om

G57

G92
G94

03
00
05

G95

G98

Setting for work coordinate system or clamp at maximum spindle speed

Feed per minute

Constant surface speed control

13
10

G99
G107

Increment command

Feed per rotation

G96
G97

Constant surface speed control cancel

Return to initial point in canned cycle
Return to R point in canned cycle

00

Cylindrical interpolation

44

10

4. G CODE LIST
G code list (M series)
G code

Group

Normal direction control cancel mode

G150
G151

(3/3)

Function

19

G152

Normal direction control left side on

Normal direction control right side on

20

Infeed control function cancel (0GSC)

G161

20

Infeed control function (0GSC)

r.c

CAUTION
1. Multiple G codes of different groups can be specified in a single
block. When multiple G codes of one group are specified in a block,
the G code specified last is effective.
2. If any G code of group 01 is specified in a canned cycle mode, the
canned cycle is automatically cancelled and the G80 condition is
entered. However, a G code of group 01 is not affected by any of
the canned cycle G codes.

NOTE

Modal G codes have the following initial conditions when the power is
turned on or the system is reset to the clear state (bit 6 of parameter No.
045).

ce
nt
e

1.

om

G160

1)

Those G codes marked

2)

G20 and G21 retain their original conditions.

3)

When the power is turned on, G22 is specified automatically. When

the system is reset, G22 and G23 retain their original conditions.

4)

G00 or G01 is automatically selected depending on the setting of

bit 6 of parameter No. 011.

5)

G90 or G91 is automatically selected depending on the setting of

bit 7 of parameter No. 030.

in Table 3 are specified automatically.

The G codes of group 00, except G10 and G11, are oneshot G codes.

3.

If a G code that does not appear in the G code list is specified, or a G

code whose options are not supported is specified, alarm No. 010 is
displayed.

nc

2.

A G code is displayed from each group.

.c

4.

45

T series
G code list (T series)
G code system
(Note 7)
A
B
C

Group
p

(1/2)
Function

G00

G00

G00

G01

G01

G01

G02

G02

G02

Circular interpolation CW
Circular interpolation CCW

G03
G04

G10

G10

G10

G11

G11

G11

G17

G17

G17

G18

G18

G18

G19

G19

G19

G20

G20

G70

G21

G21

G71

G22

G22

G23
G25

G26

G26

G27

G27

G28

G28

G30

G30

G31

G31

G32

G33

G34

G34

G36

G36

G37

G37

Data setting

Data setting mode cancel

XpYp plane selection
16

ZpXp plane selection

YpZp plane selection
Inch data input

06

G23

G25

Dwell
00

09

Metric data input

Stored stroke check function ON

Stored stroke check function OFF

ce
nt
e

G22
G23

Linear interpolation (feed)

om

G03
G04

Positioning (rapid traverse)

01

r.c

G03
G04

G25

08

Spindle speed fluctuation detect OFF

G26
G27

Reference point return check

G28
G30

Return to reference point

00

G31

Thread cutting

01

G36
G37

Variablelead thread cutting

Automatic tool compensation X

00

Automatic tool compensation Z

G40

G40
G41

G42

G42

G42

G92

G92

Coordinate system setting, max. spindle

speed setting

G52

G52

G52

G53

G53

G53

Tool nose radius compensation right

G50

Tool nose radius compensation cancel

G40

07

Tool nose radius compensation left

.c

nc

G41

00

Local coordinate system setting

Machine coordinate system setting

G54

G54

Workpiece coordinate system 1 setting

G55

G55

G55

Workpiece coordinate system 2 setting

G56

G56

G56

G57

G57

G57

Workpiece coordinate system 4 setting

G58

G58

G58

Workpiece coordinate system 5 setting

G59

G59

G59

G65

G65

G65

G66

G66

G66

G67

G67

G67

G68

G68

G68

G69

G69

G69

G54

Skip cutting

G33
G34

2nd, 3rd, 4th reference point return

G41

Spindle speed fluctuation detect ON

14

Workpiece coordinate system 3 setting

10

Workpiece coordinate system 6 setting

00

Macro calling
Macro modal call

12

Macro modal call cancel

Mirror image for double turrets ON or balance
cut mode (0TTC)

04

Mirror image for double turrets OFF or balance cut mode cancel (0TTC)

46

4. G CODE LIST
G code list (T series)
G code system
(Note 7)

Group
p

(2/2)
Function

G70

G70

G72

Finishing cycle
(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G71

G71

G73

Stock removal in turning

(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G72

G72

G74

Stock removal in facing

(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G73

G73

G75

G74

G74

G76

Peck drilling on Z axis

(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G75

G75

G77

Grooving on X axis
(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G76

G76

G78

Multiple threading cycle

(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G71

G71

G72

Traverse grinding cycle (0GCC, 00GCC)

G72

G72

G73

Traverse direct constant dimension grinding

cycle (0GCC, 00GCC)

G73

G73

G74

G74

G84

G84

G86

G86

G87

G87

G88

G88

G89

G89

G90

G77

r.c

ce
nt
e

G80
G83

Pattern repeating
(other than 0GCC or 00GCC)

G74

01

Oscillation grinding cycle

(0GCC, 00GCC)

G75

Oscillation direct constantdimension grinding cycle (0GCC, 00GCC)

G80

Canned cycle for drilling cancel

G83

Cycle for face drilling

G84
G86

Cycle for face tapping

10

Cycle for face boring

G87

Cycle for side drilling

G88

Cycle for side tapping

G89

Cycle for side boring

Outer
cycle

G20

diameter/internal

diameter

cutting

nc

G80
G83

00

om

G78

G21

G94

G79

G24

G96

G96

G96

G97

G97

G97

G98

G94

G94

G99

G95

G95

G90

G90

G91

G91

G98

G98

G99

G99

G107

G107

G107

G112

G112

G112

G113

G113

G113

G250

G250

G250

G251

G251

G251

.c

G92

01

47

Thread cutting cycle

Endface turning cycle
Constant surface speed control

02

Constant surface speed control cancel

Per minute feed

05
03

Per revolution feed

Absolute programming
Incremental programming
Return to initial level

11
00

Return to R point level

Cylindrical interpolation
Polar coordinate interpolation mode

21
20

Polar coordinate interpolation cancel mode

Polygonal turning cancel
Polygonal turning

NOTE

om

CAUTION
1. A number of G codes can be specified in the same block. When
more than one G code of the same group is specified, the G code
specified later is effective.
2. If any G code of group 01 is specified in a canned cycle mode, the
canned cycle is automatically cancelled and the G80 condition is
entered. However a G code of group 01 is not affect4ed by any of
the canned cycle G codes.

are initial G codes when turning power on.

G codes marked
For G20 and G 21, the G code before turning power off remains. G00
or G01 can be selected by parameter setting.

2.

G codes of group 00 are not modal. They are only effective in the block
in which they are specified.

3.

If a G code not listed on the table of G codes is inputted, or optional G

code not specified in the system is commanded, an alarm (No. 010) is
displayed.

4.

A G code is displayed from each group.

5.

G code system B and C are options. Whether G code system B or C is

set by parameter No. 0036: GSPC.

nc

ce
nt
e

r.c

1.

.c

10

48

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation
P

Positioning (G00)
Start point

om

Linear interpolation
(G01)
Start point
Circular interpolation
(G02, G03)

Start point

G02

Center

End point
(x, y)

G03

ce
nt
e

(x, y)

r.c

Start point

Center

Helical cutting
(G02, G03)

.c

nc

49

End point

Tool path

Start
point

Y
The feedrate along the circumference
of two circular interpolated axes is the
specified feedrate.

T
series

M
series

G00P__ ;

G01P__ ;

Tape format

G02
G17

R__
Xp__Yp__

F__ ;

G03

I__J__

G02

R__
Xp__Zp__

G03
G02
G19

F__ ;
I__K__

R__
Yp__Zp__

F__ ;
I__K__

ce
nt
e

G03

G17

I__J__

__ F__ ;

Xp__Yp__

R__

nc

G03

Synchronously with arc of XpYp plane

G02

r.c

G18

om

Synchronously with arc of ZpYp plane

G02

G18

I__K__

__ F__ ;

Xp__Zp__

G03

R__

.c

Synchronously with arc of YpZp plane

G02

G19

__ F__ ;
R__

Any one axis where circular interpolation is

not applied.

10

G03

J__K__

Yp__Zp__

50

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

(Example)
G04 P1000; Dwell by 1 seconds

Exact stop
(G04, G09)

Speed

Time
(Example)
Cycle 1: connection 2, repetition 1
Cycle 2: connection 3, repetition 3
Cycle 3: connection 0, repetition 1
G05P10001L2;
Cycle is executed as 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3

High-speed remote
buffer A (G05)

Specify G05 only in a block using normal NC

command format. Then specify move data in the
special format explained next page. When zero is specified as the travel distance along all axes, normal NC
command format can be used again for
subsequent command specification.

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

r.c

High-speed cycle
machining (G05)

om

Dwell (G04)

Explanation

High-speed remote
buffer B (G05)

Advanced preview
control (G08)

51

High-speed remote buffer A uses binary data.

On the other hand, high-speed remote buffer B can directly use NC language coded with equipment such as
an automatic programming unit to perform
high-speed machining.
This function can minimize the delay caused by acceleration/deceleration, which increases together with the
feedrate, as well as the delay in the servo system. Tool
movement can thus faithfully follow the command values, reducing the degree of error in the machined figure.

T
series

X__
G04

M
series

Tape format

; Dwell by second
P__

om

G04 ;
G09P ;

G05 P10 L ;
Start program number of called programs
Repetition time of machining cycle

ce
nt
e

Binary input operation enabled: G05;

Binary input operation disabled: The travel distance along

r.c

:
:

all axes are set to zero.

Data format for binary input operation

Byte

High byte

Data
sequence

Low byte

1st axis

High byte
Low byte

2nd axis

nc

:
:

High byte

Nth axis

Low byte

Check byte

.c

All data must be specified in binary.

p=1:
p=0:

10

Advanced preview control mode on

Advanced preview control mode off

G08 Pp;

G05P01; Start high-speed machining

X__Y__Z__;
G05P00; End high-speed machining

52

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Explanation

Change of offset value by

program (G10)

The tool compensation amount can be set or changed

with the G10 command.
When G10 is used in absolute input (G90), the
compensation amount specified in the command
becomes the new tool compensation amount.
When G10 is used in incremental input (G91), the
compensation amount specified in the command is
added to the amount currently set.

The parameter value can be changed by the

machining program.

ce
nt
e

Change of parameter by
program (G10)

r.c

Change of offset value by

program (G10)

om

Functions

Polar coordinate
command mode
(G15, G16)

nc

XpYp plane selection

(G17)
ZpXp plane selection
(G18)
YpZp plane selection
(G19)

G17

X
G18

Y
G19

.c

Inch/metric conversion
(G20, G21)

(X, Y, Z)

Extended stored stroke

limit check on
(G22, G23)

53

(I, J, K)

X>I, Y>J, Z>K

G10L__PpRr;
p : Offset No.
r : Tool compensation amount
Format
(1) For tool compensation memory A
G10 L11 P__R__;
(2) For tool compensation memory B
Setting/changing the geometric compensation amount
G10 L10 P__R__;
Setting/changing the wear compensation amount
G10 L11 P__R__;

nc

G18 ;

G19 ;

Inch input
Metric input

.c

G20 ;
G21 ;

G22X__Y__Z__I__J__K__ ; on

G16 ;
Polar coordinate command
Xx Yy ;
x: radius, y: angle (*)
G15 ;
Polar coordinate command cancel

G17 ;

ce
nt
e

G10 L50 ;
N__P__ ;
G11
N : Parameter number
P : Parameter value

M
series

om

G10P__X (U)__Y (V)__Z (W)__R (C)__Q__;

For geometry offset amount
P=10000+geometry offset number
For offset amount
P= wear offset number
R : Tool nose radius offset value
Q : Imaginary tool nose number

T
series

r.c

Tape format

8
f

G23 ; off

(X, Z, I and K only for T series)

10

54

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation

(Example)
(1)

When an alarm is raised after a specified spindle speed is reached

Spindle speed

r.c

Reference for spindle speed at which

check is started

om

Spindle speed
fluctuation detection
on (G26)
Spindle speed
fluctuation detection
off (G25)

Specified
speed

Fluctuation at which
alarm is raised (r)

ce
nt
e

Check

Actual speed
(detected by position
coder)

Check

No check

Time

Specification of
another speed
(2)

Alarm

Start of check

When an alarm is raised before a specified spindle speed is

reached

Spindle speed

Spindle speed specified by q

nc

Spindle speed specified by r

Specified
speed

Check
Specification of
another speed

Actual
speed

P
No check

Check

Start of check

P
Reference position
Start point

55

Time

Alarm

Reference position
return check (G27)

.c

Tape format
G26PpQqRr ; spindle fluctuation detection on

q:

M
series

Time (in ms) from the issue of a new spindle rotation

command (S command) to the start of checking whether
the actual spindle speed is so fast that an overheat can
occur. (When a specified speed is reached within the time
period of P, a check is started at that time.)

om

p:

T
series

Tolerance (%) of a specified spindle speed (If a specified

spindle speed lies within this range, it is regarded as
having reached the specified value. Then, the checking
of an actual spindle speed is started.)

r:

Spindle speed fluctuation (%) at which the actual spindle

speed is so fast that an overheat can occur
r = (1 speed that can cause overheat/specified spindle
speed) 100

ce
nt
e

G26 enables the spindle speed fluctuation detection

function, and G25 disables the spindle speed fluctuation
detection.

r.c

q = (1 actual spindle speed/specified spindle speed)

100

nc

G25 ; Spindle fluctuation detection off

.c

w
w

10

G27P__ ;

56

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Reference poisition

2nd, 3rd, 4th reference

position return (G30)

P
Intermediate point

Return to reference
position return start

Start point

om

Reference position
return (G28)

Explanation

Reference position

position (G29)

P
Intermediate position

Multi-step skip function

(G31)

r.c

Skip function (G31)

Skip signal

ce
nt
e

Start point

Equal lead thred cutting

(G32)

F: Lead

Thread cutting (G33)

nc

Variable lead thread

cutting

.c

Automatic tool compensation (G36, G37)

57

Starting point

Measured position
reach signal

Specified position
(Xa or Za)
Offset value set
by this command

Measured
position

G28P__ ;
P2
G30
P3
P4

P__ ;

T
series

M
series

Tape format

P2: 2nd reference position return

P3: 3rd reference position return
P4: 4th reference position return

om

G29P__ ;

G32P__F__ ;
G33P__F__ ;

GCC

ce
nt
e

Move command
G31 P__F__P__;
F__: Feedrate
P__: P1-P4
Dwell
G04X (U, P)__(Q__);
X(U, P)__: Dwell time
Q__: Q1-Q4

r.c

G31P__F__ ;

G36X xa ;

nc

G34P__FfKf ;
f: Longer axis lead at the start position
k: increase/decrease value per spindle revolution

G37Z za ;

.c

X xa, Z za: Specified position

10

58

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation

Automatic tool length

measurement (G37)

B (Deceleration position)

Measurement
feedrate

C (Measurement position)
The tool stops when the
approach end signal
goes on.
X

G41

G40

ce
nt
e

(G40, G41, G42)

Tool nose radius

compensation

r.c

Compensation value = (Current compensation value)

+ [(Coordinates of the point at which the tool is
stopped) (Coordinates of the programmed
measurement position)]

om

A (Start position)
Measurement position is
commanded with G37

Rapid
traverse

G42

G40 : Programmed path

G41 : Left of programmed path

G42 : Right of programmed path

Cutter compensation B
(G39 to G42)
Cutter compensation
(G40 to G42)

G41

G40

G42

G40 : Programmed path

G41 : Left of programmed path

nc

G42 : Right of programmed path

Tool length
compensation A, B, C

.c

(G43, G44, G49)

59

G43: + offset
G44: offset

Offset
Z

Tape format

T
series

G92P__;Sets the workpiece coordinate system. (It can be

set with G54 to G59.)
Hff;

M
series

Specifies an offset number for tool length offset.

om

G90 G37P__; Absolute command

G37 is valid only in the block in which it is
specified.
P__ indicates the X-, Y-, Z-, or fourth axis.

r.c

P__ ;

ce
nt
e

G40
G41
G42

G39X(I)__Y(J)__ ;
Corner offset circular interpolation

(Cutter compensation B only)

G17
G18

G40
G41

G19

G42

D(H)__ ;

nc

D(H): Tool offset number

G43

(Z__)H__ ; Tool length compensation A

G44

X__

.c

G17

Tool length compensation B

__H__ ;

Tool length compensation C

G18
G19

G43
G44

G43
G44

Y__
Z__

H__ ;

10

: Arbitrary one axis

G49 ; Tool length compensation cancel

H: Offset number

60

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation

Increases

G45

G47
G48

G46

Decrease
Double increase
Double decrease

: offset value P

Coordinate system
setting
Spindle speed setting
(G50)

r.c

om

Tool offset
(G45 G48)

Scaling (G50, G51)

P4

P3

P3

ce
nt
e

P4
P0

P2

P1

P1

P2

P1 to P4: Programmed shape

P1 to P4: Scaled shape
P0: Scaling center

nc

Local coordinate
system setting (G52)

.c

(Local coordinate system)

P
(Workpiece
coordinate
system 1:
G54)

(Workpiece coordinate system 2:G55)

(Workpiece reference
position offset)

(Local coordinate
system)

(Workpiece
coordinate system)

(Workpiece coordinate
system 6:G59)

(Parameter
value)
(Machine coordinate system)
(Origin of the machine coordinate system)
(Reference position)

Machine coordinate
system selection (G53)

61

T
series

Tape format

M
series

f
X__
Y__
Z__

Dxx ;

G50X__Z__ ; Coordinate system setting

G50S__ ;
Spindle speed setting

om

G46 (decrease)
G47 (double increase)
G48 (double decrease)

r.c

G45 (increase)

G51X__Y__Z__P__(or I__J__K__) ;

ce
nt
e

G50 ; Cancel
X, Y, Z: Scaling center

P: Magnification

(I, J, and K are the scaling magnifications for the X-, Y-, and
Z-axes respectively.)

Local coordinate system setting

Local coordinate system cancel

.c

G52P0 ;

10

w
w

G53P__ ;

nc

G52P__ ;

62

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation

Work coordinate
system 1 6
selection
(G54 G59)

Workpiece
coordinate
system 2

Workpiece
coordinate
system 3

ZOFS2

ZOFS3

ZOFS1

ZOFS4

ZOFS5

Machine reference
position

Workpiece
coordinate
system 6

r.c

ZOFS6

Workpiece
coordinate
system 5

Reference position offset for workpiece coordinate system 1

Reference position offset for workpiece coordinate system 2
Reference position offset for workpiece coordinate system 3
Reference position offset for workpiece coordinate system 4
Reference position offset for workpiece coordinate system 5
Reference position offset for workpiece coordinate system 6

ce
nt
e

ZOFS1:
ZOFS2:
ZOFS3:
ZOFS4:
ZOFS5:
ZOFS6:

Workpiece
coordinate
system 4

om

Workpiece
coordinate
system 1

Additioonal work
coordinate system
selection (G54P)
Spindle direction
positioning (G60)

(Example)
G54P12 ;
Selecting additional work coordinate system 12
Overrun

Start point

End point

Start point

End point

Temporary stop

Speed

.c

nc

Exact stop mode (G61)

Time

Automatic corner override (G62)

63

Programmed path
a

Le

Ls
a

Override is applied from a to b

Tape format
Work coordinate system 1 selection
Work coordinate system 2 selection
Work coordinate system 3 selection
Work coordinate system 4 selection
Work coordinate system 5 selection
Work coordinate system 6 selection

M
series

om

G54P__ ;
G55P__ ;
G56P__ ;
G57P__ ;
G58P__ ;
G59P__ ;

T
series

r.c

ce
nt
e

G54Pn ; (n=1 64)

G60P__ ;

.c

G62 ;

nc

G61 ;

10

64

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions
Speed

Feed hold is ineffective

Feedrate override
is ineffective

Time

Speed

r.c

Cutting mode (G64)

om

Tapping mode (G63)

Explanation

Time

Macro call (G65)

Main program

Macro program
O0001;

ce
nt
e

O__:
G66P0001L__:
M02;

Macro model call

(G66, G67)

M99

Main program

Macro program

O__:

O0001;

G66P0001L__;
X__
Y__

G67;

M99

nc

Mirror image for double

turrets (G68, G69)

.c

Coordinate rotation
(G68, G69)

65

R
X

Tape format

T
series

M
series

G63 ;

G64 ;

om

r.c

G65 P__L__ ;
Program number
Repetition count (1 to 9999)

G66 P__L__ ;
G67 ; Cancel
P:
L:

ce
nt
e

P:
L:

Program number
Repetition count (1 to 9999)

nc

G68 ;
Mirror image for double turrets
G69 ;
Mirror image cancel

TT

8
f

.c

G17
G18
G19

G68 ____R__ ;

G69 ;
, :
3 axes corresponding to G17, G18, G19
R: Routation angle

10

66

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation
Canned cycle
G90: Outer diameter/internal diameter cutting cycle
G92: Thread cutting cycle
G94: End face turning cycle
Multiple repetitive cycle
G70: Finishing

(G70 to G76)
(G90, G92, G94)

G71:
G72:
G73:
G74:

Stock removal in turning

Stock removal in facing
Pattern repeating
End face peck drilling cycle

(Example) G92
X axis
Z

W
3(R) 4(R)

1(R)

U/2

ce
nt
e

3(R)

r.c

G75: Outer diameter/internal diameter drilling cycle

G76: Multiple thread cutting cycle

om

Canned cycle for

lathes

X/2

Z axis

Zero point

Approx.
45

(The chamfered angle in

the left figure is 45 degrees
or less because of the
delay in the servo system.)

.c

nc

Detailed chamfered thread

67

R . Rapid
traverse
F . Specified
by F code

Tape format

M
series

P__Q__U__W__F__S__T__ ;
W__R__ ;
P__Q__U__W__F__S__T__ ;
W__R__ ;

G73
G74
G74
G75

P__Q__U__W__F__S__T__ ;
R__ ;
X(u)__Z(w)__P__Q__R__F__ ;
R__ ;

G75 X(u)__Z(w)__P__Q__R__F__ ;
G76 R__ ;
G76 X(u)__Z(w)__P__Q__R__F__ ;

X__Z__I__F__ ;

nc

ce
nt
e

G94 X__Z__I__F__ ;

om

G71
G72
G72
G73

r.c

G70 P__Q__ ;
G71 U__R__ ;

G90
G92

T
series

.c

10

68

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation

Canned cycle for

grinding (G71 G74)

G71: Traverse grinding cycle

G72: Traverse direct fixed-dimension grinding cycle
G73: Oscillation grinding cycle
G74: Oscillation direct fixed-dimention grinding cycle

om

(Example) G71
G71 A__B__W__U__I__K__H__ ;
X
W

1(1)
2

3(K)
4(1)
5
6(K)

r.c

First depth of cut

Second depth of cut
Grinding range

U:

Dwell time Maximum specification

time: 99999.999 seconds
Feedrate of A and B
Feedrate of W

ce
nt
e

A:
B:
W:

I:
K:

H:

High-speed peck drilling cycle

Left-hand tapping cycle
Fine boring cycle
Cancel
Drilling cycle, spot drilling cycle
Drilling cycle, counter boring cycle
Peck drilling cycle
Tapping cycle
Boring cycle
Boring cycle

nc

G73:
G74:
G76:
G80:
G81:
G82:
G83:
G84:
G85:
G86:

Canned cycle (G73, G74,

G80 G89)

Number of repetitions
Setting value: 1 to 9999

G87: Boring cycle/Back boring cycle

G88: Boring cycle
G89: Boring cycle
G73 (G99)

(Example)

.c

G73 (G98)

Initial level

R point

R point
q
q

Z point

69

Z point

T
series

Tape format
G71 A__B__W__U__I__K__H__ ;
G72 P__A__B__W__U__I__K__H__ ;
G73 A__(B__)W__U__I__K__H__ ;
G74 P__A__(B__)W__U__I__K__H__ ;

M
series

GCC

om

r.c

ce
nt
e

G73 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G74 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G76 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G81 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G82 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G83 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G84 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G85 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G86 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G87 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G88 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G89 X__Y__Z__P__Q__R__F__K__ ;
G80 ; Cancel
Gj j X__Y__Z__R__Q__P__F__K__ ;

Hole position data

nc
Item

Drilling mode

.c

Hole position data

w
Number of repeats

Gj j
X,Y

8
Explanation
G73, G74, G76, G80 G89
Specifies the hole position by an
incremental or absolute value.

Specifies the distance from point R to the

bottom of the hole.

R
Q

Specifies each cut-in value with G73 and

G83 or the shift value with G76 and G87.
(Always specified with an incremental
value.)
Specifies the dwell time at the bottom of
the hole.
Specifies the feed rate.

Specifies the number of repeats for a

series of operation 1 to 6.

Specifies the distance from the initial

level to point R.

w
w

Address

Drilling data

Number of repeat

Drilling data

Drilling mode

70

10

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation

Canned grinding cycle

(G75, G77, G78, G79)

G75: Plunge grinding cycle

G77: Direct constant-dimension plunge

om

grinding cycle
G78: Continuous-feed surface grinding cycle
G79: Intermittent-feed surface grinding cycle

(Example)

X(Z)
(1) (R)

I
J

(3) (F)

(2) P
(6) (F)

(4) (R)

r.c

(5) P

X(Z)

G75 I__J__K__X (Z)__R__F__P__L__ ;

I:
Depth-of-cut 1 (A sign in the command specifies the direction of cutting.)

R:
F:
P:
L:

ce
nt
e

J:
Depth-of-cut 2 ( A sign in the command specifies the direction of cutting.)
K:
Total depth of cut
X (Z): Range of grinding (A sign in the command specifies the direction of
grinding.)
Feedrate for I and J
Feedrate for X (Z)
Dwell time
Grinding-wheel wear compensation (Note 1)

G83: Front drilling cycle

G84: Front tapping cycle

Canned cycle for

drilling (G80 to G89)

G85:
G87:
G88:
G89:

Front boring cycle

Side drilling cycle
Side tapping cycle
Side boring cycle

G80: Drilling cycle cancel

nc

(Example)
G83 (G87) (G99 mode)

G83 (G87) (G98 mode)

(Ma)

.c

R point level
(M), P
dwell

Initial level

R point level
q

Z point
dwell
P

71

(M),
dwell

(Ma)

Z point
dwell

T
series

Tape format
G75 I__J__K__X (Z)__R__F__P__L__ ;
G77 I__J__K__X (Z)__R__F__P__L__ ;
G78 I__J__K__X (Z)__R__F__P__L__ ;
G79 I__J__K__X (Z)__R__F__P__L__ ;

M
series

GSC

om

r.c

ce
nt
e

G83 X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(M_) ;
G84 X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(M_) ;
G86 X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(M_) ;
G87 X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(M_) ;
G88 X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(M_) ;
G89 X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(M_) ;
G80 ; Cancel
GVV X(Z)__C__Z(X)__R__Q__P__F__K__(MVV) ;

Hole position data

Number of
repeat

Drilling data

nc

Drilling mode

Designation

Address
GVV

Hole position

X/U
(Z/W)C/H

Drilling data

Z(X)

.c

Drilling mode

Number of repeats
M code of C-axis clamp

Specifies the hole position by an

incremental or absolute value.
Specifies the distance from point R to the
bottom of the hole.

Specifies the distance from the initial

level to point R level.

Specifies each cut-in value with G83

(G87). This value is always specified
with an incremental value to specify
radius.

Specifies the dwell time at the bottom of

the hole.
Specifies the feedrate.

Specifies the number of repeats for a

series of operations.

MVV

G80, G83, G84, G86 to G89

w
w
w

Description

M-code (specified by a parameter) of Caxis clamp.

72

10

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions
Absolute/Incremental
command (G90/G91)

Explanation
(Example)
60

100
50
G90X100Y60 ;
G91X50Y30 ;

Absoulute command
Incremental command

Change of workpiece
coordinate system (G92)

r.c

Feed/minute,
Feed/revolution

Move
distance
per minute

Move
distance
per revolution

ce
nt
e

(G94, G95)

om

30

Feed/minute (G94)

Feed/revolution (G95)

Constant suface speed

control (G96, G97)

Surface speed

Constant surface speed

control (G96, G97)

nc

Z(X=0)

.c

Initial point return/R

point return (G98, G99)

w
w

Initial point

G99

R point

Z point
C

Cylindrical interpolation
(G107)

73

G98

R
Z

Tape format
G90__ ; Absolute command
G91__ ; Incremental command
G90__G91__ ; Change of workpiece coordinate system

T
series

M
series

f
(G code
system
B, C)

G92P__ ;

om

G94 . . . . . . F__ ;

G98 . . . . . . F__ ;
or
G99 . . . . . . F__ ;

(T series
<G code system B, C>
M series)

(T series
<G code system A>

G96 Ss ;
G97 ; Cancel

ce
nt
e

G95 . . . . . . F__ ;

r.c

s: Surface speed (m/min or feet/min)

G96 Ss P ;
G97; Cancel

13
(X axis, Y axis, Z axis)
Surface speed (m/min or feet/min)

nc

s:

.c

G98__ ;
G99__ ;

G107 Cr;
Cylindrical interpolation mode
C: Rotary axis name
r: Radius of cylinder
G107 CO;
Cylindrical interpolation mode cancel

8
f
(G
coed
system
B, C)

10

74

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Functions

Explanation
C

Polar coordinate
interpolation mode
(G112, G113)

C axis

Normal direction control

(G140, G141, G142)

Programmed
path
C axis

C axis
Tool

r.c

Tool

om

X axis

Normal direction
(proceeding direction)
(Example)

ce
nt
e

Infeed control (G160,

G161)

Start point

End point

Polygon turning
(G250, G251)

Workpiece

.c

nc

Workpiece

75

Tool

Tape format
G112 ;
Polar coordinate interpolation mode
G113 ;
Polar coordinate interpolation mode cancel

T
series

M
series

om

G140 ; Normal direction control cancel

G141 ; Normal direction control left

r.c

G142 ; Normal direction control right

r:

Cancel

0GSC

ce
nt
e

G160 ;
G161 Rr ;

Cut in depth

nc

G250 ;
Polygon turning cancel
G251P__Q__ ;
Polygon turning
P, Q: Potation ratio of spindle and workpiece

.c

10

76

5. PROGRAM FORMAT
FS0TC/FS15TA format comparison table
Function comparison
Both models have the same functions and formats.
Both models have the same functions, but different formats.
Both models have the same formats, but different functions.
The models have different functions and formats.

Item

Function

FS15TA

Positioning

G00XZ;

Linear interpolation

G01XZF;

Circular interpolation

G02/03XZR(IK)F;

Dwell

G98G04P/X/U;
(in time units)
G99G04P/X/U;
(in rotation units)

Cylindrical interpolation

G07.1
Rotation axis name and cylinder diameter

Data setting

G10L11PXZYRQ;
L11 Wear compensation
G10L10PXZYRQ;
L10 Geometric compensation

Polar coordinate interpolation

mode

G12.1

Polar coordinate interpolation

cancel mode

G13.1

ce
nt
e

r.c

Plane selection

G17/G18/G19

Inch input

G20

11

Metric input

G21

12

Stored stroke check ON

G22XZIK;

nc

9
10

Stored stroke check OFF

G23;

14

Spindle
speed
detection OFF

fluctuation

G25;

15

Spindle
speed
detection ON

fluctuation

G26PQRD;
P : Check start timer
Q : Check start tolerance ratio
R : Minimum variation ratio detected as an alarm
D : Minimum variation width detected as an alarm

.c

13

return

G27XZ;

17

1st reference position return

check

G28XZ;

18

nth reference position return

check

G30P2/3/4XZ;

Skip cutting

G31XZ;

20

Thread cutting

G32XZFQ;
Q : Threading start shift angle
G32XZEQ;
E : Number of screw threads per
inch

Reference
check

19

16

77

om

A:
B:
C:
D:

position

FS0TC
G00XZ;

Function
comparison
C
A

G02/03XZR(IK)F;

G04P/X/U; (in time units)

G107
Rotation axis name and cylinder diameter

G17/G18/G19
G20
G21

ce
nt
e

G113

nc

A
A

G25;

G26PQR;
P : Check start timer
Q : Check start tolerance ratio
R : Minimum variation ratio detected as an alarm

G27XZ;

.c

G23;

G28XZ;

G30P2/3/4XZ;

G22XZIK;

G10PXZYRQ;
For wear compensation,
P : Wear compensation number
For geometric compensation,
P : 10000 + geometric compensation number
G112

r.c

G01XZF;

om

FS0TC tape
format conversion

G31XZ;
G32XZF;

10

A
G32XZE
E : Lead along the major axis.
It is impossible to specify
the number of screw
threads per inch and the
threading start shift angle.

78

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Item

Function

FS15TA

Variable lead thread cutting

G34XZFK;

22

Automatic tool offset

G37.*X/Z;

23

Tool nose radius compensation

cancel

G40

24

Tool nose radius compensation

(Left)

G41

25

Tool nose radius compensation

(Right)

G42

26

Coordinate system setting

G50XZ;

27

Polygon turning cancel

G50.2

28

Polygon turning

G51.2PQ;

29

Local coordinate system setting

G52XZ;

30

Machine coordinate system select

G53XZ;

31

Workpiece coordinate system

select

G54 to G59

32

Macro calling

G65PLArgument;

33

Macro modal calling

G66PLArgument;

34

Macro modal calling cancel

G67;

35

Mirror image ON for double turret

G68;

36

Mirror image OFF for double

turret

G69;

37

Finishing cycle

G70PQ;

38

Outer surface rough cutting

canned cycle

G71PQUWIKDF
ST;

r.c

ce
nt
e

nc

End face rough cutting canned

cycle

.c

39

om

21

G72PQUWIKDF
ST;

G73PQUWIKDF
ST;

End face cuttingoff canned

cycle

G74XZIKFD;

42

Outer surface/inner surface

cuttingoff canned cycle

G75XZIKFD;

Closedloop turning canned

cycle

41

40

79

FS0TC

FS0TC tape
format conversion

Function
comparison

D
A

G41

G42

G50XZ;

G250

G251PQ;

om

G40

G36X; X axis
G37X; Z axis

r.c

G34XZFK;

G52XZ;

G53XZ;

G54 to G59

C
A

ce
nt
e

G65PLArgument;
G66PLArgument;

G67;

G68;
G69;
G70PQ;

G71PQUWF
ST;
It is impossible to specify a
cutting allowance for
roughing. (I,K)
An attempt to specify it is
ignored.

D (C)

G72PQUWD
FST;
It is impossible to specify a
cutting allowance for
roughing. (I,K)
An attempt to specify it is
ignored.

D (C)

G73UR;
G73PQUWFST;

G73PQUWI
KDFST;

B (A)

G74R;
G74XZPQRF;

G74XZIK
FD;

B (A)

G75R;
G75XZPQRF;

G75XZIK
FD;

B (A)

nc

G71UR;
G71PQUWDF
ST;

10

.c

G72UR;
G72PQUWFST;

80

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Item

Function

FS15TA

Multiple
repetitive
cycle for threading

canned

G76XZIKDFA
PQ;

44

Canned cycles for drilling

G8*XYZRQPFL;
L :
Number of repeat

45

Outer surface/inner
turning canned cycle

G90XZIF;

46

Threading canned cycle

G92XZIFQ;

47

End face turning canned cycle

G94XZKF;

48

Constant surface speed control

G96S;

49

Constant surface speed control

cancel

G97S;

50

Feed per minute

G98

51

Feed pre revolution

G99

52

Sub program calling

M98PL;

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

surface

81

r.c

om

43

FS0TC tape
format conversion

Function
comparison

G76XZIKDF
APQ;
A threading method (P)
can be selected only from
P1 (singleedge cutting
with constant cutting
amount) and P2 (jigzag
cutting with constant cutting amount). It is impossible to specify an arbitrary
angle for the tool tip (A). If
an angle other than those
that can be specified in
Series 0 (0, 29, 30, 55, 60,
or 80 degrees) is specified,
alarm P/S 062 is generated.

D (C)

G8*X (Z)CZ (X)RQ

PFK;
K : Number repeat

G8*X (Z)CZ (X)R

QPFL;
L : Repetition count
It is impossible to select
an arbitrary drill axis.

D (C)

G90XZRF;

G90XZIF;

B (A)

G92XZRF;

G92XZIFQ;

D (C)

G94XZRF;

G94XZKF;

B (A)

G96S;
G97S;
G98
G99

om

C
A

A
A

M98PL;
If a number with more than
three digits is specified in
calling a subprogram, the
lower three digits are regarded as a subprogram
number (address P). If the
number of repetitive calls
is not specified, it is assumed to be 1.

B (A)

nc

M98P;

ce
nt
e

G76PQR;
G76XZRPQF;

r.c

FS0TC

.c

10

82

5. PROGRAM FORMAT
FS0MC/FS15MA format comparison table
Function comparison
Both models have the same functions and formats.
Both models have the same functions, but different formats.
Both models have the same formats, but different functions.
The models have different functions and formats.

Item

Function

FS15MA

Positioning

G00P;

Linear interpolation

G01PF;

Circular interpolation

G17G02/G03XYR(IJ)F;
G18G02/G03ZXR(KI)F;
G19G02/G03Y
ZR(JK)F;

Dwell

G98G04P/X/U;
(in time units)
G99G04P/X/U;
(in rotation units)

Exact stop

Data setting

Polar coordinate
cancel

Polar coordinate command

G16

Plane selection

G17/G18/G19

10

Inch input

G20

11

Metric input

G21

12

Stored stroke check ON

G22XYZIJK;

13

Stored stroke check OFF

14

Reference
check

ce
nt
e

r.c

G09

G10LPR;

command

G23;

return

nc

position

G15

G27P;

1st reference position return

G28P;

16

Return form reference position

G29P;

17

nth reference position return

G30P2/3/4P;

18

Skip cutting

G31P;

19

Thread cutting

G33PFQ;
Q : Threading start shift angle
G33XZEQ;
E : Number of screw threads per
inch

.c

15

Automatic tool offset

G37a;

21

Corner arc

G39I/K/JJ/I/K;

22

Cutter compensation cancel

G40

23

Cutter compensation (Left)

G41

24

Cutter compensation (Right)

G42

25

Tool length compensation (+)

G43

26

Tool length compensation ()

G44

27

Tool offset increase

G45

28

Tool offset decrease

G46

29

Tool offset double increase

G47

30

w
w
w

20

Tool offset double decrease

G48

83

om

A:
B:
C:
D:

FS0MC

FS0MC tape
format conversion

G00P;

C
A

G17G02/G03X
YR(IJ)F;
G18G02/G03Z
XR(kI)F;
G19G02/G03Y
ZR(JK)F;

G09

ce
nt
e

G04P/X/U; (in time units)

G10LPR;

G16
G17/G18/G19
G20
G21

A
A

C
A

G23;

nc

G27P;

G22XYZIJK;

A
A

G29P;

G30P2/3/4;

G31P;

G33PF;

.c

G28P;

9
A

G39X/Z/Y(I/K/J)Y/X/Z(J/I/K);

G40

G41

G42

G43

G44

G45

G46

G47

G48

G37a;

G15

r.c

G01PF;

om

Function
comparison

10

84

5. PROGRAM FORMAT

Item

Function

31

Tool length compensation cancel

G49

32

Scaling cancel

G50

33

Scaling

G51XYZP;

34

Local coordinate system setting

G52P;

35

Machine coordinate system select

(G90) G53P;

36

Workpiece coordinate system

select

G54 to G59

37

Single direction positioning

G60P;

38

Exact stop mode

G61

39

Automatic corner override

G62

40

Tapping mode

G63

41

Cutting mode

G64

42

Macro calling

G65PLArgument;

43

Macro modal calling

G66PLArgument;

44

Macro modal calling cancel

G67;

45

Coordinate rotation

(G17/G18/G19) G68abR;

46

Coordinate rotation cancel

G69;

47

Canned cycles for drilling

G**XYZRQPFL;
L : Number of repeat

48

Rigid tapping

M**S;
G84.2/.3XYZRQP
FL;
L : Number of repeat

49

Absolute command

G90

50

Increment command

G91

51

Coordinate system setting

(G90) G92P;

52

Feed per minute

G94

53

Feed per revolution

G95

54

Constant surface speed control

G96S;

55

Constant surface speed control

cancel

G97S;

56

Sub program calling

M98PL;

om
r.c

ce
nt
e

nc
.c
w
w
w
85

FS15MA

FS0MC

FS0MC tape
format conversion

Function
comparison

G50

G51XYZP;

G52P;

(G90) G53P;

G54 to G59

G60P;

G61

om

G49

r.c

G62

G63

G64
G65PLArgument;

G66PLArgument;

C
A

ce
nt
e

G67;

(G17/G18/G19) G68abR;
G69;

G**XYZRQP
FK;
K : Number of repeat

G**XYZRQ
PFL;
L : Number of repeat

D (C)

M**S;
G84XYZRQP
FK;
K : Number of repeat

M**S;
G84XYZRQ
PFL;
L : Number of repeat

B (A)

G90
G91

A
A

G94

A
A

nc

(G90) G92P;

G95

G96S;

G97S;

M98PL;
If a number with more than
three digits is specified in
calling a subprogram, the
lower three digits are regarded as a subprogram
number (address P). If the
number of repetitive calls
is not specified, it is assumed to be 1.

B (A)

10

.c

M98P;

86

6. CUSTOM MACRO
6.1

Custom Macro A

6.1.1

Types of variables
Type of variable

Variable number
#100 #149
#500 #531

System variable

6.1.2

#1 #99
#1000 #5084

System variable
Purpose

Series

Corresponds to UI000 to
UI015

Interface input signal

T/M

#1032

Unified input of UI000 to

UI015

#1100 #1115

Corresponds to UO000
to UO015

#1132

Unified output of UO000

to UO015

#1133

Unified output of UO100

to UO131

Interface output
signal

T/M

ce
nt
e

Variable number

r.c

Contents

#1000 #1015

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2701 #2732
#2101 #2132

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2801 #2832

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2901 #2932

Z axis offset

Tool nose radius

compensation

Imaginary tool tip

position

Y axis offset

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2201 #2232

X axis offset

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

nc

#2001 #2032

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2301 #2332

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2401 #2432

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

.c

#2301 #2332

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2001 #2200
(#1 #99)

Tool compensation
(Offset No. 1 99)

Tool compensation
(Offset memory A)

#3011

Year, month, day

Clock

T/M

#3012

Hour, minute, second

#3901

No. of parts machined

No. of parts

T/M

#3902

No. of parts machined

#2451 #2432

87

om

Common variable

Variable number

Contents

Purpose

Series

Modal information

T/M

#4001 #4022

G code (group 01 22)

#4102

B code

#4109

F code

#4111

H code

#4113

M code

#4114

Sequence number

#4115

Program number

#4119

S code

#4120

T code

#5001 #5004

1st axis block end position

:
4th axis block end position

Block end position

(Workpiece coordinate)

#5021 #5024

1st axis current position

:
4th axis current position

Machine
nate

coordi-

T/M

#5041 #5044

1st axis current position

:
4th axis current position

Workpiece coordinate

T/M

#5061 #5064

1st axis skip signal position

:
4th axis skip signal position

Skip signal position

(Workpiece coordinate)

T/M

#5081 #5084

1st axis tool offset value

:
4th axis tool offset value

Tool offset value

T/M

r.c

T/M

om

ce
nt
e

6.1.3

Argument specification (M series)

Correspondence between addresses and variable numbers

Variable number
(flag)

#8004

#8104
#8105

#8006

#8106

#8009

#8109

#8010

#8110

.c

Address

#8111

#8114

#8016

#8116

#8017

#8117

#8018

#8118

#8019

#8119

#8020

#8120

#8024

#8124

#8025

#8125

#8026

#8126

#8113

#8014

#8011

#8013

#8005

nc

Variable number
(value)

10

88

6. CUSTOM MACRO
Correspondence between G codes of the argument
specification and variable numbers
Variable
number
(value)

Variable
number
(flag)

G code
group
number

#8030

#8130

00

One shot and others

#8031

#8131

01

G00, G01, G02, G03

#8032

#8132

02

G17, G18, G19

#8033

#8133

03

G90, G91

#8035

#8135

05

G94

#8036

#8136

06

G20, G21

#8037

#8137

07

G40, G41, G42

#8038

#8138

08

G43, G44, G49

#8039

#8139

09

G73, G74, G76, G80 to G89

#8040

#8140

10

G98, G99

#8041

#8141

11

G50, G51

#8042

#8142

12

G66, G67

#8045

#8145

15

G61, G62, G63, G64

#8046

#8146

16

G68, G69

om

r.c

ce
nt
e

nc
.c
w
w
w
89

G codes of the
argument specification

6.1.4

Operation instructions and branch instructions

G code

H code

G65

H01

Definition,
stitution

Function

Definition

G65

H02

Addition

#i = #j + #k

G65

H03

Subtraction

#i = #j #k

G65

H04

Product

#i = #j

G65

H05

Division

#i = #jB#k

G65

H11

Logical sum

#i = #j. OR. #k

G65

H12

Logical product

#i = #j. AND. #k

G65

H13

Exclusive OR

#i = #j. XOR. #k

G65

H21

Square root

#i + #j

G65

H22

Absolute value

#i = | #j |

G65

H23

Remainder

#i = #j trunc (#j / #k) #k

(trunc : Discard fractions less than 1)

G65

H24

Conversion from
BCD to binary

#i = BIN (#j)

G65

H25

Conversion from
binary to BCD

#i = BCD (#j)

G65

H26

Combined multiplication/division

#i=(#i

G65

H27

Combined
square root 1

#i + #J 2 ) #K 2

G65

H28

Combined
square root 2

#i + #J 2#K 2

G65

H31

Sine

#i = #j SIN (#k)

G65

H32

Cosine

#i = #j COS (#k)

G65

H33

Tangent

#i = #j TAN (#k)

G65

H34

Arctangent

#i = ATAN (#j / #k)

G65

H80

Unconditional divergence

GOTOn

G65

H81

Conditional
vergence 1

di-

IF#j = #k, GOTOn

G65

H82

Conditional
vergence 2

di-

G65

H83

Conditional
vergence 3

di-

IF#ju#k, GOTOn

G65

H84

Conditional
vergence 4

di-

IF#jt#k, GOTOn

G65

H85

Conditional
vergence 5

di-

IF#jy#k, GOTOn

G65

H86

Conditional
vergence 6

di-

IF#jx#k, GOTOn

G65

H99

P/S alarm occurrence

om

#k

r.c

nc
.c

#j)B #k

IF#j0#k, GOTOn

P/S alarm number 500 +n occurrence

#i = #j

ce
nt
e

sub-

90

10

6. CUSTOM MACRO
Macro call

Name

Format

G66P (program number);

L (repetition count)
G67;

Subprogram call
by M code

Mxx;

9001
9002
9003

240
241
242

9000

040#5

Max. 3 M codes from M006

M255

.c
w
w
w
91

Displayed
on
program
check
screen but
no MF nor
M code is
t
sent.
Set an M
code that
calls a subprogram
specified
by the parameter.
Calls subprogram
9000.
T
code t is
stored in
common
variable
#149 as an
argument.

ce
nt
e

Tt;

nc

Subprogram call
by T code

Remarks
Refer
to
6.1.3 for
6 1 3 f argument assignment.

M98 (program number);

Modal call
(M series)

Parameter No.

r.c

Simple call

Program
No.

om

6.1.5

6.2

Custom Macro B

6.2.1

Types of variables
Type of variable

1
Variable number

Local variable

#1 #33
#100 #149
#500 #531

Additional common variable (NOTE 1)

#150 #199
#532 #999

System variable (NOTE 2)

NOTE 2

6.2.2

#1000 #19099

Common variable #150 to #199 and #532 to #999 can be added.

Part program length reduces by 6.6 m.
Details are shown 6.2.2.

System variable

Contents

Purpose

Series

#1000 #1015

Corresponds to UI000 to
UI015

Interface input signal

T/M

#1032

Unified input of UI000 to

UI015

#1100 #1115
#1132
#1133

ce
nt
e

Variable number

Corresponds to UO000
to UO015

output

#2101 #2132

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

X axis offset

#2202 #2232

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2901 #2932

Z axis offset

Tool nose radius

compensation

Imaginary tool tip

position

Y axis offset

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

.c

#2801 #2832

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

nc

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

T/M

Unified output of UO100

to UO131

#2701 #2732

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2301 #2332

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2301 #2332

#2401 #2432

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2451 #2482

Interface
signal

Unified output of UO000

to UO015

#2001 #2032

r.c

NOTE 1

om

Common variable

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 32)

#2001 #2200

Tool compensation
(Offset No. 1 200)

#10001 #10400

Tool compensation
(Offset No. 1 400)

10
Tool compensation
(Offset memory A)

92

6. CUSTOM MACRO
Variable number

Contents
Wear offset value
(Offset No. 1 200)

#2201 #2400

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 200)

#10001 #10400

Series
M

Wear offset value

(Offset No. 1 400)

#11001 #11400

Purpose
Tool compensation
(Offset memory B)

Geometry offset value

(Offset No. 1 400)

#3000

Alarm

T/M

Clock

T/M

#3003

Control of single
block stop, wait
signal for FIN

T/M

#3004

Control of feedhold,
feedrate
override,
exact
stop check

T/M

Setting

T/M

Clock 1 (Unit: 1 ms)

#3002

Clock 2 (Unit: 1 hour)

#3005

#3012
#3901
#3902

Year, month, day

Clock

T/M

ce
nt
e

#3011

r.c

#3001

Hour, minute, second

No. of parts machined

No. of parts

T/M

Model information

T/M

No. of parts required

#4001 #4022

G code (group 01 22)

#4102

B code

#4109
#4111
#4113
#4114
#4115

F code

H code

M code

Sequence number
Program number
S code

nc

#4119

T code

#5001 #5004

1st axis block end position

:
4th axis block end position

Block end position

(Workpiece coordinate)

T/M

#5021 #5024

1st axis current position

:
4th axis current position

Machine
nate

coordi-

T/M

#5041 #5044

1st axis current position

:
4th axis current position

Workpiece coordinate

T/M

#5061 #5064

1st axis skip signal position

:
4th axis skip signal position

Skip signal position

(Workpiece coordinate)

T/M

#5081 #5084

1st axis tool offset value

:
4th axis tool offset value

Tool offset value

T/M

.c

#4120

om

#2001 #2200

93

Contents

Purpose

Series

#5101 #5104

1st axis servo position

deviation
:
4th axis servo position
deviation

Servo
position
deviation

T/M

#2500
#2600
#2700
#2800

External workpiece zero

point offset value

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

#2501
#2601
#2701
#2801

G54 workpiece
point offset value

zero

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

#2502
#2602
#2702
#2802

G55 workpiece
point offset value

zero

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

#2503
#2603
#2703
#2803

G56 workpiece
point offset value

zero

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

#2504
#2604
#2704
#2804

G57 workpiece
point offset value

zero

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

G58 workpiece
point offset value

zero

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

G59 workpiece
point offset value

zero

1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
4th axis

External workpiece zero

point offset value
G54 (Workpiece coordinate system 1)
L
G59 (Workpiece coordinate system 6)

X axis

External workpiece zero

point offset value
G54 (Workpiece coordinate system 1)
L
G59 (Workpiece coordinate system 6)

Z axis

External workpiece zero

point offset value
G54 (Workpiece coordinate system 1)
L
G59 (Workpiece coordinate system 6)

C axis

External workpiece zero

point offset value
G54 (Workpiece coordinate system 1)
L
G59 (Workpiece coordinate system 6)

Y axis

#2505
#2605
#2705
#2805
#2506
#2606
#2706
#2806
#2550
#2551

nc

L
#2556
#2650

.c

#2651
L
#2656

#2750
#2751

L
#2756
#2850
#2851
L
#2856

om

r.c

ce
nt
e

Variable number

9
T

10
T

94

6. CUSTOM MACRO
Contents

Purpose

Series

#7001 #7004

G54 P1 workpiece zero

point offset value

1st axis to 4th axis

#7021 #7024

G54 P2 workpiece zero

point offset value

1st axis to 4th axis

#7941 #7944

1st axis to 4th axis

Argument assignment I/II

Correspondence
Table between Argument Assignment
I Addresses and
Macro Variables

Correspondence Table between Argument

Assignment II Addresses and Macro
Variables

Macro
Variables

Argument
Assignment
II Addresses

Macro
Variables

#1

#1

#2

#2

#3

#7

Argument
Assignment
II Addresses

Macro
Variables
#22
#23

#3

K7

#24

I1

#4

I8

#25

#8

J1

#5

J8

#26

#9

K1

#6

K8

#27

#11

I2

#7

I9

#28

#4

J2

#8

J9

#29

#5

K2

#9

K9

#30

#6

I3

#10

I10

#31

#13

J3

#11

J10

#32

#17

K3

#12

K10

#33

#18

I4

#13

#19

J4

#14

#20

K4

#15

#21

I5

#16

#22

J5

#17

#23

K5

#18

#24

I6

#19

#25

J6

#20

K6

#21

C
D
E
F
H
I
J
K
M
Q
R
S

nc

ce
nt
e

I7

J7

.c

Argument
Assignment
I Addresses

r.c

6.2.3

1st axis to 4th axis

G54 P48 workpiece zero

point offset value

om

Variable number

95

#26

6.2.4

Arithmetic commands

Purpose

Expression

Contents

Definition and substitution of variables

#i=#j

Definition, substitution

Addition arithmetic

#i=#j+#k

Sum

#i=#j#k

Subtraction

#i=#jOR#k

Logical sum (at every bit of 32 bits)

#i=#jXOR#k

Exclusive OR (at every bit of 32 bits)

#i=#j*#k

Product

#i=#j/#k

Quotient

#i=#jAND#k

Logical product (at every bit of 32 bits)

#i=SIN [#j]

Sine (degree unit)

#i=COS [#j]

Cosine (degree unit)

#i=TAN [#j]

Tangent (degree unit)

#i=ATAN [#j]

Arctangent (degree unit)

#i=SQRT [#j]/[#k]

Square root

#i=ABS [#j]

Absolute value

#i=BIN [#j]

Conversion from BCD to BIN

#i= BCD [#j]

Discard fractions less than 1

#i = FUP [#j]

Add 1 for fractions less than 1

The above arithmetic operations and

functions can be combined. The order
of priority in an arithmetic operation is
function, multiplication arithmetic then
addition arithmetic.

Expression

nc

Purpose

.c

IF
[<conditional
expression>]
GOTO n
Branch to sequence number n.

WHILE [<conditional expression>]

DO m
(m = 1, 2, 3)
If omitted conditional expression,
blocks from DO m to END m are
executed eternally.
eternally

Kind of operation

#j EQ #k (=)

#j NE #k (0)
#j GT #k (>)
#j LT #k (<)
#jGE #k (y)

#j LE #k (x)
#j EQ #k (=)
#j NE #k (0)
#j GT #k (>)

10

#j LT #k (<)
#jGE #k (y)
#j LE #k (x)

Control command

Conditional
b
h
branch

Iteration

om

Rounding off

#i = FIX [#j]

6.2.5

Conversion from BIN to BCD

#i=ROUND [#j]

Combination
of
arithmetic
operations

ce
nt
e

Functions

r.c

Multiplication arithmetic
ti

96

6. CUSTOM MACRO
Macro call

Name

Program
No.

Format

Simple call

G66P (program number);

L (repetition count)
<argument assignment>

Macro call
by G code

Gxx <argument
ment>

assign-

9010
:
9019

220
:
229

9020
:
9029

230
:
239

Mxx <argument
ment>

assign-

Max. 10 M codes from

M006 to M255
9001
9002
9003

Mxx;

240
241
242

Displayed
on program
check
screen but
no MF nor
M code is
t S t
sent. Set
an M code
that calls a
subprogram specified by
the parameter.

045#5

Calls subprogram
9000. T
code t is
stored in
common
variable
#149 as
an argument.

ce
nt
e

Subprogram call
by M code

Max. 3 M codes from

M006M255

9000

Tt;

.c

nc

Subprogram call
by T code

Multiplex
call

Main program

97

Refer to
6.2.3 for
argument
g
assignment.
Set G or M
code that
calls a program specified i
ifi d in
the parameter.

r.c

Max. 10 G codes from

G01G64 and G68G255
Macro call
by M code

Remarks
Refer to
6.2.3 for
argument
assigni
ment.

G65P (program number)

L (repetition count)
<argument assignment>

Modal call

Parameter No.

om

6.2.6

G65P

G65P
G65P

M99

M99
Macro
(level 1)

M99
Macro
(level 4)

Can be
called up
to 4 loops
including
simple call
and modal
call.

6.2.7

Command range
Item

Variables

Contents

Local variable:

#1#33

Common variable:

#100#149, #500#531

Additional common variable: #100#199,

Maximum value "1047

Minimum value

Constant in expression

"1029

Maximum value "99999999

Minimum value

"0.0000001

Decimal point possible

Decimal 8 digits

Macro call duplex

Max. 4 loops

Iteration classification no.

1 to 3

Nesting

Max. 5 loops

Nesting of subprograms

Max. 4 loops
(8 loops including macro calls)

nc

ce
nt
e

Arithmetic precision

r.c

Value of variables

#1000#19099

om

#500#999
System variable:

.c

10

98

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

7.1

CNC Internal Status Display

Selfdiagnosis function displays

DGNOS number

Displays

Signal indicating when the pulse coder or position coder

makes one turn.

048 to 086

States of signals supplied from the PMC to the machine. If

the system has no PMC, only 048 to 053 are valid.

100 to 147

States of signals supplied from the PMC to the CNC. If the

system has no PMC, only 116 to 122 are valid.

148 to 199

States of signals supplied from the CNC to the PMC. If the

system has no PMC, only 148 to 153 are valid.

200 to 249

Window data from the PMC to the CNC.

250 to 299

Window data from the CNC to the PMC.

700, 701

Internal state of the CNC. These are checked if a command

is not responded with.

712

If a signal is turned off during automatic operation, this

DGNOS number indicates the reason.

720 to 727

States of digital servo alarms.

States of serial pulse coder alarms.

Indicate a positional error for each axis.

.c

nc

800 to 807

ce
nt
e

760 to 767
770 to 777

99

om

027

r.c

000 to 022

States of signals supplied from the machine to the PMC. If

the system has no PMC, only 016 to 022 are valid

CNC state display

If the CNC becomes inactive, but does not issue an alarm, press the DGNOS
button to display the contents of DGNOS No. 700, 701, or 712. These
DGNOS numbers show the state of the CNC.
0700

CSCT

CITL

COVZ

CINP CDWL

CMTN

CFIN

om

When these bits are 1, they mean:

CFIN:

The M, S, or T function is being executed.

CMTN: A tool movement command is being executed during automatic

operation.
CDWL: A dwell command is being executed.
CINP:

In position check is being made.

r.c

COVZ: The override is set to 0%.

CITL:

The interlock signal is on.

CSCT:

The spindle constantspeed reached signal is being awaited.

0701

ce
nt
e

CRST

CRST:

An emergency stop, external reset, reset & rewind signal, or a reset

button on the MDI panel is on.

0702

STP

#6

#5

EMS

RRW

RSTB

CSU

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

An external reset signal was supplied.

A reset & rewind signal was supplied.

An emergency stop signal was supplied.

The reset button was pressed.

nc

#7

REST

Cause

A servo alarm occurred.

A feed hold signal was supplied, or the

mode was switched.

.c

10

100

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

The details about digital servo alarm No. 4n4 are indicated by diagnose
numbers 720 to 727 in the order of the Xaxis, Y (Z) axis, Z (C, PMC) axis,
fourth (Y, PMC) axis, fifth to eighth axes.

720 to
727

OFAL:

#7
OVL

#6
LV

#5
OVC

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

HCAL

HVAL

DCAL

FBAL

OFAL

om

DGNOS
No.

An overflow alarm occurred.

FBAL:

A wire breakage alarm occurred.

DCAL:

A regenerative discharge alarm occurred.

An overvoltage alarm occurred.

HCAL:

An abnormal current alarm occurred.

OVC:

An overcurrent alarm occurred.

LV:

A lowvoltage alarm occurred.

OVL:

An overload alarm occurred.

r.c

HVAL:

ce
nt
e

The details of a serial pulse coder alarm No. 3n9 (n is an axis number, pulse
coder alarm) are indicated by diagnose numbers 760 to 767 in the order of
axis number.
#7
760 to
767

#6

SRFLG CSAL

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

BLAL

PHAL

SCAL

BZAL

CKAL SPHAL

SRFLG: This is not an alarm bit. It is set to 1 when a serial pulse coder is
connected, or to 0 when a conventional pulse coder is connected.

SPHAL: An abnormal software phase data alarm occurred. The serial pulse
coder or feedback cable is probably defective. Replace it if
necessary.
A clock alarm occurred. The serial pulse coder is probably
defective. Replace it if necessary.

BZAL:

A battery zero alarm occurred (alarm No. 3n6). The pulse coder
was supplied with power for the first time. Make sure that the
battery is connected, and turn the power off and on again, then
make a return to the zero point.

nc

CKAL:

An abnormal rotation speed count alarm occurred. The serial pulse

coder is probably defective. Replace it if necessary.

PHAL:

An abnormal phase data alarm occurred. The serial pulse coder

or feedback cable is probably defective. Replace it if necessary.

BLAL:

A low battery voltage alarm occurred (alarm No.3n7). The battery

voltage is too low. Replace the battery.

CSAL:

A check sum alarm occurred. The serial pulse coder is probably

defective. Replace it if necessary.

.c

RCAL:

101

The details of a serial pulse coder alarm No. 3n9 (n is an axis number,
communication alarm) are indicated by diagnose numbers 770 to 777 in the
order of axis number.
#7

#6

#5

#4

#1

#0

DTERR CRCERR STBERR

DTERR:

#2

A data error occurred.

CRCERR: A CRC error occurred.

STBERR: A stop bit error occurred.

om

770 to
777

#3

The probable causes of the above errors include a defective pulse coder,
feedback cable, and feedback receive circuit.
Position error display (DGNOS numbers 800 to 807)
800 to
807

SVERRn (n is an axis number)

The amount of position error for axis n is indicated.

For the 0TT, the positional deviation for the first and second axes
of the subtool post are indicated by 800 and 801 for the subtool
post.
Machine position relative to the reference position
(DGNOS numbers 820 to 825)
820 to
827

ce
nt
e

NOTE

r.c

Replace the pulse coder, feedback cable, or NC axis board.

ABSMTn (n is an axis number.)

This machine position is also displayed on the position display page.

For the 0TT, the machine position for the first and second axes of
the subtool post are indicated by 820 and 821 for the subtool
post.

nc

NOTE

.c

10

102

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

7.2

I/O Signal Status Display between CNC and

PMC or Machine Tool

[For CNC without PMC]

X016 to X022
MT

Y048 to Y053

[For CNC with PMC]

Series 0

F148 or later

X000 or later

PMC

Y048 or later

[For 0TTC]
G100 or later

0TTC
Tool
post #1

7.2.1

G1300 or later

PMCM

Y048 or later

F1348 or later

MT

ce
nt
e

Tool
post #2

X000 or later
F148 or later

MT

r.c

G100 or later

I/O signal list

Symbol in column of T series or M series

f : Available
F
l : Available only 0GSC/0GCC
Space

Symbol

Signal name

:
:

Available only 0TTC

Unavailable

PMC address

External deceleration
signal

*+LX, *+LY, *+LZ,

*LX, *LY, *LZ

Over travel limit signal

*+LZ

Over travel limit signal

*+MITX, *+MITY,
*+MITZ, *+MIT4,
*MITX, *MITY,
*MITZ, *MIT4

Interlock signal for

each axis and direction

G142.0, G142.1,
G142.2, G142.3,
G142.4, G142.5,
G142.6, G142.7

*EDCX, *+EDCX,
*EDCY, *+EDCY,
*EDCZ, *+EDCZ

External deceleration
signal

G138.3, G138.0,
G138.4, G138.1,
G138.5, G138.2

*ABSM

Manual absolute signal

G127.2

G116.4, G116.5,
G116.6, G117.6

.c

nc

*+EDCX, *EDCX ,
*+EDCZ, *EDCZ

*AOV16, *AOV32,
*AOV64, *AOV128
*AOVR16, *AOVR32,
*AOVR64, *AOVR128

1% step override sigg

nal

G138.0, G138.3,
G138.1, G138.4

X020.0, X020.1,
X020.2, X020.3,
X020.4, X020.5
X018.5

G140.4, G140.5,
G140.6, G140.7

*BECLP

Baxis clamp
completion signal

G143.7

*BEUCP

Baxis unclamp
completion signal

G143.6

*DECX, *DECY,
*DECZ, *DEC4,

Deceleration signal
for reference position
return

X016.5, X017.5,
X018.5, X019.5

103

om

Series 0

Signal name

*DECX, *DECZ,
*DEC3, *DEC4,

Deceleration signal
for reference position
return

*EAXSL

Control axis selection

status signal (PMC
axis control)

F188.7

*ESP, *ESP

Emergency stop signal

X021.4, G121.4

*ESPA, *ESPB

Emergency stop signal of spindle

*FLWU

Followup signal

G104.5

*ILK

Interlock signal

G117.0

*ITX, *ITY, *ITZ, *IT4

Interlock signal for

each axis

G128.0, G128.1,
G128.2, G128.3

*LDSP

Ladder display signal

G119.0

*OV1, *OV2, *OV4,

*OV8

Override signal

G121.0, G121.1,
G121.2, G121.3

*OV1E, *OV2E,
*OV4E, *OV8E,
*OV16E

Feedrate override
signal (PMC axis
control )

G147.0, G147.1,
G147.2, G147.3,
G147.4

*RILK
*SCPF
*SP
*SSTP

Highspeed interlock
signal

PMC address
X016.5, X017.5,
X018.5, X019.5

Spindle clamp
completion signal

Automatic operation
hold signal

G121.5

Spindle stop signal

G120.6

G123.5

Individual spindle
stop signal

Spindle unclamp
completion signal

G123.4

Jog feed axis select

signal (software opero erators panel signal)

G145.3, G145.4,
G145.5

*SUCPF

F177.4, F177.5

+3O , 3O

nc

+4O, 4O

Feed axis direction

select signal

+LMX, +LMY, +LMZ,

LMX, LMY, LMZ

+MIT1, MIT1, +MIT2,

MIT2

Interlock signal for

each axis direction

G119.2, G119.3

G129.0, G129.1,
G129.2, G129.3,
G129.4, G129.5

+X, X, Y, +Y, Z, +Z

+XO, XO, +YO, YO,

+ZO, ZO
+XO, XO, +ZO, ZO

G116.2, G116.3,
G117.2, G117.3

Feed axis direction

select signal

Jog feed axis select

g
(
signal (software operators panel signal)

4NG
AFL
AL

CNC alarm signal

ALMA, ALMB

Spindle alarm signal

G116.2, G116.3,
G117.3, G117.2,
G118.3, G118.2

F177.0, F177.1,
F177.2, F177.3,
F177.4, F177.5

10

F177.0, F177.1,
F177.2, F177.3

f
f

X004.7

G103.7

F149.0

F281.0, F285.0

4 axes disable signal

Miscellaneous function lock signal

X008.2, X008.3
X008.4, X008.5

+X, X, +Z, Z

F177.6, F177.7

Software limit external setting

.c

+4, 4

X008.5

*SSTP1, *SSTP2,
*SSTP3

om

G230.1, G234.1

r.c

ce
nt
e

Symbol

104

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Signal name

AR0 to AR15

Actual spindle speed

signal

ARSTA, ARSTB

Alarm reset signal

B0 to B31
B11 to B38

2nd auxiliary function

y
signal

BAL

Battery alarm

BAL1 to BAL4, BAL7,

BAL8
BAL1 to BAL4, BAL7,
BAL8

Absolute pulse coder

battery alarm

PMC address
F158.0 to F159.7

G230.0, G234.0
F276.0 to F279.7

f
f

F155.0 to F154.3

F149.2

F156.0 to F156.5
f

F159.0 to F159.5

B axis clamp signal

F188.3

BDT1, BDT2 to BDT9

Optional block skip

signal

G116.0, G141.0 to
G141.7

BDTO

Optional block skip

signal (software operators panel signal)

F176.4

BF

B code strobe signal

BF1, BF2

B code strobe signal

BFIN

2nd auxiliary function

completion signal

BGEACT
BOFF
BUCLP

F150.7
f

F150.7, F150.6
G115.7

ce
nt
e

BFIN1, BFIN2

r.c

BCLP

2nd auxiliary function

completion signal

Background busy signal

Interference check invalid alarm signal

G115.7, G115.6

F180.4

B axis unclamp signal

F180.6

F188.2

Chamfering signal

Spindle switch
completion signal

F282.1, F286.1

Power line switch signal

F282.0, F286.0

CKGRP

Drawing signal

F164.5

COFF

Cs contour control
change signal

CDZ
CFINA, CFINB

nc

CHPA, CHPB

CON

G126.7

G123.0
f

G123.7

Spindle command
signal

CTH1A, CTH2A

Clutch/gear signal
(serial spindle)

G229.3, G229.2

CUT

Cutting feed signal

F188.6

DEN

Distribution end signal

F149.3

DEN2

Passed point output

signal

DLK

Renewal disable signal of relative coordinate

G127.6

DMMC

DNC signal by data

from MMC

G128.7

DNCI

DNC operation select

signal

G127.5

DRN

Dry run signal

.c

COSP

om

Symbol

105

F180.5

F149.6

G118.7

DRNE

Dry run signal (PMC

axis control )

G147.7

DRNO

Dry run signal (software operators panel

signal)

F176.7

DST

Manual data input

start signal

F150.5

EA0 to EA6

Address signal (for

external data input)

G102.0 to G102.6

EAX1 to EAX8

Control axis select

signal (PMC axis
control )

G144.0 to G144.5

EBSYA, EBSYB

Command read
completion signal
(PMC axis control )

F270.7, F273.7

EBUFA, EBUFB

Command read signal

(PMC axis control )

G210.7, G218.7

EC0A to EC7A, EC0B

to EC7B

Axis control command signal (PMC

axis control )

G211.0 to G211.7,
G219.0 to G219.7

ECKZA, ECZKB

Following zero
checking signal(PMC
axis control )

F270.1, F273.1

ECLRA, ECLRB

Reset signal (PMC

axis control )

G210.6, G218.6

ED0 to ED15

Data signal (for external data input)

G100.0 to G101.7

EDENA, EDENB

Auxiliary function
executing signal
(PMC axis control )

F270.3, F273.3

EF

External operation
signal

F150.0

External operation
signal for highspeed
interface

F150.1

EFIN

External operation
completion signal for
highspeed interface

G115.1

EFINA, EFINB

Auxiliary function
completion signal
(PMC axis control )

G210.0, G218.0

EGENA, EGENB

Axis moving signal

(PMC axis control )

F270.4, F273.4

EIALA, EIALB

Alarm signal (PMC

axis control )

F270.2, F273.2

EID0A to EID31A,
EID0B to EID31B

Axis control data signal (PMC axis control)

G214.0 to G217.7,
G222.0<G225.7

EIF0A to EIF15A,
EIF0B to EIF15B

Axis control feedrate

signal (PMC axis
control)

G212.0 to G213.7,
G220.0 to G221.7

EINPA, EINPB

Inposition signal
(PMC axis control)

F270.0, F273.0

EM11A to EM28A,
EM11B to EM28B

Auxiliary function
code signal (PMC
axis control)

F272.0 to F272.7,
F275.0 to F275.7

EMFA, EMFB

Auxiliary function
strobe signal (PMC
axis control)

F271.0, F274.0

.c

nc

EFD

PMC address

om

r.c

Signal name

ce
nt
e

Symbol

106

10

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Symbol

F211.0, G219.0

EMSBKA, EMSBKB

Signal name
Block stop disable
signal (PMC axis
control)

F149.4

ENB
Spindle enable signal

ENB2, ENB3

PMC address

F149.4, F164.2,
F164.3

f
f

G134.0

EOTNA, EOTNB

Negativedirection
overtravel signal
(PMC axis control)

F270.6, F273.6

EOTPA, EOTPB

Positivedirection
overtravel signal
(PMC axis control)

F270.5, F273.5

EOV0

Override 0% signal
(PMC axis control )

F188.5

EREND

Read completion signal (for external data

input)

F160.0

ERS

External reset signal

G121.7

ESBKA, ESBKB

Block stop signal

(PMC axis control )

G210.3, G218.3

ESEND

Search completion
signal (for external
data input)

F160.1

X008.6

ce
nt
e

ESKIP

Skip signal (PMC

axis control )

ESOFA, ESOFB

Servo off signal

(PMC axis control )

G210.4, G218.4

ESRSYC

Simple spindle synchronous control signal

G104.4

Read signal (for external data input)

G102.7

ESTPA, ESTPB

Axis control temporary stop signal (PMC

axis control )

G210.5, G218.5

EXLMZ

Stored stroke limit

select signal

G129.6

EXRD

External read start

signal

G134.1

EXSTP

External read/punch
stop signal

G134.2

EXWT

External punch start

signal

G134.3

G140.7

G120.3

F178.1

.c

nc

ESTB

F1digit feed select

signal

FIN

M, S, T, B function
completion signal

FSCSL

Cs contour control
change completion
signal

FSPPH

Serial spindle phase

synchronous completion signal

F178.3

FSPSY

Serial spindle synchronous mode signal

F178.2

F1D

107

om

External key input

mode select signal

r.c

ENBKY

Signal name

FXST
GOQSM

Offset write mode

signal

Canned cycle start

signal

GR1, GR2
Gear select signal

GR1, GR2

M
f

PMC address
F161.4
G132.7

G118.2, G118.3
f

G123.2, G123.3

G152.0, G152.1,
G152.2

Gear select signal

GR21

2nd spindle gear select signal

G145.6

GR31

3rd spindle gear select signal

G145.7

GWLF

Automatic grinding
wheel diameter compensation

F165.3

H4O

software operators
panel signal

F174.7

G126.0, G126.1,
G126.2, G126.3

HIX, HIY, HIZ, HI4

G126.0, G126.1,
G126.2, G126.3

HX, HY, HZ, H4

HX, HZ, H3, H4

HXO, HYO, HZO

HXO, HZO, H3O, H4O

IGNVRY

ce
nt
e

HIX, HIZ, HI3, HI4

Manual handle interru tion

ruption axis select
signal

r.c

GR1O, GR2O, GR3O

Handle feed axis select signal

Manual pulse generator feed axis select

signal (software operators panel signal)
VREADY check sigg
nal

G116.7, G117.7,
G118.7, G119.7

G116.7, G117.7,
G118.7, G119.7

F174.4, F174.5,
F174.6

F174.4, F174.5,
F174.6, F174.7

f
f

G127.0

G123.0

Spindle orientation
stop position change
signal

INFD

Infeed control cutting

start signal

G237.6

INHKY

Key input disable signal

F180.0

INP1 to INP4

Inposition signal

F184.0 to F184.3

ITX, ITZ, IT3, IT4

Interlock signal for

each axis

JOV1 to JOV8

Jog feedrate override

signal

G231.0, G235.0

IGNVRY

.c

nc

INDXA, INDXB

Jog feedrate override

signal (software operators panel signal)

JV1O to JV8O

Feedrate override
signal (software operators panel signal)

JV1O, JV2O, JV4O,

JV8O

G128.0, G128.1,
G128.2, G128.3
f

G104.0 to G104.3
F175.0, F175.1,
F175.2, F175.3

10

F175.0 to F175.3

om

Symbol

108

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Signal name

PMC address

K0, S, K1, U, K2, W,

K3, R, K4, X, K5, Z,
K6, F, K7, 0, K8, N, K9,
G, KA, C, KALARM,
KALTER, KCAN,
KCUS, KCUS,
KDELET, KDGNOS,
KEOB

G114.3, G114.2,
G113.2, G114.0,
G114.1, G114.7,
G114.4, G113.1,
G113.0, G113.3,
G114.5, G114.6,
G113.6, G113.7,
G113.4, G113.5,
G107.6

r.c

KFF, KFFE, KFGB,

KFI,, KFK%, KFL+,
KFM., KFN), KFO (,
KFRC, KFS=, KFT*,
KFUV, KFWH, KFXY,
KFZJ, KH, I, K

G106.0, G106.1,
G106.2, G106.3,
G106.4, G106.5,
G106.6, G106.7,
G107.0, G107.1,
G107.5, G109.5,
G108.0, G110.7,
G110.1, G110.0,
G108.2, G109.4,
G107.7

om

Symbol

G108.3, G108.1,
G107.2, G107.4,
G110.3, G110.2,
G109.3, G109.0,
G109.1, G111.7,
G112.6, G112.5,
G112.4, G112.3,
G112.2, G112.7,
G112.1, G108.4,
G107.3, G142.7,
G110.4

ce
nt
e

KINPUT, KINSRT, KM,

, KP, Q, KPAGE ,
KPAGE , KPARAM,
KPOS, KPROGRM,
KRESET, KS1, KS2,
KS3, KS4, KS5, KSL,
KSR, KSTART, KT,.,
KXZ, KXZ

Key signal

G113.7, G114.3,
G114.2, G113.2,
G114.0, G114.1,
G114.7, G114.4,
G113.1, G113.0,
G113.3, G114.5,
G114.6, G113.4,
G113.6, G113.5,
G107.6, G108.3,
G108.1, G107.2,
G109.2, G107.4,
G110.3, G110.2,
G109.3, G109.0,
G109.1, G111.7,
G112.6, G112.5,
G112.4, G112.3,
G112.2, G112.7,
G112.1, G108.4,
G107.3, G110.4,
G110.6, G110.5

nc

G106.0, G106.1,
G106.2, G106.3,
G106.4, G106.5,
G106.6, G106.7,
G107.0, G107.1,
G109.5, G108.0,
G107.5, G110.7,
G110.1, G110.0,
G108.2, G109.4,
G107.7

K0, S, K1, H, K2, F,

K3, R, K4, X, K5, Y,
K6, Z, K7, 0, K8, N,
K9, G, KALARM,
KALTER, KB, K4, D,
KCAN, KCUS,
KCUS, KDELET,
KDGNOS, KEOB, / , .

.c

KF4TH, KFF, KFF%,

KFGE, KFI,, KFJA,
KFL+, KFM., KFN),
KFO (, KFRC, KFS=,
KFT*, KFXU, KFXW,
KFYV, KH, J, K, KINPUT, KINSRT, KM, ,
KOFSET, KP, Q, L,
KPAGE, KPAGE,
KPARAM, KPOS,
KPROGRM, KRESET,
KS1, KS2, KS3, KS4,
KS5, KSL, KSR,
KSTART, KT,., KXY,
KYZ, KZX

KEY

Program protect signal

G122.3

KEYO

Program protect signal (software operators panel signal)

F178.5

109

Signal name

KILPLUS

Position coder return

direction select signal

KOFSET

External key input

LDT1A, LDT1B,
LDT2A, LDT2B

Load detection signal

M00, M01, M02, M30

M decode signal

M211, M212, M214,

M218, M221, M222,
M224, M228, M231,
M232, M234, M238

Miscellaneous function code signal

2nd M function code

signal

G105.6

F281.4, F285.4,
F281.5, F285.5

F154.7, F154.6,
F154.5, F154.4

F151.0, F151.1,
F151.2, F151.3,
F151.4, F151.5,
F151.6, F151.7,
F157.0, F157.1,
F157.2, F157.3

F193.0, F193.1,
F193.2, F193.3,
F193.4, F193.5,
F193.6, F193.7,
F194.0, F194.1,
F194.2, F194.3

3rd M function code

signal

CNC ready signal

F149.7

MCFNA, MCFNB

Power line switch

completion signal

G230.3, G234.3

MD1, MD2, MD4

Mode select signal

G122.0, G122.1,
G122.2

MD1O, MD2O, MD4O

Mode select signal

(software operators
panel signal)

F174.0, F174.1,
F174.2

MF

Miscellaneous function strobe signal

F150.0

2nd or 3rd M function

strobe signal

F157.4, F157.5

MFIN

Miscellaneous function completion signal

G115.0

MFIN2

2nd M function
completion signal

G134.4

3rd M function
completion signal

G134.5

F194.4, F194.5,
F194.6, F194.7,
F195.0, F195.1,
F195.2, F195.3,
F195.4, F195.5,
F195.6, F195.7

MA

G120.0

.c

nc

MF2, MF3

MFIN3
MINP

MINP

External program ing

put start signal

Mirror image signal

g
g
f

MIX, MIZ

10

G117.1

MLKO

Machine lock signal

(software operators
panel signal)

F176.6

F158.0, F158.1

F158.0, F158.1,
F158.3,

MMI1, MMI2, MMI4

G120.0, G127.1

Allaxis machine
lock signal

Mirror image check

signal

G127.0, G127.1,
G127.7

MLK

MMI1, MMI2

G117.0
f

MIRX, MIRY, MIR4

ce
nt
e

M311, M312, M314,

M318, M321, M322,
M324, M328, M331,
M332, M334, M338

G109.2

om

M11, M12, M14, M18,

M21, M22, M24, M28,
M31, M32, M34, M38

PMC address

r.c

Symbol

110

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Signal name
Manual handle feed
amount select signal

MP1, MP2

MP1O, MP2O

Select of magnification of manual pulse

generator (software
operators panel signal)

MRDYA, MRDYB

Machine ready signal

(serial spindle)

MVX, MVY, MV3, MV4

MVX, MVY, MVZ, MV4

Axis moving signal

PMC address
G118.0, G119.0

G120.0, G120.1

F175.6, F175.7

G229.7, G233.7

F148.4 to F148.7
f

F148.4 to F148.7

NOWT

Nowait signal

G133.1

NOZAGC

Angular axis control

Z axis offset moving
signal

G133.6

NRROA, NRROB

G237.5

Shortdistant movement command while

changing the orientation stop position signal

G231.2, G235.2

r.c

NOZAGC

Tool offset number

select signal of tool
offset measurement
direct input

OP

Automatic operation
signal

F148.7

ORARA, ORARB

Spindle orientation
completion signal

F281.7, F285.7

ORCMA, ORCMB

Orientation command
signal

G229.6, G233.6

OUT0 to OUT7

Software operators
panel generalpurpose switch signal

F171.0 to F171.7

OV1O, OV2O, OV4O,

OV8O

Feedrate override
signal (software operators panel signal)

F176.0, F176.1,
F176.2, F176.3

OVC

Override cancel signal

G126.4

OVCE

PMC axis override

cancel signal

G147.5

PC2SLC

2nd position coder

select signal

PCFNA, PCFNB

Output switching
completion signal

F280.3, F282.3,
F282.3, F286.3

PCHPA, PCHPB

Output switching signal

F280.2, F282.2,
F282.2, F286.2

PK1M, PK2M, PK3M,

PK4M, PK5M, PK6M

Synchronous control
parking signal

PKESS1

1st spindle parking

signal

G138.6

PKESS2

2nd spindle parking

signal

G138.7

PLCRVON

Position coder return

control signal

G105.7

PN1, PN2, PN4, PN8

Workpiece number
search signal

G122.4, G122.5,
G122.6, G122.7

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

OFN0, OFN1, OFN2,

OFN3, OFN4

111

om

Symbol
MP1, MP2

G132.0, G132.1,
G132.2, G132.3,
G132.4

G146.7

G238.0, G238.1,
G238.2, G238.3,
G238.4, G238.5

Signal name

PRC

Position record signal

PRGDPL

Program screen display signal

F180.1

PRTSF

Required parts count

reached signal

F164.7

PSW01 to PSW10

Position switch signal

F190, F191.0, F191.1

PSYN

Polygon machining
inprogress signal

F160.7

PX0 to PX7, PZ0 to

PZ7

Position signal output

F165.0 to F165.7,
F167.0 to F167.7

R01O to R12O

S12bit code signal

F172.0 to F173.3

RCHA, RCHB

Power line status

check signal

G230.7, G234.7

RGSPM, RGSPP

Spindle rotation
direction signal

F165.1, F165.0

Rigid tapping signal

RLSOT

Rigid tapping spindle

select signal

om
4

G123.1

G061.4, G061.5

Software limit external setting

G129.7

G239.0 to G239.7

F290.0 to F290.7

RMTDO0 to RMTDO7

Remote buffer output

signal

RO1I to R12I, RO1I2

to R12I2, RO1I3 to
R12I3

Motor speed command spindle input

signal

ROTAA, ROTAB

Spindle rotation
direction command
signal while changing
the orientation stop
position

G231.1, G235.1

G124.0 to G125.3,
G106.0 to G107.3,
G108.0 to G109.3

G116.7, G117.7

RMTDO0 to RMTDO7

F289.0 to F289.7

Rapid traverse override signal

ROV1D, ROV2D,
ROV3D

Rapid traverse override B signal

ROV1E, ROV2E

PMC axis rapid traverse override signal

ROV1O, ROV2O

F175.4, F175.5

RPALM

Read/punch alarm
signal

RPBSY

F180.2

RRW

Rewind signal

G104.6

RSLA, RSLB

Output switch request

signal

G230.6, G234.6

RSMAX

Serial spindle synchronous polygon

signal

RST

Reset signal

F180.3

Read/punch inprogress signal

G146.0, G146.1

Rapid traverse override signal (software

operators panel signal)

.c

nc
ROV1, ROV2

G135.0, G123.1

Remote buffer input

signal

RMTDI0 to RMTDI7

ce
nt
e

RGTSP1, RGTSP2

PMC address
G103.6

RGTAP, RGTPN
RGTPN

r.c

Symbol

G116.4, G116.5,
G116.6

10

F189.7
f

F149.1

112

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Signal name

RT

Manual rapid traverse

select signal

RTE

Manual rapid traverse

select signal (PMC
axis control )

RTO

Jog rapid traverse select signal (software

operators panel signal)

F178.6

RWD

Rewinding signal

F164.6

S11, S12, S14, S18,

S21, S22, S24, S28

Spindle function code

signal

F152.0, F152.1,
F152.2, F152.3,
F152.4, F152.5,
F152.6, F152.7

SA

Servo ready completion signal

F148.6

SAR

Spindle speed
reached signal

G120.4

F281.3, F285.3

SARA, SARB

PMC address
G121.6

SARA, SARB

Speed reached sigg

nal

SBK

Single block signal

G116.1

Single block signal

(software operators
panel signal)

F176.5

Spindle synchronous
polygon mode signal
for 0TTC

G146.6

Spindle clamp signal

F164.0

SBRT
SCLP
SDTA, SDTB
SDTA, SDTB
SF

Speed detection sigg

nal

F281.2, F285.2

F281.2, F285.2

Spindle function
strobe signal

F150.2

Spindle function
completion signal

G115.2

nc

SFIN

F281.3, F285.3

ce
nt
e

SBKO

Spindle CW command signal

G229.5, G233.5

SGN, SGN2, SGN3

Spindle motor command polarity select

signal

G125.5, G107.5,
G109.5

SHA00 to SHA11

1st spindle orientation external stop

position command
signal

G110.0 to G110.7,
G111.0 to G111.3

SHB00 to SHB11

2nd spindle orientation external stop

position command
signal

G112.0 to G112.7,
G113.0 to G113.3

SIGN

Spindle analog voltage control signal

G125.7

SIND, SIND2, SIND3

Spindle motor speed

command signal

.c

SFRA, SFRB

SKIP2, SKIP3, SKIP4

113

G125.7, G107.7,
G109.7

f
f

SKIP

SLHZ0, SLHZ1

om

G147.6

r.c

Symbol

Skip signal
Z axis manual handle
select signal

X008.7

X008.2, X008.3,
X008.4

G133.0, G133.1

SLPCA, SLPCB

G1333.2, G1333.3

SLSPA, SLSPB

Spindle analog voltage output select signal

G133.2, G133.3

SMZ

Error detect signal

G126.6

SOCNA, SOCNB

Soft start /stop cancel

signal

G230.4, G234.4

SOR

Spindle orientation
signal

G120.5

G103.3, G103.4,
G103.5

SPA, SPB, SPC

SPA, SPB, SPC, SPD

Spindle speed override signal

PMC address

G103.3, G103.4,
G103.5, G103.2

Spindle fluctuation
detection alarm signal

SPDS1, SPDS2,
SPDS3, SPDS4

Signal by axis moving speed

SPL

Automatic operation
halt signal

Feed hold signal

(software operators
panel signal)

F178.7

Serial spindle phase

synchronous mode
signal

G146.3

SPSLA, SPSLB

Spindle select signal

G230.2, G234.2

SPSTP

Spindle stop completion signal

Serial spindle synchronous mode signal

G146.2

Program restart signal

G103.0

SPPHS

SPSYC

nc

SRN

F189.0, F189.1,
F189.2, F189.3

F148.4

ce
nt
e

SPO

G123.6

Program restart under way signal

SRVA, SRVB

Spindle CCW command signal

G229.4, G233.4

SSIN, SSIN2, SSIN3

Spindle motor command polarity select

signal

F188.4

G125.6, G107.6,
G109.6

.c

SRNMV

SSTA, SSTB
SSTA, SSTB

Speed zero detection

signal

F281.1, F285.1
f

F281.1, F285.1

Automatic operation
start lamp signal

G120.2

STL

Automatic operation
start signal

F148.5

STLK

Start lock signal

STRD

Input and run simultaneous mode select

signal

G140.5

STWD

Output and run simultaneous mode select

signal

G140.6

SUCLP

Spindle unclamp
completion signal

ST

F154.0

SPAL

om

Signal name
Spindle return select
signal

r.c

Symbol

10

G120.1

F164.1

114

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Symbol

Signal name

SVFX, SVFY, SVFZ,

SVF4
SVFX, SVFZ, SVF3,
SVF4

M
f

Servo off signal

PMC address
G105.0, G105.1,
G105.2, G105.3

G105.0, G105.1,
G105.2, G105.3

Spindle select signal

G145.0, G145.1,
G145.2

SYCAL

Spindle synchronous
control alarm signal

F178.4

SYCAL

Synchronous error
detection signal

SYN1M, SYN2M,
SYN3M, SYN4M,
SYN5M, SYN6M

Synchronous control
start signal

G237.0, G237.1,
G237.2, G237.3,
G237.4, G237.5

SYN1OM, SYN2OM,
SYN3OM, SYN4OM,
SYN5OM, SYN6OM

Axis recomposition
signal

F189.0, F189.1,
F189.2, F189.3,
F189.4, F189.5

SYNAL

Servo axis synchronous alarm signal

F192.7

SYNC4

Simple synchronous
axis select signal

G237.3

SYNCJ

Simple synchronous
control signal

G133.6

r.c

F178.4

ce
nt
e

SYNCX, SYNCZ,
SYNC3, SYNC4

Simple synchronous
axis select signal

T11 to T28

Tool function code

signal

T11 to T48

G237.0 to G237.3

F153.0 to F153.7

F153.0 to F156.7

Interference alarm
signal

Tapping signal

F149.5

Tool function strobe

signal

F150.3

Tool function completion signal

G115.3

Thread cutting in
progress signal

TL01, TL02, TL04,

TL08, TL16, TL32,
TL64

Tool group number

signal

G139.0, G139.1,
G139.2, G139.3,
G139.4, G139.5,
G139.6

TLCH

Tool change signal

TAL
TAP
TF
TFIN

nc

THRD

F180.7

F188.3

F188.0

Tool life reached signal

F192.2

TLCHE

Alltool life reached

signal

F192.1

F192.0

F281.6, F285.6

F281.6, F285.6

.c

TLCHB

TLCHI

Individual tool
change signal

TLMA, TLMB

TLMA, TLMB

Torque limit signal

TLMHA, TLMHB

Highspeed torque
limit signal

G229.1, G233.1

TLMLA, TLMLB

Low speed torque

limit signal

G229.0, G233.0

TLNW

New tool select signal

F188.1

115

om

SWS1, SWS2, SWS3

Symbol

Signal name

PMC address

G139.7

G140.4

G140.0

TLSKP

Tool skip signal

TNFS

Tool offset number

automatic select disable signal

G132.5

TORQ1, TORQ2,
TORQ3, TORQ4,
TORQ7, TORQ8

Torque limit reached

signal

F170.0, F170.1,
F170.2, F170.3,
F170.4, F170.5

TRT2, TRT2PC

Tool post select signal

X018.3, G133.0

UI000 to UI015

Input signal for custom macro

G130.0 to G131.7

UINT

Interrupt signal for

custom macro

G140.3

UO000 to UO015,
UO100 to UO131

Output signal for custom macro

F162.0 to F163.7,
F196.0 to F199.7

WATO

Waiting signal

WNANS
WNWRT
WNERR

WOQSM

WOSET

G200.0

Window completion
signal

F250.0

Window write signal

G200.1

Window error signal

F250.1

Workpiece coordinate system shift value write mode select

signal

G132.6

Workpiece coordinate system shift value write signal

G133.7

Measuring position
reached signal

X008.0, X008.1

XAES

Automatic tool offset

function signal

ZAES

Automatic tool offset

function signal

Z axis command cancel signal

X040.1

ZNG

X040.0

.c

nc

Measuring position
reached signal

XAE, ZAE

ZP2X, ZP2Y, ZP2Z,

ZP24

ZP2X, ZP2Z, ZP23,

ZP24

F160.6

Window request signal

XAE, YAE, ZAE

ce
nt
e

WNRQ

om

TLRSTI

Individual tool
change reset signal

r.c

TLRST

Tool change reset

signal

ZP3X, ZP3Y, ZP3Z,

ZP34
ZP3X, ZP3Z, ZP33,
ZP34

2nd reference position return com letion

completion
signal

3rd reference position

return completion sigcom letion
nal

X008.0, X008.1,
X008.2

9
f

G103.6

F161.0, F161.1,
F161.2, F161.3,
F166.6, F166.7

10

F161.0, F161.1,
F161.2, F161.3,
F166.6, F166.7

F169.0, F169.1,
F169.2, F169.3,
F166.0, F166.1
F169.0, F169.1,
F169.2, F169.3,
F166.0, F166.1

116

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

ZP4X, ZP4Z, ZP43,

ZP44

ZPX, ZPY, ZPZ, ZP4

ZPX, ZPZ, ZP3, ZP4

ZRFX, ZRFY, ZRFZ,
ZRF4
ZRFX, ZRFZ, ZRF3,
ZRF4

4th reference position

return completion sigcom letion
nal

Reference position
com letion
return completion signal

Reference position
establishment signal

M
f

PMC address
F169.4, F169.5,
F169.6, F169.7,
F166.2, F166.3
F169.4, F169.5,
F169.6, F169.7,
F166.2, F166.3

F148.0, F148.1,
F148.2, F148.3,
F166.4, F166.5
F148.0, F148.1,
F148.2, F148.3,
F166.4, F166.5

f
f

F168.0, F168.1,
F168.2, F168.3
F168.0, F168.1,
F168.2, F168.3

om

ZP4X, ZP4Y, ZP4Z,

ZP44

Signal name

r.c

Symbol

Manual reference
position return select
signal

G120.7

ZRNO

Mode select signal

(software operators
panel signal)

F174.3

.c

nc

ce
nt
e

ZRN

117

Address list (for M series)

7.2.2

Address list

Address list (for M series)

MTPMC
#7
X004

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

4NG

X008

SKIP

ESKIP

*RILK

ZAE

YAE

*DECX

*DEC5S *DEC7

X017

*DECY

*DEC6S *DEC8

X018

*DECZ

X019

*DEC4

XAE

* LZ

X021

ce
nt
e

X020

r.c

X016

* LY

* LX

*+ LZ

*+ LY

*+ LX

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

G100

ED7

ED6

ED5

ED4

ED3

ED2

ED1

ED0

G101

ED15

ED14

ED13

ED12

ED11

ED10

ED09

ED08

G102

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EA0

G103

AFL

ZNG

SPC

SPB

SPA

#0

nc

#7

G104

.c

RRW *FLWU ESRSYC JOV8

G105

K7, 0

G107

KEOB,I,#

G106

*ESP

PMCCNC

om

JOV2

JOV1

SVF8

K6, Z

SVF7

SVF4

SVFZ

SVFY

SVFX

K5, Y

K4, X

K3, R

K2, F

K1, H

KT,.

KM,

K9, G

K8, N

K0, S

10
KH,J,K KB,K4,D KP,Q, L

G108

KSTART KINPUT KDELET KINSRT KALTER

G109

G110

SRN

JOV4

KALARM KDGNOS KPARAM KOFSET

KCAN

KYZ

KZX

KXY

KPROGRM

KPOS

KPAGE KPAGE KCUS KCUS

118

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

KRESET

KSL

G113

KS1

KS2

KF4TH KFXW KFYV

G114

KFL+

KFT*

G115

BFIN1

HX/ROV1

G117

HY/ROV2

G118

HZ/DRN

G119

H4

G120

ZRN

*SSTP

SOR

G121

ERS

RT

G122

PN8

PN4

G123

CON

G124

G125

KFXU

BFIN2

G116

KS3

KFM#

KFN)

KFO(

KFJA

KFI,

TFIN

SFIN

EFIN

MFIN

AOV64 AOV32 AOV16

+X

SBK

BDT

AOV128

+Y

+Z

MLK

*ILK

+4

SAR

FIN

ST

MP2

MP1/MINP

*SP

*ESP

*OV8

*OV4

*OV2

*OV1

PN2

PN1

KEY

MD4

MD2

MD1

RTNT MSPC RTRCT

GR2

GR1

RO8I

RO7I

RO6I

RO4I

RO3I

RO2I

RO1I

SIND

SSIN

SGN

R12I

R11I

R10I

RO9I

HI4

HIZ

HIY

HIX

*ABSM

MIRY

MIRX

*IT4

*ITZ

*ITY

*ITX

LMY

LMX

+LMZ

nc

RO5I

.c

OVC

MIR4

G128

DMMC

G129

RLSOT EXLM2 LMZ

KFRC KFGE

KFF@

G127

KSR

KFF

G126

KS5

ce
nt
e

KFS=

KS4

DLK

DNCI

*LDSP

RGTPN IGNVRY

+LMY +LMX

G130

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

UI3

UI2

UI1

UI0

G131

UI15

UI14

UI13

UI12

UI11

UI10

UI9

UI8

G132

119

om

G112

r.c

G111

BGEN BGIALM BGION

IOLACK

Address list (for M series)

G133

SYNCJ ROV4

ROV3

SLHZ1 SLHZ0

G134

MFIN3

MFIN2

EXWT EXSTP EXRD ENBKY

1
G135

RGTAP

G137

om

G136

PKESS2 PKESS1 *EDCZ *EDCY *EDCX *+EDCZ *+EDCY *+EDCX

G139

TLRST

G140

F1D

G141

BDT9

TL32

TL16

TL08

TL04

STWD STRD TLRSTI UNIT

TL256

TL02

TL01

TL128 TLSKP

ce
nt
e

TL64

r.c

G138

BDT8

BDT7

BDT6

BDT5

BDT4

BDT3

BDT2

G142

*MIT4 *MITZ *MITY *MITX *+MIT4 *+MITZ *+MITY *+MITX

G143

*BECLP *BEUCP

G144

*JV16

EAX8

G145

*JV4

*JV2

*JV1

EAX7

EAX4

EAX3

EAX2

G147

DRNE

RTE

EAX1

nc

G146

*JV8

SPPHS SPSYC ROV1E ROV2E

OVCE *OV16E *OV8E *OV4E *OV2E *OV1E

.c

CNCPMC

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

OP

SA

STL

SPL

ZP4

ZPZ/EF

ZPY

ZPX

F149

MA

DEN2

TAP

ENB

DEN

BAL

RST

AL

F150

BF1

BF2

DST

TF

SF

EFD

MF

F151

M28

M24

M22

M21

M18

M14

M12

M11

F152

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

F153

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

#7

F148

10

S14/GR3O S12/GR2OS11/GR1O

T14

T12

T11

120

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

M00

M01

M02

M30

B38

B34

B32

B31

F155

B28

B24

B22

B21

B18

B14

B12

B11

F156

T48

T44

T42

T41

T38

T34

T32

T31

MF3

MF2

M38

M34

M32

M31

BAL6

BAL5

BAL4

BAL3

BAL2

BAL1

F157

F159

F160

r.c

F158

ESEND EREND

F161

FXST

ZP24

ZP2Z

ZP2Y

ZP2X

U07

U06

U05

U04

U03

U02

U01

U00

F163

U15

U14

U13

U12

U11

U10

U09

U08

F164

PRTSF

F165

HOBSYN

F166

ZP28

ce
nt
e

F162

RWD CKGRP

MSPCF RTRCTF GWLF

ZP27

ZP8

ZP7

nc

F167

TORQL

F169

ZP44

.c

F168

RGSPM RGSPP

ZP48

ZP47

ZP38

ZP37

ZRF4

ZRFZ

ZRFY

ZRFX

ZP3Z

ZP3Y

ZP3X

ZP4Z

ZP4Y

ZP4X

ZP34

F170

OUT7

OUT6

OUT5

OUT4

OUT3 OUT2

OUT1 OUT0

F172

R08O

R07O

R06O

R05O

R04O

R03O

R02O

R01O

R12O

R11O

R10O

R09O

F171

F173

F174

H4O

F175

MP2O

121

om

F154

HZO

HYO

HXO

ZRNO MD4O MD2O MD1O

MP1O ROV2O ROV1O JV8O

JV4O

JV2O

JV1O

Address list (for M series)

F176

DRNO MLKO SBKO

BDTO

OV8O OV4O

OV2O OV1O

1
F177

4O

+4O

F178

SPO

RTO

ZO

+ZO

YO

+YO

XO

+XO

KEYO SYCAL FSPPH FSPSY FSCSL

EDGN EPARM EVAR

F180

PECK2

EPRG EWTIO ESTPIO ERDIO IOLNK

BGEACT

RPALM RPBSY PRGDPL INHKY

om

F179

F181

r.c

SRLNO3 SRLNO2 SRLNO1 SRLNO0

F182

F183

MV4

MV3

MVZ

MVX

INP4

INP3

INPZ

INPX

F185

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

S14

S12

S11

F186

S48

S44

S42

S41

S38

S34

S32

S31

S58

S54

S52

S51

F187

F188

*EAXSL

CUT

EOV0

SRNMV

nc

F189

ce
nt
e

F184

BCLP BUCLP TLNW TLCH

SPDS4 SPDS3 SPDS2 SPDS1

F190

.c

F191

F192

SYNAL RTPT

TLCHB TLCHE TLCHI

M228

M224

M222

M221

M218

M214

M212

M211

F194

M318

M314

M312

M311

M238

M234

M232

M231

F195

M338

M334

M332

M331

M328

M324

M322

M321

F193

10

F196

UO107 UO106 UO105 UO104 UO103 UO102 UO101 UO100

F197

UO115 UO114 UO113 UO112 UO111 UO110 UO109 UO108

122

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

F198

UO123 UO122 UO121 UO120 UO119 UO118 UO117 UO116

F199

UO131 UO130 UO129 UO128 UO127 UO126 UO125 UO124

PMCCNC
#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

PMC window DI

to
PMC window DI

G210

EBUFA ECLRA ESTPA ESOFA ESBKA

EFINA

r.c

G209

G211

EC7A

EC6A

EC5A

EC4A

EC3A

G212

EIF7A

EIF6A EIF5A

EIF4A

EIF3A EIF2A

EC1A

EC0A

EIF1A EIF0A

ce
nt
e

EC2A

EIF15A EIF14A EIF13A EIF12A EIF11A EIF10A EIF9A EIF8A

G214

EID7A EID6A EID5A EID4A EID3A EID2A EID1A EID0A

G215

EID15A EID14A EID13A EID12A EID11A EID10A

G216

EID23A EID22A EID21A EID20A EID19A EID18A EID17A EID16A

G217

EID31A EID30A EID29A EID28A EID27A EID26A EID25A EID24A

G218

EBUFB ECLRB ESTPB ESOFB ESBKB

nc

G213

EID9A

EID8A

EFINB

G219

EC7B

EC6B

EC5B

EC4B

EC3B

G220

EIF7B

EIF6B EIF5B

EIF4B

EIF3B EIF2B

EC1B

EC0B

EIF1B EIF0B

.c

EC2B

EIF15B EIF14B EIF13B EIF12B EIF11B EIF10B EIF9B EIF8B

G222

EID7B EID6B EID5B EID4B

EID3B EID2B EID1B

EID0B

G223

EID15B EID14B EID13B EID12B EID11B EID10B EID9B

EID8B

G224

EID23B EID22B EID21B EID20B EID19B EID18B EID17B EID16B

G225

EID31B EID30B EID29B EID28B EID27B EID26B EID25B EID24B

G221

G226

123

om

#7
G200

Address list (for M series)

G227

1
G228

G229

MRDYA ORCMA SFRA

G230

RCHA

SRVA CTH1A CTH2A TLMHA TLMLA

SOCNA MCFNA SPSLA *ESPA

G231

ARSTA

NRROA ROTAA INDXA

om

RSLA

G233

MRDYB ORCMB SFRB

G234

RCHB

SRVB CTH1B CTH2B TLMHB TLMLB

G235

NRROB ROTAB INDXB

G236

G237

INFD

G238

SYNC4

RMTDI7 RMTDI6 RMTDI5 RMTDI4 RMTDI3 RMTDI2 RMTDI1 RMTDI0

G240

to

G249

.c

Operators panel DI

PMCCNC

#7

F250

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

PMC window DO

to

F269

Operators panel DI

nc

G239

SOCNB MCFNB SPSLB *ESPB ARSTB

ce
nt
e

RSLB

r.c

G232

10
PMC window DO

F270

EBSYA EOTNA EOTPA EGENA EFENA EIALA ECKZA EINPA

F271

EMFA

F272

EM28A EM24A EM22A EM21A EM18A EM14A EM12A EM11A

124

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

F273

EBSYB EOTNB EOTPB EGENB EDENB EIALB ECKZB EINPB

F274

EMFB

EM28B EM24B EM22B EM21B EM18B EM14B EM12B EM11B

om

F275

F276

F277

F279

F280

F282

F283

F284

F285

SSTA ALMA

PCFNA PCHPA CFINA CHPA

ORARB TLMB LDT2B LDT1B SARB SDTB

SSTB ALMB

PCFNB PCHPB CFINB CHOB

nc

F286

ORARA TLMA LDT2A LDT1A SARA SDTA

ce
nt
e

F281

r.c

F278

F287

.c

F288

F289

F290

Operators panel DO

to

F299

F291

RMTDO7 RMTDO6 RMTDO5 RMTDO4 RMTDO3 RMTDO2 RMTDO1 RMTDO0

125

Operators panel DO

Address list (for T series)

Address list (for T series)
MTPMC

1
#7

X008

#6

#5

SKIP

MIT2

SKIP

SKIP4 SKIP3

#4

#3

#2

#1

+MIT2 MIT1 +MIT1

SKIP2

ZAE

#0

ZAE

XAE

XAE

X016

*DEC3

*DECX

om

.Lower stage for 0GC

*DEC5S *DEC7

.By parameter setting

X017

*DEC4

*DECZ

*DEC6S *DEC8

X018

*ESPS

*+LZ

X019

*DEC3

r.c

.By parameter setting

*DEC4

TRT2

X020

X021

ce
nt
e

.By parameter setting

*ESP

PMCCNC

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

ED6

ED5

ED4

ED3

ED2

ED1

ED0

G101

ED15

ED14

ED13

ED12

ED11

ED10

ED9

ED8

EA3

EA2

EA1

EA0

G102

G103

ESTB

AFL

.c

G104

G105

G106

#0

ED7

nc

#7
G100

G107

EA6

PRC

SPC

EA4

SPB

8
SPA

SPD

SRN

RRW *FLWU ESRSYC

PLCRVON KILPLUS

K7, 0

EA5

K6, F

M2R08I M2R07I

SVF8

SVF7

SVF4

SVF3

SVFZ

SVFX

K5, Z

K4, X

K3,R

K2, W

K1, U

K0, S

M2R06I M2R05I

KEOB KH, I, K KA, C

M2SIND

KP, Q

M2SGN

G108

M2R04I

KT,.

M2R03I M2R02I

M2R01I

KM,

K8, N

K9, G

M2R12I M2R11I M2R10I M2R09I

KSTART KINPUT KDELET KINSRT KALTER

M3R08I

M3R07I

M3R06I M3R05I

M3R04I

M3R03I

M3R02I MSR01I

126

10

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

G109

KALARM KDGNOS KPARAM KOFSET

M3SIND M3SSIN M3SGN

G110

KCAN

M3R12I M3R11I

KXZ

KPROGRM

KPOS

M3R10I M3R09I

KPAGE KPAGE KCUS KCUS

G111

KRESET

SHA11 SHA10 SHA09 SHA08

G112

KSL

KS1

KS2

KS3

KS4

KS5

KSR

G113

KFWH

KFUV

KFZJ

KFXY

r.c

SHB07 SHB06 SHB05 SHB04 SHB03 SHB02 SHB01 SHB00

om

SHA07 SHA06 SHA05 SHA04 SHA03 SHA02 SHA01 SHA00

KFRC

KFGB

KFN)

KFO(

SHB11 SHB10 SHB09 SHB08

G114

KFL+

G115

BFIN

G116

HX/ROV1

G117

G118

KFS=

KFM#

KFF

KFFE KFK@

KFI,

TFIN

SFIN

MFIN

+X

SBK

BDT

HZ/ROV2

+Z

MLK

MP1/MINP

DRN

GR2

GR1

MP2

H3

+3

MP2

+4

*LDSP

SAR

FIN

ST

STLK

MIX

ce
nt
e

KFT*

ROV3D ROV2D ROV1D

nc

.Lower stage by parameter setting

H4

G120

ZRN

.c

G119

*SSTP SOR

ERS

RT

*SP

*ESP

*OV8

*OV4

*OV2

*OV1

G122

PN8

PN4

PN2

PN1

KEY

MD4

MD2

MD1

G121

G123

SPSTP *SCPF *SUCPF

DRN

SPSTP *SCPF *SUCPF

RGTPN COFF

GR2

GR1

COFF

.Lower stage by parameter setting

G124

RO8I

RO7I

RO6I

G125

SIND

SSIN

SGN

127

RO5I

RO4I

RO3I

RO2I

RO1I

R12I

R11I

R10I

R09I

Address list (for T series)

G126

CDZ

SMZ

*OV16

DLK

OVC

HI4

DNCI

HI3

HIZ

HIX

*ABSM

MIZ

IGNVRY

IT3

ITZ

ITX

1
G127

G128

IT4

DMMC

om

G129

EXLM2

G130

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

UI3

UI2

UI1

UI0

G131

UI15

UI14

UI13

UI12

UI11

UI10

UI9

UI8

TNFS

OFN4

G133

G134

G135

G136

G137

GOQSM WOQSM

WOSET NOZAGC

SLSPB

PKESS2 PKESS1

G139

TLRST

G140

AOVR128 AOVR64

TL32

TL16

TL08

AOVR32

AOVR16

BDT9

BDT8

BDT7

BDT6

BDT5

*+EDCZ *+EDCX

KXZ

TL04

TL02

BDT3

TL01

TLSKP

BDT4

NOWT TRT2PC

UNIT

nc

TL64

*EDCZ *EDCX

.c
G142

SLSPA

OFN1 OFN0

MFIN3 MFIN2 EXWT EXSTP EXRD ENBKY

G138

G141

OFN3 OFN2

ce
nt
e

G132

r.c

BDT2

BGEN BGIALM BGION

IOLACK

G143

10

G144

EAX8

EAX7

EAX4

EAX3

EAX2

EAX1

G145

GR31

GR21 *SSTP3 *SSTP2 *SSTP1 SWS3

SWS2

G146

PC2SLC

SBRT

SPPHS SPSYC

ROV2E ROV1E

G147

DRNE

RTE

OVCE *OV16E *OV8E *OV4E

*OV2E *OV1E

SWS1

128

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

CNCPMC
#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

OP

SA

STL

SPL

ZP4

ZP3

ZPZ

ZPX

F149

MA

DEN2

TAP

ENB

DEN

BAL

RST

AL

F150

BF

TF

SF

F151

M28

M24

M22

M21

M18

M14

M12

M11

F152

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

S14

S12

S11

F153

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

F154

F157

T12

T11

SPAL

BAL6

BAL5

BAL4

BAL3

BAL2

BAL1

MF3

MF2

M38

M34

M32

M31

ce
nt
e

F156

MF

r.c

DST

F158

AR7

AR6

AR5

AR4

AR3

AR2

AR1

AR0

F159

AR15

AR14

AR13

AR12

AR11

AR10

AR9

AR8

F160

PSYN

WATO

ESEND EREND

nc

F161

ZP24

ZP23

ZP2Z

ZP2X

UO7

UO6

UO5

UO4

UO3

UO2

UO1

UO0

F163

UO15

UO14

UO13

UO12

UO11

UO10

UO9

UO8

ENB3

ENB2

SUCLP

SCLP

.c

F162

PRTSF

F165

PX7

PX6

PX5

PX4

PX3

PX2

PX1

PX0

F166

ZP28

ZP27

ZP8

ZP7

ZP48

ZP47

ZP38

ZP37

F167

PZ7

PZ6

PZ5

PZ4

PZ3

PZ2

PZ1

PZ0

ZRF4

ZRF3

ZRFZ

ZRFX

ZP34

ZP33

ZP3Z

ZP3X

F164

RWD CKGRP

F168

F169

129

om

#7
F148

ZP44

ZP43

ZP4Z

ZP4X

Address list (for T series)

F170

TORQ8 TORQ7 TORQ4 TORQ3 TORQ2 TORQ1

1
F171

OUT7

OUT6

OUT5

OUT4

OUT3 OUT2

OUT1 OUT0

F172

R08O

R07O

R06O

R05O

R04O

R03O

R02O

R01O

R12O

R11O

R10O

R09O

ZRNO MD4O

MD2O

MD1O

JV2O

JV1O

F174

H4O

H3O

HZO

HXO

om

F173

MP2O MP1O ROV2O ROV1O JV8O

F176

DRNO MLKO SBKO

4O

F178

SPO

F179

F180

F181

F182

3O

+3O

RTO

ZO

+Z O

OV2O OV1O

XO

EDGN EPARM EVAR

TAL

BOFF COSP BGEACT RPALM RPBSY PRGDPL INHKY

SRLNO3 SRLNO2 SRLNO1 SRLNO0

MV3

MVZ

MVX

INP4

INP3

INPZ

INPX

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

S14

S12

S44

S42

S41

S38

S34

S32

S31

S58

S54

S52

S11

S51

.c

MV4

F185

F186

S48

F187

10

F188

EPRG EWTIO ESTPIO ERDIO IOLNK

F184

+X O

KEYO SYCAL FSPPH FSPSY FSCSL

nc

F183

+4 O

OV8O OV4O

ce
nt
e

F177

BDTO

JV4O

r.c

F175

*EAXSL

F189

RSMAX

CUT

EOV0 SRNMV THRD

TLNW TLCH

SYN6OM SYN5OM SYN4OM SYN3OM SYN2OM SYN1OM

F190

F191

130

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

F192

M224

M222

M221

M218

M214

M212

M211

F194

M318

M314

M312

M311

M238

M234

M232

M231

F195

M338

M334

M332

M331

M328

M324

M322

M321

F196

UO107

UO106 UO105 UO104 UO103 UO102 UO101

UO100

F197

UO115 UO114 UO113 UO112 UO111 UO110 UO109 UO108

F198

UO123 UO122 UO121 UO120 UO119 UO118 UO117 UO116

F199

UO131 UO130 UO129 UO128 UO127 UO126 UO125 UO124

ce
nt
e

PMCCMC

#7
G200
to
G209

G210

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

PMC window DI

PMC window DI

EBUFA ECLRA ESTPA ESOFA ESBKA

EFINA

EC7A

EC6A

EC5A

EC4A

EC3A

G212

EIF7A

EIF6A EIF5A

EIF4A

EIF3A EIF2A

nc

G211

EC2A

EC1A

EC0A

EIF1A EIF0A

EIF15A EIF14A EIF13A EIF12A EIF11A EIF10A EIF9A EIF8A

G214

EID7A EID6A EID5A EID4A EID3A EID2A EID1A EID0A

.c

G213

EID15A EID14A EID13A EID12A EID11A EID10A

G216

EID23A EID22A EID21A EID20A EID19A EID18A EID17A EID16A

G217

EID31A EID30A EID29A EID28A EID27A EID26A EID25A EID24A

G218

EBUFB ECLRB ESTPB ESOFB ESBKB

G215

EID9A

EID8A

EFINB

G219

EC7B

EC6B

EC5B

EC4B

EC3B

G220

EIF7B

EIF6B EIF5B

EIF4B

EIF3B EIF2B

131

om

M228

r.c

F193

EC2B

EC1B

EC0B

EIF1B EIF0B

Address list (for T series)

G221

EIF15B EIF14B EIF13B EIF12B EIF11B EIF10B EIF9B EIF8B

G222

EID7B EID6B EID5B EID4B

EID3B EID2B EID1B

EID0B

G223

EID15B EID14B EID13B EID12B EID11B EID10B EID9B

EID8B

EID23B EID22B EID21B EID20B EID19B EID18B EID17B EID16B

G225

EID31B EID30B EID29B EID28B EID27B EID26B EID25B EID24B

G227

ce
nt
e

G228

G229

MRDYA ORCMA SFRA

G230

RCHA

G231

G232

RSLA

SRVA CTH1A CTH2A TLMHA TLMLA

G234

MRDYB ORCMB SFRB

PCHB

RSLB

SOCNA MCFNA SPSLA *ESPA ARSTA

ERVB

CTH1B CTH2B TLMHB TLMLB

nc

G233

r.c

G226

om

G224

SOCNB MCFNB SPSLB *ESPB ARSTB

G235

.c

G236

G237

G238

G239

G240

9
SYN6M SYN5M SYN4M SYN3M SYN2M SYN1M

PK6M PK5M

PK4M PK3M

PK2M PK1M

RMTDI7 RMTDI6 RMTDI5 RMTDI4 RMTDI3 RMTDI2 RMTDI1 RMTDI0

Operators panel DI

to
G249

Operators panel DI

132

10

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

CMCPMC
#7

#6

#5

F250

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

PMC window DO

to
F269

EBSYA EOTNA EOTPA EGENA EDENA EIALA ECKZA EINPA

F271

EMFA

F272

EM28A EM24A EM22A EM21A EM18A EM14A EM12A EM11A

F273

EBSYB EOTNB EOTPB EGENB EDENB EIALB ECZKB EINPB

F274

EMFB

ce
nt
e

F275

r.c

F270

EM28B EM24B EM22B EM21B EM18B EM14B EM12B EM11B

F276

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

F277

B15

B14

B13

B12

B11

B10

B9

B8

F278

B23

B22

B21

B20

B19

B18

B17

B16

F279

B31

B30

B29

B28

B27

B26

B25

B24

F280

SBSY

SZP

SALR

SGEN PCFNA PCHPA CFINA

nc
F281

ORARA TLMA LDT2A LDT1A SARA SDTA

CHPA

SSTA ALMA

PCFNA PCHPA CFINA CHPA

.c

F282

F283

F284

F285

om

PMC window DO

F286

F287

F288

133

ORARB TLMB LDT2B LDT1B SARB SDTB

SSTB ALMB

PCFNB PCHPB CFINB CHPB

Address list (for T series)

F289

RMTDO7 RMTDO6 RMTDO5 RMTDO4 RMTDO3 RMTDO2 RMTDO1 RMTDO0

F290

Operators panel DO

to
F299

Operators panel DO

om

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

.c

10

134

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Address list (for 0TTC)
D

Interface between CNC and PMC or machine tool

Diagnostic number and PMC address of 0TTC machine interface signal

Direction of signal

Selection of tool
post

000
to
040

X000
to
X040

Machine tool CNC

Tool post 1 and tool

post 2

048
to
086

Y048
to
Y086

PMC Machine tool

Tool post 1 and tool

post 2

100
to
147

G100
to
G147

PMC CNC

Tool post 1

148
to
199

F148
to
F199

CNC PMC

Tool post 1

200
to
249

G200
to
G249

PMC CNC

Tool post 1

250
to
299

F250
to
F299

CNC PMC

Tool post 1

G1300
to
G1347

PMC CNC

Tool post 2

F1348
to
F1387

CNC PMC

Tool post 2

G1400
to
G1409

PMC CNC

Tool post 2

F1450
to
F1479

CNC PMC

Tool post 2

om

PMC
address

ce
nt
e

r.c

Diagnostic
No.

100
to
147
148
to
187
200
to
209

nc

250
to
279

Machine interface signal (MT CNC) (for tool post 1, 2)

#7

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

000

.c

X000

M1836 M1821 M185 M1835 M1820 M1834 M1819 M1833

X002

X004

X006

002

M1824 M188 M1838 M1823 M187 M1837 M1822 M186

004
M1811 M1841 M1826 M1810 M1840 M1825 M189 M1839

006
M1845 M1814 M1844 M1813 M1843 M1812 M1842 M1827

X008

008

SKIPM

MIT2M +MIT2M MIT1M +MIT1M ZAEM

XAEM

M1849 M1818 M1848 M1817 M1847 M1816 M1846 M1815

135

Address list (for 0TTC)

X010

010

M2011 M2041 M2026 M2010

X012

012
M2045 M2014 M2044 M2013 M2043 M2012 M2042 M2027

om

X014

014

M2049 M2018 M2048 M2017 M2047 M2016 M2046 M2015

016

*DEC3

M16

X017

017

*DEC4

018

*ESPS

020

M113

X021

021

M142

X040

040

TRT2
M124

M123

M19

M110

M2025

M137

M15

M125

M126

M127

nc

022

M111 M112

M209 M2039

M114

M115

M116

M119

M133

M134

M135 M136

M145

M146

M147

M117 M118

M148 M149

*ESPM

M141

X022

*+LZM

*DECZS

M122

M140

M2040

X020

M121

ce
nt
e

019

*DECZM

*DECXS

M120

M139

M18

X019

M138

M17

X018

*DECXM

r.c

X016

M143

M144

SKIPS *+LZS MIT2S +MIT2S MIT1S +MIT1S ZAES XAES

.c

M2811 M2817 M2810 M2816 M289 M2815 M288 M2814

NOTE

An alphabet at the tail of a signal name indicates as follows :

jj . . jM
; Signal for tool post 1
jj . . jS
; Signal for tool post 2
When the signals are discriminated per page between tool post 1
and tool post 2, the alphabet at the tail is omitted.

10
Machine interface signal (PMC MT) (for tool post 1, 2)
#7

Y048

#6

#5

#4

048

#3

#2

#1

#0

/
M25

Y049

M29

M27

049

M26

M28

M227

M226 M225

/
M241

M222

M223 M224

136

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Y050

050

/
M210

Y051

/
M220

M219

M221

051
M238

M239 M240

M212

M213

M214

M215

M216

M217 M218

M243

M244

M245

M246

M247

M248 M249

M197

M196

M195

M194

M193

052

053

080

082

r.c

Y082

M237

M198

Y080

M236

M242

Y053

M235

M211

Y052

M234

om

M233

M192 M191

Y084

084

ce
nt
e

M1916 M1915 M1914 M1913 M1912 M1911 M1910 M199

M2036 M2021 M205 M2035 M2020 M2034 M2019 M2033

Y086

086

M2024 M208 M2038 M2023 M207 M2037 M2022 M206

Machine interface signal (PMC CNC) (for tool post 1)

#7

100

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

ED7

ED6

ED5

ED4

ED3

ED2

ED1

ED0

nc

G100

101

ED15

ED14

ED13

ED12

ED11

ED10

ED9

ED8

G102

102

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EA0

G103

103

AFL

PRC

SPC

SPB

SPA

SPD

G104

104

RRW

*FLWU

SVF4

SVF3

SVFZ

SVFX

.c

G101

SRN

105

G106

G105

106

K7, 0

K5, Z

K4, X

K3, R

K2, W

K1, U

K0, S

G107

107

KEOB KH, I, K KA, C

KP, Q

KT,.

KM,

K9, G

K8, N

G108

108

G109

109

137

K6, F

KSTART KINOUT KDELET KINSRT KALTER

KALARM KDGNOS KPARAM KOFSET KPRGRM

KPOS

Address list (for 0TTC)

G110

110

KCAN

G111

111

KRESET

G112

112

KSL

KS1

KS2

KS3

G113

113

KFWH

KFUV

KFZJ

KFXY

G114

114

KFL+

*KFT

KFS=

KFM#

G115

115

BFIN

G116

116

G117

G118

KXZ

KPAGE KPAGE KCUS KCUS

1
KS4

KS5

KSR

KFN)

KFO(

KFK@

KFI,

om

KFRC KFGB

KFF

KFE

TFIN

SFIN

HX/ROV1 ROV3D ROV2D ROV1D

+X

SBK

BDT

117

HZ/ROV2

+Z

MLK

MP1/MINP

118

DRN

GR2

GR1

r.c

MFIN

ce
nt
e

MP2

H3

+3

MP2

.Lower stage is selected when parameter No. 0031#5 is 1.

119

G120

120

G121

121

G122

122

H4

G123

+4

*LDSP

ZRN

*SSTP

SOR

SAR

FIN

ST

STLK

ERS

RT

*SP

*ESP

*OV8

*OV4

*OV2

*OV1

PN8

PN4

PN2

PN1

KEY

MD4

MD2

MIX

MD1

nc

G119

123

STSP *SCPF *SUCPF

DRN

SPSTP *SCPF *SUCPF

COFF
GR2

GR1

COFF

.Lower stage is selected when parameter No. 0031#5 is 1.

G124

124

R081

R071

R061

G125

125

SIND

SSIN

SGN

G126

126

CDZ

SMZ

*OV16

G127

127

G128

128

G129

129

G130

130

R041

R031

R021

R011

R12I

R11I

R10I

R09I

HI4

HI3

HIZ

HIX

*ABSM

MIZ

IGNVRY

IT4

.c
w
w
w

R051

IT3

ITZ

ITX

UI3

UI2

UI1

UI0

OVC

10
DNCI

UI7

UI6

UI5

UI4

138

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

G131

131

G132

132

GOQSM GOQSM OFN5

G133

133

WOSET

G134

134

G135

135

UI14

UI13

UI12

OFN4

UI11

UI10

OFN3 OFN2

UI9

UI8

OFN1 OFN0

SLSPB SLSPA NOWT TRT2PC

om

UI15

MFIN3 MFIN2 EXWT EXSTP EXRD ENBKY

.For custom macro

G136

136

G137

137

r.c

.For custom macro

.For custom macro

138

139

G140

140

G141

141

G142

142

G143

143

VINT

BDT9

BDT8

BDT7

BDT6

G145

BDT3

BDT2

EAX3

EAX2

EAX1

145

G146

BDT4

EAX4

144

BDT5

146

.c

G144

*+EDCZ *+EDCX

ce
nt
e

G139

*EDCZ *EDCX

nc

G138

G147

147

Machine interface signal (CNC PMC) (for tool post 1)

#6
#5
#4
#3
#2
#1
#0
#7

F148

148

OP

F149

149

F150

F151

139

SA

STL

SPL

ZP4

ZP3

ZPZ

ZPX

MA

TAP

ENB

DEN

BAL

RST

AL

150

BF

DST

TF

SF

151

M28

M18

M14

M24

M22

M21

MF

M12

M11

Address list (for 0TTC)

F152

152

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

S14

S12

S11

F153

153

T28

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

T12

T11

F154

154

F155

155

F156

156

F157

157

F158

158

AR7

F159

159

AR15

F160

160

PSYN WATO

F161

161

F162

162

F163

163

F164

164

F165

165

1
SPAL

om

MF2

M38

M34

M32

M31

AR6

AR5

AR4

AR3

AR2

AR1

AR0

AR14

AR13

AR12

AR11

AR10

AR9

AR8

r.c

MF3

ce
nt
e

ESEND EREND

ZP24

UO7

UO6

UO5

UO4

UO3

UO2

UO1

UO0

UO15

UO14

UO13

UO12

UO11

UO10

UO9

UO8

PRTSF RWD

PX7

PX6

F168

PX5

PX4

PX3

PX2

PX1

PZ4

PZ3

PZ2

PZ1

PZ0

169

PZ7

PZ6

PZ5

170

F171

F170

PX0

168

F169

SUCLP SCLP

nc
167

ZP2X

166

F167

ZP2Z

.c

F166

ZP23

171

OUT7

OUT6

OUT5

OUT4

OUT3 OUT2

OUT1 OUT0

F172

172

R08O

R07O

R06O

R05O

R04O

R03O

R02O

R01O

F173

173

R12O

R11O

R10O

R09O

F174

174

ZRNO MD4O

MD2O

MD1O

10

H4O

H3O

HZO

HXO

140

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

F175

175

MP2O

F176

176

DRNO MLKO SBKO

F177

177

4O

+4O

3O

F178

178

SPO

RTO

KEYO

F179

179

F180

180

TAL

BOFF COSP BGEACT RPALM RPBSY PRGDPL INHKY

F181

181

F182

182

MP1O ROV2O ROV1O JV8O

BDTO

OV8O OV4O

ZO

+ZO

JV2O

JV1O

OV2O OV1O

XO

+X O

r.c

om

+3O

JV4O

183

F184

184

F185

185

F186

186

F187

187

nc

F183

ce
nt
e

.For custom macro

188

F189

189

F190

190

.c

F188

F191

191

192

F193

F192

193

M228

M224

M222

M221

M218

M214

M212

M211

F194

194

M318

M314

M312

M311

M238

M234

M232

M231

F195

195

M338

M334

M332

M331

M328

M324

M322

M321

F196

196

UO107 UO106 UO105 UO104 UO103 UO102 UO101 UO100

141

Address list (for 0TTC)

F197

197

UO115 UO114 UO113 UO112 UO111 UO110 UO109 UO108

F198

198

UO123 UO122 UO121 UO120 UO119 UO118 UO117 UO116

F199

199

UO131 UO130 UO129 UO128 UO127 UO126 UO125 UO124

Machine interface signal (PMC CNC) (for tool post 1)

#7

#6

#5

#4

#3

200

201

202

PMC window DI

#0

PMC window DI

G202

#1

PMC window DI

G201

#2

r.c

G200

om

[Kind of data]

203

PMC window DI

ce
nt
e

G203

[No. of words of data]

G204

204

PMC window DI

[Axis number]

G205

205

PMC window DI

[0 0]

206

G207

207

PMC window DI

208

G209

209

PMC window DI

G210

210

EBUFA ECLRA ESTPA ESOFA ESBKA

G211

211

EC7A

EC6A

EC5A

EC4A

EC3A

G212

212

EIF7A

EIF6A EIF5A

EIF4A

EIF3A EIF2A

G213

213

EIF15A EIF14A EIF13A EIF12A EIF11A EIF10A EIF9A EIF8A

G214

214

EID7A EID6A EID5A EID4A EID3A EID2A EID1A EID0A

G215

215

EID15A EID14A EID13A EID12A EID11A EID10A EID9A EID8A

G216

216

EID23A EID22A EID21A EID20A EID19A EID18A EID17A EID16A

.c

G208

PMC window DI

nc

G206

PMC window DI

EFINA

9
EC2A

EC1A

EC0A

EIF1A EIF0A

10

142

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

G217

217

EID31A EID30A EID29A EID28A EID27A EID26A EID25A EID24A

G218

218

EBUFB ECLRB ESTPB ESOFB ESBKB

G219

219

EC7B

EC6B

EC5B

EC4B

EC3B

G220

220

EIF7B

EIF6B EIF5B

EIF4B

EIF3B EIF2B

G221

221

EID15B EID14B EID13B EID12B EID11B EID10B EID9B EID8B

G222

222

EID7B EID6B EID5B EID4B EID3B EID2B EID1B EID0B

G223

223

EID15B EID14B EID13B EID12B EID11B EID10B EID9B EID8B

G224

224

EID23B EID22B EID21B EID20B EID19B EID18B EID17B EID16B

G225

225

EID31B EID30B EID29B EID28B EID27B EID26B EID25B EID24B

G226

226

G227

227

G228

228

G229

229

G230

230

G232

233

G234

234

w
w

235

G236

G235

236

G237

237

G238

238

G239

239

143

EC0B

EIF1B EIF0B

om

EC1B

r.c

232

G233

EC2B

ce
nt
e

nc
231

.c

G231

EFINB

Address list (for 0TTC)

G240

240

Operators panel DI

G241

241

Operators panel DI

G242

242

Operators panel DI

G243

243

Operators panel DI

G244

244

Operators panel DI

G245

245

Operators panel DI

G246

246

Operators panel DI

G247

247

Operators panel DI

G248

248

Operators panel DI

G249

249

F250

250

F251

251

F252

252

om

r.c

ce
nt
e

Machine interface signal (CNC PMC) (for tool post 1)

254

.c

F254

253

F255

F256

255

PMC window DO

PMC window DO

PMC window DO

nc
F253

Operators panel DI

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

10
256

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
F257

257

F258

258

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

144

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

F259

259

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
F260

260

PMC window DO

F261

261

om

[Transferred data]
PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
F262

262

PMC window DO

F263

263

PMC window DO

r.c

[Transferred data]

[Transferred data]

F264

264

PMC window DO

F265

265

ce
nt
e

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

F266

266

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

F267

267

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

268

PMC window DO

nc

F268

F269

269

F270

270

F271

271

F272

272

EM28A EM24A EM22A EM21A EM18A EM14A EM12A EM11A

F273

273

EBSYB

F274

274

EMFB

F275

275

EM28B EM24B EM22B EM21B EM18B EM14B EM12B EM11B

F276

276

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

F277

277

B15

B14

B13

B12

B11

B10

B9

B8

PMC window DO

EGENA EDENA EIALA

ECXZA EINPA

.c

EBSYA

145

EMFA

EGEND EDENB EIALB ECKZB EINPB

Address list (for 0TTC)

F278

278

B23

B22

B21

B20

B19

B18

B17

B16

F279

279

B31

B30

B29

B28

B27

B26

B25

B24

F280

280

F281

281

F282

282

F283

283

F284

284

F285

285

F286

286

om

r.c

287

F288

288

F289

289

F290

290

F291

291

Operators panel DO

292

Operators panel DO

F293

293

294

F295

295

Operators panel DO

F296

296

Operators panel DO

F297

297

Operators panel DO

F298

298

Operators panel DO

F299

299

Operators panel DO

Operators panel DO

F294

Operators panel DO

.c

F292

Operators panel DO

nc

F287

ce
nt
e

10

146

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

Machine interface signal (PMC CNC) (for tool post 2)
#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

100

ED7

ED6

ED5

ED4

ED3

ED2

ED1

ED0

G1301

101

ED15

ED14

ED13

ED12

ED11

ED10

ED9

ED8

G1302

102

ESTB

EA6

EA5

EA4

EA3

EA2

EA1

EA0

G1303

103

AFL

PRC

SPC

SPB

SPA

SPD

G1304

104

RRW

*FLWU

G1305

105

G1306

106

K7, 0

K5, Z

K4, X

K3, R

G1307

107

KEOB KH, I, K KA, C

KP, Q

KT,.

G1308

108

G1309

109

G1310

110

G1311

111

G1312

112

r.c

SPN

SVFZ

SVFX

K2, W

K1, U

K0, S

KM,

K9, G

K8, N

ce
nt
e

K6, F

om

#7
G1300

KSTART KINOUT KDELET KINSRT KALTER

KALARM KDGNOS KPARAM KOFSET KPRGRM

KCAN

KXZ

KPOS

KPAGE KPAGE KCUS KCUS

KRESET

KS1

KS2

nc

KSL

KS3

G1313

113

KFWH

KFUV

KFZJ

KFXY

G1314

114

KFL+

KFT*

KFS=

KFM#

G1315

115

BFIN

G1316

116

G1317

KS4

KS5

KFRC KFGB

KSR

KFN)

KFO(

KFK@

KFI,

KFE

TFIN

SFIN

HX/ROV1 ROV3D ROV2D ROV1D

+X

SBK

BDT

117

HZ/ROV2

+Z

MLK

MP1/MINP

G1318

118

DRN

GR2

GR1

G1319

119

G1320

120

ZRN

*SSTP

SOR

SAR

FIN

ST

STLK

MIX

G1321

121

ERS

RT

*SP

*ESP

*OV8

*OV4

*OV2

*OV1

.c

KFF

147

MFIN

MP2

Address list (for 0TTC)

G1322

122

G1323

123

G1324

124

R08I

R07I

R06I

G1325

125

SIND

SSIN

SGN

G1326

126

CDZ

SMZ

*OV16

G1327

127

G1328

128

G1329

129

G1330

130

G1331

131

G1332

132

G1333

133

G1334

134

G1335

135

PN8

PN4

PN2

PN1

KEY

MD4

MD2

MD1

1
R05I

R04I

R03I

R02I

R01I

R12I

R11I

R10I

R09I

HIZ

HIX

MIZ

IGNVRY

OVC

om

DNCI

r.c

*ABSM

ITZ

ITX

UI6

UI5

UI15

UI14

UI13

GOQSM GOQSM OFN5

OFN4

UI11

UI10

OFN3 OFN2

UI9

UI8

OFN1 OFN0

nc

MFIN3 MFIN2 EXWT EXSTP EXRD ENBKY

141

G1342

*+EDCZ *+EDCX

143

G1344

*EDCZ *EDCX

142

G1343

140

G1341

UI12

139

G1340

UI0

NOWT

138

G1339

UI1

137

G1338

UI2

136

G1337

UI3

WOSET

.c

G1336

UI4

ce
nt
e

UI7

144

UINT

10
BDT9

BDT8

BDT7

BDT6

BDT5

BDT4

BDT3

BDT2

148

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

145

G1346

146

G1347

147

Machine interface signal (CNC PMC) (for tool post 2)

#6

#5

#4

148

OP

SA

STL

SPL

F1349

149

MA

TAP

ENB

F1350

150

BF

DST

F1351

151

M28

M24

M22

F1352

152

S28

S24

F1353

153

T28

T24

F1354

154

F1355

155

F1356

156

F1357

157

#3

#2

#0
ZPX

RST

DEN

#1
ZPZ

AL

r.c

#7
F1348

SF

MF

M21

M18

M14

M12

M11

S22

S21

S18

S14

S12

S11

T22

T21

T18

T14

T12

T11

ce
nt
e

TF

SPAL

nc

MF3

MF2

M38

M34

M32

M31

158

AR7

AR6

AR5

AR4

AR3

AR2

AR1

AR0

F1359

159

AR15

AR14

AR13

AR12

AR11

AR10

AR9

AR8

F1360

160

F1361

161

.c

F1358

WATO

ESEND EREND

ZP2Z

ZP2X

162

UO7

UO6

UO5

UO4

UO3

UO2

UO1

UO0

F1363

F1362

om

G1345

163

UO15

UO14

UO13

UO12

UO11

UO10

UO9

UO8

F1364

164

PRTSF RWD

F1365

165

PX5

PX4

PX3

PX2

PX1

PX0

F1366

166

149

PX7

PX6

Address list (for 0TTC)

F1367

167

F1368

168

F1369

169

F1370

170

F1371

171

OUT7

OUT6

OUT5

OUT4

OUT3 OUT2

OUT1 OUT0

F1372

172

R08O

R07O

R06O

R05O

R04O

R03O

R02O

F1373

173

R12O

R11O

F1374

174

F1375

175

F1376

176

F1377

177

F1378

178

F1379

179

F1380

180

PZ7

PZ6

PZ5

PZ4

PZ3

PZ2

PZ1

PZ0

om

r.c

R01O

R10O

R09O

HZO

ZRNO MD4O

MP1O ROV2O ROV1O JV8O

JV4O

MD2O MD1O

JV2O

JV1O

ce
nt
e

MP2O

HXO

DRNO MLKO SBKO

BDTO

OV8O OV4O

ZO

RTO

XO

+X O

BGEACT RPALM RPBSY RPGDPL

181

F1382

182

F1383

183

F1384

184

186

F1387

187

F1388

188

F1389

185

F1386

F1385

INHKY

.c

F1381

KEYO

nc

SPO

+Z O

OV2O OV1O

189

10

150

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

190

F1391

191

F1392

192

F1393

193

M228

M224

M222

M221

M218

M214

M212

M211

F1394

194

M318

M314

M312

M311

M238

M234

M232

M231

F1395

195

M338

M334

M332

M331

M328

M324

M322

M321

F1396

196

UO107 UO106 UO105 UO104 UO103 UO102 UO101 UO100

F1397

197

UO115 UO114 UO113 UO112 UO111 UO110 UO109 UO108

F1398

198

UO123 UO122 UO121 UO120 UO119 UO118 UO117 UO116

F1399

199

ce
nt
e

r.c

om

F1390

UO131 UO130 UO129 UO128 UO127 UO126 UO125 UO124

Machine interface signal (PMC CNC) (for tool post 2)

#7

200

G1401

201

G1402

202

#6

#5

#4

G1403

204

.c

G1404

203

G1405

205

#3

w
w

#1

#0

PMC window DI

PMC window DI

[Kind of data]

PMC window DI

[No. of words of data]

PMC window DI

[Axis number]
PMC window DI

[0 0]

G1406

206

PMC window DI

G1407

207

PMC window DI

G1408

208

PMC window DI

G1409

209

PMC window DI

151

#2

PMC window DI

nc

G1400

Address list (for 0TTC)

Machine interface signal (CNC PMC) (for tool post 2)
#7

#6

#5

#4

#3

250

F1451

251

252

PMC window DO

#1

#0

PMC window DO

F1452

#2

PMC window DO

om

F1450

[Transferred data]
F1453

253

PMC window DO

F1454

254

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

F1455

255

PMC window DO

r.c

[Transferred data]

F1456

256

ce
nt
e

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

F1457

257

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

F1458

258

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

259

F1460

261

.c

F1461

260

F1462

F1463

F1464

262

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
263

10
PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
264

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
F1465

PMC window DO

nc

F1459

265

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]

152

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

F1466

266

PMC window DO

[Transferred data]
F1467

267

PMC window DO

268

PMC window DO

F1469

269

PMC window DO

F1470

270

F1471

271

F1472

272

F1473

273

F1474

274

F1475

275

F1476

276

F1477

277

F1478

278

F1479

279

ce
nt
e

r.c

F1468

om

[Transferred data]

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

B15

B14

B13

B12

B11

B10

B9

B8

B23

B22

B21

B20

B19

B18

B17

B16

B31

B30

B29

B28

B27

B26

B25

B24

.c

nc

B7

153

Address list (for CNC without PMC)

Address list (for CNC without PMC)
(1) M series

(a) MT CNC (without PMC)

#7
X000

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

000

X002

om

M1836 M1821 M185 M1835 M1820 M1834 M1819 M1833

002

M1824 M188 M1838 M1823 M187 M1837 M1822 M186

X004

004

4NG

X006

r.c

M1811 M1841 M1826 M1810 M1840 M1825 M189 M1839

006

M1845 M1814 M1844 M1813 M1843 M1812 M1842 M1827

X008

008

SKIP

*RILK

ZAE

YAE

XAE

X010

010

ce
nt
e

M1849 M1818 M1848 M1817 M1847 M1816 M1846 M1815

M2011 M2041 M2026 M2010

X012

012

M2045 M2014 M2044 M2013 M2043 M2012 M2042 M2027

X014

014

M2049 M2018 M2048 M2017 M2047 M2016 M2046 M2015

016

HX/ROV1

*DECX

nc

X016

M16

X017

017

HY/ROV2

M17

018 HZ/DRN

.c

X018

w
w

X020

X021

019

H4

*DECZ

*DEC4

M122

+X

M121

M2025

BDT

MLK

*ILK

M123

M19

+Z
M125

+4

9
/

MP2

MP1/MINP

M209 M2039

10
ZRN

*SSTP

SOR

SAR

FIN

ST

M137

M15

M114

M115

M116

M117 M118

022

ERS

RT

*SP

*ESP

*OV8

*OV4

*OV2

M141

X022

M110

M113

021

SBK

M111 M112

+Y

M124

M140

M2040

020

*DECY

M120

M139

M18

X019

M138

M126

M127

M119

M133

M134

M135 M136

*OV1

PN8

PN4

PN2

PN1

KEY

MD4

MD2

M142

M143

M144

M145

M146

M147

M148 M149

MD1

154

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

(b) CNC MT (without PMC)
#7

049

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

SA

STL

SPL

ZPZ/EF

ZPY

ZPX

M26

M27

M28

MA

050

DST

ENB

DEN

M241

M29

Y050

M222

TF

SF

M220

051

053

AL

M24

M22

M21

M18

M14

M234

M235

M236

M237

M238

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

M212

M213

M214

M215

MF

M221

M12

M11

r.c

Y053

M28

M211

052

RST

M223 M224

M233

Y052

M226 M225

M219

M210

Y051

M227

om

Y049

048

OP
M25

Y048

M239 M240

S14/GR30 S12/GR20 S11/GR10

M216

M217 M218

082

T22

T21

T18

T14

M244

M245

M246

M247

M248 M249

T12

T11

M197

M196

M195

M194

M193

M192 M191

ce
nt
e

Y082

080

T24

M243

M198

Y080

T28

M242

M1916 M1915 M1914 M1913 M1912 M1911 M1910 M199

Y084

084

ZP4

nc

M2036 M2021 M205 M2035 M2020 M2034 M2019 M2033

Y086

086

M2024 M208 M2038 M2023 M207 M2037 M2022 M206

(2) T series

.c

(a) MT CNC (without PMC)

#7

X000

X002

X004

#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

000

M1836 M1821 M185 M1835 M1820 M1834 M1819 M1833

002
M1824 M188 M1838 M1823 M187 M1837 M1822 M186

004
M1811 M1841 M1826 M1810 M1840 M1825 M189 M1839

X006

006
M1845 M1814 M1844 M1813 M1843 M1812 M1842 M1827

155

Address list (for CNC without PMC)

X008

008

SKIP

ZAE

SKIP

SKIP4 SKIP3 SKIP2

XAE

ZAE

XAE

M1849 M1818 M1848 M1817 M1847 M1816 M1846 M1815

.Lower stage for 0G

010

M2011 M2041 M2026 M2010

X012

012

M2045 M2014 M2044 M2013 M2043 M2012 M2042 M2027

014

r.c

X014

om

X010

M2049 M2018 M2048 M2017 M2047 M2016 M2046 M2015

X016

016

HX/ROV1

X017

017

M138

HY/ROV2

M17

X018

018

019

DRN

*DEC3

020

*DECY

+X

M121

SBK

BDT

M111 M112

*+LZ

*DEC4

+Z

MLK

MP1/MINP

M123

M19

GR2

GR1

M125

M2025

STLK

MIX

ZRN

*SSTP

SOR

SAR

FIN

ST

M137

M15

M114

M115

M116

RT

*SP

*ESP

*OV8

*OV4

*OV2

M126

M127

M119

M133

M134

M135 M136

PN8

.c

022

ERS

M141

X022

M117 M118

nc
021

M209 M2039

M113

X021

M110

M124

M122

M140

M2040

X020

X
M120

M139

M18

X019

ce
nt
e

M16

*DECX

M142

*OV1

PN4

PN2

PN1

KEY

MD4

MD2

M143

M144

M145

M146

M147

M148 M149

#2

MD1

(b) CNC MT (without PMC)

Y048

Y049

#7

049

#6

#5

#4

#3

OP

SA

STL

SPL

M25

048

M26

M27

M28

MA

ENB

DEN

M241

M222

M29

Y050

050

DST
M210

M227

#1

#0

ZPT

ZPX

M226 M225

RST

AL

M223 M224

TF

SF

M220

M219

MF
M221

156

10

7. STATUS DISPLAY BY SELF DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY

051

Y052

052

M28

M24

M22

M21

M18

M14

M233

M234

M235

M236

M237

M238

Y053

053

S28

S24

S22

S21

S18

S14

M211

M212

M213

M214

M215

M216

M12

M11

M239 M240

S12

S11

M217 M218

T24

T22

T21

T18

T14

M243

M244

M245

M246

M247

M248 M249

M198

M197

M196

M195

M194

M193

M192 M191

080

082

T11

r.c

Y082

T28
M242

Y080

T12

om

Y051

M1916 M1915 M1914 M1913 M1912 M1911 M1910 M199

Y084

084

Y086

086

ce
nt
e

M2036 M2021 M205 M2035 M2020 M2034 M2019 M2033

.c

nc

M2024 M208 M2038 M2023 M207 M2037 M2022 M206

157

LEDs on the PC board

LED

Meaning and action to be taken

Color

L1

Green

Blinks during automatic operation. This is not an alarm.

L2

Red

Lights on any alarm. Take a necessary action according

to the alarm number displayed on the CRT screen.

L3

Red

No memory card is installed.

(1) A watchdog timer alarm occurred. The master PC
board or memory card is defective. . Equiva-

Red

L5

Red

lent to alarm 920

(2) A servo alarm occurred.
(3) An axis card is not installed or is defective.

(1) A subCPU watchdog timer alarm occurred.

Replace the subCPU PC board.

r.c

L4

(2) A servo alarm occurred on the fifth or sixth axis.

Red

A system alarm occurred.

(1) The analog interface card is defective.

(2) The DNC1 card is defective.

(3) The seventh or eighthaxis card is defective.

ce
nt
e

L6

om

Number

(1) FS0C control section A master (A20B10020360)

FS0Mate master
(A20B10030760)

f
f
f
f
f
f

f
L1
f
L4

f
L2
f
L5

f
L3
f
L6

nc

L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6

FS0C control section A

(A20B20000170)

f
f
f
f
f
f

L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6

10

.c

(2) FS0C control section B master

(A20B10030750)
(A20B20000180)

158

8. HARDWARE
8.1

Configuration of CNC Machine Tool

om

Machine tool magnetics cabinet

Heat
exchanger

r.c

Operators
panel
interface

ce
nt
e

Relay connector

Control
unit

I/O
unit

Magnetics
circuit

Servo
amplifier

.c

nc

Multitap
transformer
for control
unit

159

Power supply

Distribution
board

Spindle
amplifier

Host computer

(Note 3)

1
CRT/MDI
unit

Machine operators panel

om

Manual pulse
generator

(Note 1)
I/O
device

ce
nt
e

Machine tool

r.c

Sensor,
Actuator

(Note 2)

nc

Servo
motor

Spindle
motor

.c

NOTE 1 Refer to FANUC I/O Unit-MODEL A CONNECTION/MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B-61813E)

NOTE 2 Refer to FANUC AC SERVO MOTOR series DESCRIPTIONS
(B-65142E)
NOTE 3 Refer to FANUC AC SPINDLE MOTOR series SERIAL INTERFACE DESCRIPTIONS (B-65152E)

160

10

8. HARDWARE
8.2

Configulation of Control Unit

(1) Connector name of master PCB

MEM
I/O

PMC GR

om

PAS1

r.c

AXE

JA1JA2
CAP

ce
nt
e

CE0

Control unit A

MEM

RE

SP PAS1

PAS2

CE0

.c

nc

L/A AXA AXS SUB

Control unit B

161

I/O

PMC GR

AXE

CAP

(2) Configulation of PCB

PCB name
Master PCB

Power unit

A20B-1003-0760
A20B-2000-0480

0C

A20B-2001-0060
A20B-2001-0110
A20B-2000-0180
A20B-2000-0490
A16B-1211-0850
A16B-1212-0100

B2

A16B-1212-0110

A16B-1211-0890

Graphic PCB

A16B-1211-0920
A16B-2200-0350

PMCM PCB

Electrical
interface
i t f

ROM

A16B-1211-0907

ROM

A16B-1211-0903

RAM

A16B-1211-0909

ROM

A16B-2200-0341

RAM

A16B-2200-0346

I/O Link
Master&Slave
M t &Sl

ROM

A16B-2200-0340

RAM

A16B-2200-0345

0Mate C
For A/B phase
hase
pulse coder

2 axes

A16B-2200-0221

3/4 axes

A16B-2200-0220

0C
For A/B phase
hase
pulse coder

2 axes

A16B-2200-0361

3/4 axes

A16B-2200-0360

2 axes

A16B-2200-0391

3/4 axes

A16B-2200-0390

nc

Axis control
PCB (2 to 3/4
axes)

0Mate C/0C
Response for
serial pulse
coder

I/O PCB

.c
w
w
w

I/OC6 (80/56)
Sink output type

A16B-1212-0221

I/OC7 (104/72)
Sink output type

A16B-1211-0970

Respose for serial spindle

A16B-1212-0215
A16B-1212-0216
A16B-2201-0101

For analog spindle

A16B-1212-0210
A16B-2201-0103

A16B-1211-0972
A16B-1211-0971

A16B-1212-0220

I/OE1 (40/40)
Source output type

A16B-1212-0222

I/OE3 (104/72)
Source output type
Memory PCB

I/OC5 (40/40)
Sink output type

I/OE2 (80/56)
Source output type

MEM

A16B-1211-0901

RAM

I/O Link
M t only
Master l

I/O

A16B-1210-0801

Optical
interface
i t f

AXE

For two or three manual pulse

generators

ce
nt
e

Manual pulse
generator interface
PMC

r.c

A
AI

GR

A20B-2000-0170

00C
CAP

Control unit B

0C
0Mate C

Control unit A

Specification

om

Connector
name

162

10

8. HARDWARE
Connector
name

PCB name
Cassette for
macro executer

Specification
A02B-0091-C111

128KB

A02B-0091-C113

256KB

A02B-0091-C115

512KB

A02B-0098-C117

1MB

A02B-0098-C118

DNC1 card
(for control
unit A)

For 0Mate C

A16B-2200-0771

For 0C

A16B-2200-0776

DNC2 card
Remote buffer card
(for control
unit A)

For 0C

A16B-2200-0775

DNC1 card
(for control
unit B)

For 0C

DNC2 card
Remote buffer card
(for control
unit B)

For 0C

Sub PCU
PCB

Standard (SUB CPU 16 bit)

A16B-2200-0320

Highspeed
(SUB CPU 32 bit)

A16B-2201-0120

Axis control
PCB
(5/6 axes)

For A/B phase

pulse coder

5/6 axes

A16B-2200-0371

Response for
serial pulse
coder

5/6 axes

A16B-2200-0800

Axis control
PCB
(7/8 axes)

For A/B phase

pulse coder

7 axes

A16B-2200-0381

7/8 axes

A16B-2200-0380

7 axes

A16B-2200-0791

7/8 axes

A16B-2200-0790

JA1
JA2

SP

SUB

AXS

nc

AXA

Response for
serial pulse
coder

A16B-2200-0775

Analog interface PCB

A16B-1211-0961

Laser interface PCB

A16B-1212-0270

.c

LA

A16B-2200-0776

ce
nt
e

Main side
PAS1 (Sub
side PAS2)

r.c

64KB

163

om

PAS1
(PAS2)

(3) Connector name

1
124
123

CPB1

CPB2

ANALOG I/F

M228

M225

M227

M224

7/8 AXES
FOR SERIAL

CPA10

M29
M28

M209
M206

M208
M205

M207
M204

5/6 AXES
FOR SERIAL

P6
M77

M73
SUB CPU

A7

DNC1, DNC2

M73
MACRO CASETTE

M5
M74

M3
CCX5

M12
M26

M27

MEMORY

A7

89
86
4
X4

M20

M18

M1

I/O

ce
nt
e

19

REMOTE
BUFFER

r.c

M77

om

CPA11

226

CPA9

M198
M195

M188
M185

M197
M194

M187
M184

3/4 AXES

FOR SERIAL
PMCM

GRAPHIC

nc

POWER
SUPPLY
UNIT

.c

10

164

8. HARDWARE
Overall machinetomachine connection diagram (phase A/B
pulse coder capability axis card with no separate detector)

PAS
I/O C5C7
PCB

Operators
panel

M1

I/O

M1A M1B

C5 M2

M2A M2B

M18

C7

M20

PMCM PCB
PMC

M24

I/O B2
PCB

r.c

C6 M19
Master
PCB

om

Ordermade macro cassette

M61

H20 F

M60 M62

BN3 F

CP51 M78

ce
nt
e

M79

Graphic/MPG
PCB

M80

M21

GR

CCX4

Memory card
MEM

CN1
CRT/MDI
unit

CCX5

KM1

M3

nc

CN2

Relay connector

.c

M5

M74

M12

M26
M27

CPA7

165

Battery

om

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

Magnetic
panel

.c

FANUC PPR
FANUC CASSETTE
Portable tape reader

MPG

MPG

MPG

1st

2nd

3rd

M3

M3

M3

Position
corder

Tape reader

10

Spindle control
unit

166

8. HARDWARE

AXE

M34

CN1

Servo amp T1
1st axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
2nd axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
3rd axis CN2

CN1

r.c

Axis control PCB

M35

M37
M38
M39
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48

Servo amp T1
4th axis
CN2

ce
nt
e

M49

om

M36

CPA9

Power unit
CP14

Battery
(6V)

Battery (6V) is necessary

for the absolute pulse
coder
ON

OFF

CP15
CP3
CP2

nc

CP2
CP1

.c

CAP

167

CH
CH

AC motor
1st axis

CH

AC motor
2nd axis

om

CH

CH

CH
AC motor
4th axis

Electro
magnetic
contactor

ce
nt
e

CH

AC motor
3rd axis

r.c

CH

Emergency stop

Servo
trans 1

Fuse

100VAC
Singlephas
AC input
3 phase

200VAC
Singlephase

.c

nc

Servo
trans 2

10

168

8. HARDWARE
Overall machinetomachine connection diagram (dedicated
phase A/B pulse coder axis card with a separate detector)

PAS
I/O C5C7
PCB

Operators
panel

M1

I/O

M1A M1B

C5 M2

M2A M2B

M18

C7

M20

PMCM PCB
PMC

M24

I/O B2
PCB

r.c

C6 M19
Master
PCB

om

Ordermade macro cassette

M61

H20 F

M60 M62

BN3 F

CP51 M78

ce
nt
e

M79

Graphic/MPG
PCB

M80

M21

GR

CCX4

Memory card
MEM

CN1
CRT/MDI
unit

CCX5

KM1

M3

nc

CN2

Relay connector

.c

M5

M74

M12

M26
M27

CPA7

169

Battery

om

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

Magnetic
panel

.c

FANUC PPR
FANUC CASSETTE
Portable tape reader

MPG

MPG

MPG

1st

2nd

3rd

M3

M3

M3

Position
corder

Tape reader

10

Spindle control
unit

170

8. HARDWARE

AXE

M34

CN1

Servo amp T1
1st axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
2nd axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
3rd axis CN2

CN1

r.c

Axis control PCB

M35

M37
M38
M39
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48

Servo amp T1
4th axis
CN2

ce
nt
e

M49

om

M36

CPA9

Power unit
CP14

Battery
(6V)

Battery (6V) is necessary

for the absolute pulse
coder

ON

OFF

CP15
CP3
CP2

nc

CP2
CP1

.c

CAP

171

CH

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

AC motor
2nd axis

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

AC motor
3rd axis

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

CH
CH

CH

CH
AC motor
4th axis

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

Electro
magnetic
contactor

ce
nt
e

CH

Emergency stop

Servo
trans 1

Fuse

r.c

CH

om

CH

AC motor
1st axis

100VAC
Singlephas
AC input
3 phase

200VAC
Singlephase

.c

nc

Servo
trans 2

10

172

8. HARDWARE
Overall machinetomachine connection diagram (serial
pulse coder capability axis card with no separate detector)

PAS
I/O C5C7
PCB

Operators
panel

M1

I/O

M1A M1B

C5 M2

M2A M2B

M18

C7

M20

PMCM PCB
PMC

M24

I/O B2
PCB

r.c

C6 M19
Master
PCB

om

Ordermade macro cassette

M61

H20 F

M60 M62

BN3 F

CP51 M78

ce
nt
e

M79

Graphic/MPG
PCB

M80

M21

GR

CCX4

Memory card
MEM

CN1
CRT/MDI
unit

CCX5

KM1

M3

nc

CN2

Relay connector

.c

M5

M74

M12

M26
M27

CPA7

173

Battery

om

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

Magnetic
panel

.c

FANUC PPR
FANUC CASSETTE
Portable tape reader

MPG

MPG

MPG

1st

2nd

3rd

M3

M3

M3

Position
corder

Tape reader

10

Spindle control
unit

174

8. HARDWARE

AXE

M184

CN1

Servo amp T1
1st axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
2nd axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
3rd axis CN2

CN1

r.c

Axis control PCB

M185

M187
M188
M189
M194
M195
M196
M197
M198

Servo amp T1
4th axis
CN2

ce
nt
e

M199

om

M186

CPA9

Power unit
CP14

Battery
(6V)

Battery (6V) is necessary

for the absolute pulse
coder
ON

OFF

CP15
CP3
CP2

nc

CP2
CP1

.c

CAP

175

CH
CH

AC motor
1st axis

CH

AC motor
2nd axis

om

CH

CH

CH
AC motor
4th axis

Electro
magnetic
contactor

ce
nt
e

CH

AC motor
3rd axis

r.c

CH

Emergency stop

Servo
trans 1

Fuse

100VAC
Singlephas
AC input
3 phase

200VAC
Singlephase

.c

nc

Servo
trans 2

10

176

8. HARDWARE
Overall machinetomachine connection diagram (serial
pulse coder capability axis card with a separate detector)

PAS
I/O C5C7
PCB

Operators
panel

M1

I/O

M1A M1B

C5 M2

M2A M2B

M18

C7

M20

PMCM PCB
PMC

M24

I/O B2
PCB

r.c

C6 M19
Master
PCB

om

Ordermade macro cassette

M61

H20 F

M60 M62

BN3 F

CP51 M78

ce
nt
e

M79

Graphic/MPG
PCB

M80

M21

GR

CCX4

Memory card
MEM

CN1
CRT/MDI
unit

CCX5

KM1

M3

nc

CN2

Relay connector

.c

M5

M74

M12

M26
M27

CPA7

177

Battery

om

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

Magnetic
panel

.c

FANUC PPR
FANUC CASSETTE
Portable tape reader

MPG

MPG

MPG

1st

2nd

3rd

M3

M3

M3

Position
corder

Tape reader

10

Spindle control
unit

178

8. HARDWARE

AXE

M184

CN1

Servo amp T1
1st axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
2nd axis CN2

CN1

Servo amp T1
3rd axis CN2

CN1

r.c

Axis control PCB

M185

M187
M188
M189
M194
M195
M196
M197
M198

Servo amp T1
4th axis
CN2

ce
nt
e

M199

om

M186

CPA9

Power unit
CP14

Battery
(6V)

Battery (6V) is necessary

for the absolute pulse
coder
ON

OFF

CP15
CP3
CP2

nc

CP2
CP1

.c

CAP

179

CH

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

AC motor
2nd axis

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

AC motor
3rd axis

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

CH
CH

CH

CH
AC motor
4th axis

Speedrate
type pulse
coder

Electro
magnetic
contactor

ce
nt
e

CH

Emergency stop

Servo
trans 1

Fuse

r.c

CH

om

CH

AC motor
1st axis

100VAC
Singlephas
AC input
3 phase

200VAC
Singlephase

.c

nc

Servo
trans 2

10

180

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

FUNCTION PARAMETERS (FOR MACHINING CENTER)

(1) Setting parameters
(2) Parameters related to the reader/punch interface and remote
buffer
(3) Parameters related to controlled axes and the increment system
(5) Parameters related to the stroke limit
(6) Parameters related to the feedrate
(7) Parameters related to acceleration/deceleration control
(8) Parameters related to servo motors
(9) Parameters related to DI/DO
(11) Parameters related to programming

r.c

(10) Parameters related to the CRT/MDI, display, and editing

om

(4) Parameters related to coordinate systems

(12) Parameters related to pitch error compensation

(13) Parameters related to spindle control
(14) Parameters related to tool compensation
(15) Parameters related to canned cycles

ce
nt
e

(16) Parameters related to rigid tapping

(17) Parameters related to scaling and coordinate system rotation

(18) Parameters related to unidirectional positioning

(19) Parameters related to control in the normal direction

(20) Parameters related to index table indexing
(21) Parameters related to custom macro

(22) Parameters related to automatic tool length measurement

(23) Parameters related to graphic display

(24) Parameters related to the display of operation time and number of

parts
(25) Parameters related to tool life management

nc

(26) Parameters related to the position switch function

(27) Parameters related to manual handle feed/manual handle interrupt

(28) Parameters related to the software operators panel
(29) Parameters related to program resumption

.c

(30) Parameters related to the highspeed cycle machining/high

speed remote buffer
(31) Parameters related to PMC axis control

(32) Parameters related to surface grinding machines (slanted axis

control)
(33) Parameters related to simple synchronous control
(34) Parameters related to the PMC
(35) Parameters related to the function for setting the zero point using
the butt method
(36) Parameters related to the DNC
(37) Parameters related to the MNET

NOTE 1 A bit parameter has two meanings, each described on the left and
right of |. The meaning on the left applies when the bit is set to 0
and the meaning on the right applies when it is set to 1.
(Example) The current value is 0/1.
NOTE 2 For details, refer to Description of Parameters.

181

(1) Setting parameters (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

REVX, Y, 4

The mirror image of each axis is disabled/enabled.

0000

TVON

When a program is registered, a TV check is not

executed/is executed.

0000

ISO

The code system used to output a program is

EIA/ISO.

0000

INCH

The least input increment (input unit) of a program is one millimeter/one inch.

I/O

0000

ABS

Input/output unit on the reader/punch interface

In the MDI mode, commands are specified with
incremental values/absolute values.

0000

SEQ

Sequence numbers are not automatically inserted/are automatically inserted.

0000

PWE

Parameters cannot be written/can be written.

0000

TAPEF

0000

PRGNO

Number of the program to be stopped when the

specified sequence number is found

0000

SEQNO

Number of the sequence to be stopped when it is

found

ce
nt
e

The tape format is not converted/is converted.

(2) Parameters related to the reader/punch interface and remote buffer

(1/2)
No.
0002#0
0012#0
0050#0
0051#0
0002#2

ASR33
ASR33

(I/O=0) The stop bit is 1/2.

(I/O=1)
(I/O=2)
(I/O=3)

RSASCI
RSASCI
RSASCI

0002#7

NFED

0012#7
0050#7
0051#7

NFED
NFED
NFED

0015#5

PRWD

The rewind signal is not output/is output to the

portable tape reader.

0018#6

TVC

In the comment section of a program, a TV check

is executed/is not executed.

.c

RSASCI

0012#3
0050#3
0051#3

(I/O=0) FANUC PPR etc./20mA current interface

(I/O=1)

0002#3

Description

nc

0012#0

Symbol

STP2
STP2
STP2
STP2

r.c

0000

om

0000

0038#1, #2
0038#4, #5
0038#6, #7

:::, :::
:::, :::
:::, :::

(I/O=0) The input/output code is ISO or EIA/

ASCII.
(I/O=1)
(I/O=2)
(I/O=3)
(I/O=0) Beforehand and afterwards, a feed
character is output/is not output.
(I/O=1)
(I/O=2)
(I/O=3)

(I/O=3) Setting the input/output unit

(I/O=2)
(I/O=0, 1)

0051#1

PARTY

(I/O=3) A parity bit is not provided/is provided.

0051#2

SYNAK

With protocol B, the output of the SYN and NAK

codes is not controlled/is controlled.

0051#4

NCKCD

On the remote buffer interface, the CD (signal

quality detection) status is monitored/is not monitored.

182

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(2) Parameters related to the reader/punch interface and remote buffer

(2/2)
No.

Symbol

Description

ECKL

The baud rate clock of the remote buffer is an internal clock/external clock.

0055#0

ASCII

Communication of all data except NC data is

executed in ISO code/ASCII code.

0055#1

ETX

0055#2

PROTCA

0055#3

RS42

0055#7

RMSTS

If the remote buffer interface is used with protocol

A, the status of the remote buffer in the SAT message is always returned without specification (=
0)/hosts request for switching the SET message
is unconditionally returned.

0070#7

ICR

If data is output in ISO code, the EOB code is LF,

CR, or CR/LF.

0075#7

IONUL

If a null character is detected while EIA codes are

read, an alarm does not occur/occurs.

0076#5

PRWD

On reader/punch interface 2, rewinding is not

executed/is executed.

0396#0
0396#2
0396#3

0399#6

r.c

The remote buffer interface is RS232C/

RS422.

RS23BN

On the RS232C interface, the DC code is

used/is not used.

NCKER

The ER (RS 232C) or TR (RS422) signal is

checked/is not checked.

BCC

The BCC value is checked/is not checked.

ERCODE

A4digit hexadecimal error code is not appended

to a negative acknowledgement/is appended to
a negative acknowledgement.

FEDNUL

A feed character in a significant information section is output as a space character/null character.

(I/O=2) Baud rate

(I/O=3)
(I/O=0)
(I/O=1)

nc

0250
0251
0552
0553

Communication protocol B/A

ce
nt
e

0391#6

The end code is CR/ETX.

om

0051#5

(3) Parameters related to controlled axes and the increment system (1/2)
Symbol

.c

No.

SCW
SCWS

0003#0 to #3

ZM:

0001#0
7001#0

0066#4, #5
7003#0, #1

0008#2 to #4
0280
0285, 0286
7130, 7131

ADW:

0011#2
0062#4, #5
7032#0, #1

ADLN
ADLIN:
ROT:

0024#1

183

LII10

0049#4

S3JOG

Description

The least command increment (output unit) for a

linear axis is one millimeter/inch.
(X to 4) The direction of a reference position
return and initial direction are positive/
negative.
(7, 8)
(5, 6)
(4) Axis name
(4)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)
(4)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

Rotation axis/linear axis

Rotation axis/linear axis
Linear axis/rotation axis

The input/output unit is ISB/ISA.

The number of axes that can be simultaneously
controlled in manual operation is one/up to three.

(3) Parameters related to controlled axes and the increment system (2/2)
No.

Symbol

0057#3

MIC

Description

If a decimal point is omitted, the least input increment is not multiplied/is multiplied by ten.

NBD78

If there are more servo axes than controlled axes,

the singleaxis extension function for the controlled axis is disabled/enabled.

0074#0 to #3

CRF:

If a reference position return is not made and a

movement command other than G28 is specified, an alarm does not occur/occurs.

0076#1

JZRN

The function for setting the reference position

without dogs is disabled/enabled.

0391#0 to #5

JZRN:

The function for setting the reference position

without dogs is enabled/disabled.

0398#1

ROAX

The rollover function is disabled/enabled.

0398#2

RODRC

The direction of rotation specified in ABS mode

is determined so that the distance of rotation is
minimized/determined according to the sign of
the specified value.

0398#3

ROCNT

Relative coordinates which are not multiples of

the travel distance per rotation are not rounded/
are rounded.

0269 to 0274
0279
7032#7

ce
nt
e

0399#7

The eighth axis is enabled/disabled.

OUTZRN

om

C8NG

0066#1

r.c

0062#7

If the remaining travel distance or active miscellaneous function is found at a manual return to
the reference position, an alarm occurs/does not
occur.

Number of a servo axis

Attribute of the fourth axis

ROT10S

If inch output is specified for the fifth or sixth axis,

the unit of parameters related to feedrate is 0.1
deg/min/1 deg/min.

nc

(4) Parameters related to coordinate systems (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

APRS
APRSS

At a manual reference position return, automatic

coordinate system setting is not executed/is
executed.

0024#6

CLCL

At a manual reference position return, the local

coordinate system is not canceled/is canceled.

0028#5

EX10D

When an external workpiece coordinate system

shift is executed, the offset value is the input value/tentimes the input value.

0708 to 0711

0815 to 0818
0825, 0826
7708, 7709

0735 to 0738

.c

0010#7
7010#7

(X to 4) Coordinates of the reference position

for automatic coordinate system setting
(X to 4)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)
(X to 4) Distance from the first reference position to the second reference position
(7, 8)

0866, 0867

0751 to 0754

Offset from the external workpiece reference

point on each axis

0755 to 0758

Offset from the first workpiece reference point on

each axis (G54)

184

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(4) Parameters related to coordinate systems (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
Offset from the second workpiece reference
point on each axis (G55)

0763 to 0766

Offset from the third workpiece reference point on

each axis (G56)

0767 to 0770

Offset from the fourth workpiece reference point

on each axis (G57)

0771 to 0774

Offset from the fifth workpiece reference point on

each axis (G58)

0775 to 0778

Offset from the sixth workpiece reference point

on each axis (G59)

0780 to 0783

0868 to 0869

(X to 4) Distance from the first reference position to the third reference position
(7, 8)

0784 to 0787

0870, 0871

0860

Travel distance per revolution about the rotation

axis

7717

Machine coordinate system when the fifth or

sixth axis is a rotation axis

ce
nt
e

(X to 4) Distance from the first reference position to the fourth reference position
(7, 8)

(5) Parameters related to the stroke limit (1/1)

No.
0008#6

Symbol

Description

OTZN

A Zaxis stored stroke check is executed/is not

executed.

LM2

The signal for switching the second stored stroke

limit is disabled/enabled.

INOUT

The inhibited area of the third stored stroke limit

is the inside/outside.

HOT3

The hardware OT signals +LMX to LMZ (G129,

#0 to #5) are disabled/enabled.

PSOT

Before a reference position return is made, the

stored stroke limit is checked/is not checked.

0076#7

OTRF0M

An alarm occurs after the stroke limit is exceeded/before the stroke limit is exceeded.

0700 to 0703

0821, 0822
7700, 7701

0704 to 0707

0823, 0824
7704, 7705

0743 to 0746

Second stored stroke limit in the positive direction on each axis

0747 to 0750

Second stored stroke limit in the negative direction on each axis

0804 to 0806

Third stored stroke limit in the positive direction

on each axis

0807 to 0809

Third stored stroke limit in the negative direction

on each axis

0015#4
0024#4
0057#5

.c

nc

0065#3

185

om

r.c

0759 to 0762

(X to 4) First stored stroke limit in the positive

direction on each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)
(X to 4) First stored stroke limit in the negative
direction on each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

(6) Parameters related to the feedrate (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

RDRN
RDRNS

0008#5

ROVE

The rapid traverse override signal ROV2 (G117,

#7) is enabled/disabled.

0010#0

ISOT

When a reference position is not established,

manual rapid traverse is disabled/enabled.

For the rapid traverse command, a dry run is disabled/enabled.

ADNW
SKPF

With G31, a dry run, override, or automatic acceleration/deceleration is disabled/enabled.

0049#6

NPRV

When a position coder is not used, the command

of feed per rotation is disabled/enabled.

0049#7

FML10

The unit of parameters in which the rapid traverse

rate and cutting feedrate are specified is not multiplied/is multiplied by ten.

0059#0 to #2

EDP:

Of the commands specifying feed in the positive

direction on each axis, external deceleration is
valid for rapid traverse only/for both rapid traverse and cutting feed.

0059#3 to #5

EDM:

Of the commands specifying feed in the negative

direction on each axis, external deceleration is
valid for rapid traverse only/for both rapid traverse and cutting feed.

0393#4

0393#5
0397#2

COVOUT
HLCLMP

In helical interpolation, the feedrate is not

clamped/is clamped to the maximum cutting feedrate.

STOV0

OVR255

The signal of feedrate override in 1% steps is disable/enabled.

Minimum deceleration ratio for the speed of inner

arc machining by automatic corner override
(MDR)

Amount of automatic override for the inside of a

corner

Inside angle for determining whether to use automatic override for the inside of a corner

0216

Feedrate change corresponding to a graduation

on the manual pulse generator when the F command is specified with one digit

.c

0215

Feedrate after acceleration/deceleration for automatic corner deceleration

0483

0487

Feedrate after acceleration/deceleration for automatic corner deceleration (for lookahead control)

0495

Maximum feedrate with standard arc radius

0496

Minimum feedrate with standard arc radius

0518 to 0521
0643, 0644
7518, 7519

(X to 4) Rapid traverse feedrate for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0527

Maximum cutting feedrate

Difference between feedrates of two blocks, for

each axis, for automatic corner deceleration

0482

If the cutting feedrate override is 0% in rapid traverse, a stop does not occur/occurs.

0214

The function for changing the speed of outer arc

machining is disable/enabled.

nc

0213

ce
nt
e

0393#1

Feedrate specification A/B

r.c

0011#3
0015#3

om

0001#6
7001#6

186

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(6) Parameters related to the feedrate (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
(X to 4) FL speed in exponential acceleration/
deceleration of cutting feed
(5, 6)

0533
7533

(X to 4) F0 speed of rapid traverse override

(5, 6)

0534

(X to 4) FL speed at a reference position return

7534

(5, 6)

0548

FL speed in exponential acceleration/deceleration of manual feed

0549

Cutting feedrate in the automatic mode at power

on

0559 to 0562

Jog rapid traverse rate for each axis

0565, 0566

Jog feedrate when the rotary switch is set to position 10

0567

Maximum cutting feedrate with feedrate specification B

0568

F0 speed of rapid traverse override on an additional axis with feedrate specification B

0538, 0584
0580
0581
0605 to 0608
0636
0684

FL speed at a reference position return on an

additional axis with feedrate specification B

Maximum feedrate by the F command specified

with one digit

Start distance (Le) for inner corner automatic

override

End distance (Ls) for inner corner automatic

override

FL speed of exponential acceleration/deceleration for manual feed on each axis

External deceleration speed

Feedrate with which the error detect function assumes that deceleration is completed

Feedrate corresponding to the F command specified with one digit

FL speed for exponential acceleration/deceleration of cutting feed (for lookahead control)

nc

0788 to 0796

ce
nt
e

0569

.c

0878

187

om

r.c

0530
7530

(7) Parameters related to acceleration/deceleration control (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

NCIPS

0045#3

LSUP

For cutting feed, exponential acceleration/deceleration is executed/linear acceleration/deceleration after interpolation is executed.

0045#4

CCINP

The inposition width for cutting feed is specified

with the same parameters as those used for rapid
traverse (No. 0500 to 0503)/with different parameters (No. 0609 to 0612)

0048#4

SMZCT

Rapid traverse block overlap is disabled/enabled.

A position check is executed/is not executed.

ERDT

0379

Feedrate ratio at which the next block is started

for block overlap

0393#0

FERDT

Automatic corner deceleration is disabled/enabled.

0395#3

CHEAFD

For automatic corner deceleration, control based

on the feedrate difference is disabled /enabled.

0395#6

FWBTYP

0399#2

RPDFF

Feed forward control is applied only to cutting

feed/applied to both cutting feed and rapid traverse.

CINPS

For feedtypebased inposition check (CCINP:

bit 4 of parameter 0045), the inposition width for
cutting feed is specified using parameters other
than those for rapid traverse, only when the next
block also specifies cutting feed/regardless of
the type of feed specified in the next block.

0481

Parameter 2 for setting the acceleration for linear

acceleration/deceleration prior to interpolation

Difference between feedrates of two blocks, for

each axis, for automatic corner deceleration

Parameter 1 for setting the acceleration for linear

acceleration/deceleration prior to interpolation
(for lookahead conrtol)

0486

Parameter 2 for setting the acceleration for linear

acceleration/deceleration prior to interpolation
(for lookahead conrtol)

.c

0485

w
w

Feedrate after acceleration/deceleration for automatic corner deceleration

0483

0522 to 0525

Parameter 1 for setting the acceleration for linear

acceleration/deceleration prior to interpolation

nc

0482

ce
nt
e

0480

Linear acceleration/deceleration prior to interpolation is type A/type B.

0399#4

The error detect function is disable/enabled.

r.c

0076#0

om

0020#5

0645, 0646
7522, 7523

0529

(X to 4) Time constant of linear acceleration/

deceleration in rapid traverse on each
axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)
Time constant of exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed or manual feed
(5, 6)

7529

0601 to 0604

(X to 4) Time constant of exponential acceleration/deceleration in manual feed on

each axis

0635

Time constant of linear acceleration/deceleration

after interpolation in cutting feed

188

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(7) Parameters related to acceleration/deceleration control (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
(X to 8) Time constant of exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed on
a PMC axis
(5, 6)

7651, 7652

0863

Standard arc radius for feedrate clamp according

to arc radius

0864

Critical angle between two blocks for automatic

corner deceleration (for advanced preview control)

0865

Critical angle between two blocks for automatic

corner deceleration

0877

Time constant for exponential acceleration/ deceleration of cutting feed (for advanced preview
control)

0879

Time constant for linear acceleration /deceleration after interpolation of cutting feed (for advanced preview control)

0952 to 0955

(X to 4th) Time constant T2 for rapid traverse

bellshaped acceleration/deceleration for each
axis

ce
nt
e

(8) Parameters related to servo motors (1/2)

No.
0004 to 0007
0067, 0068
0570 to 0575
7004, 7005
7570, 7571
0004 to 0007

Symbol

GRD:

GRD:

DMR:

DMR:
DMR:
DMR:

Description

(X to 4) Capacity of the reference counter of

each axis
(7, 8)
(X to 8)
(5, 6)
(5, 6)

(X to 4) Detection multiplication of each axis

(DMR)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

nc

0067, 0068
7004, 7005
0010#2
7010#2

OFFVY
OFFVYS

0021#0 to #5

APC:
APC:

0021#6

NOFLUP

0022#0 to #5

ABS:

7022#0, #1

ABS:

0035#7
7035#7

ACMR
ACMRS

0037#0 to #5
7037#0, #1

SPTP:
SPTP:

0037#7
7037#7

PLCO1
PLCO1S

0076#4

ADBLS

.c

7021#0, #1

189

om

r.c

0651 to 0656

If VRDY is set to 1 before PRDY is set to 1, an

alarm occurs/does not occur.
(X to 8) For each axis, an absoluteposition
detector is not used/is used.
(5, 6)
At poweron before the reference position is established by the absoluteposition detector, a followup is executed/is not executed.
(X to 8) The reference position has not yet
been established/has already been
established by the absoluteposition
detector.
(5, 6)
(X to 8) An optional CMR is not used/is used.
(5, 6)
(X to 8) As a position detector, a separate
pulse coder is not used/is used.
(5, 6)
(X to 8) A highresolution pulse coder is not
used/is used.
(5, 6)
Cutting feed and rapid traverse separate backlash is disabled/enabled.

(8) Parameters related to servo motors (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

NREQ:

0399#3

SFDEC

The reference position shift function is disabled/

enabled.

0399#5

FUNO

If a servo alarm is detected by the CNC, a follow

up is executed/is not executed.

0100 to 0103

0275, 0276
7100, 7101

0265

Time interval for leveling the current value display on the servo adjustment screen

0452 to 0457

0739 to 0742
0827, 0828
7580, 7581
7739, 7740

(X to 8 3RD WORD)
Count at the zero point of the APC
(X to 4 LOWER 2 WORD)
(7, 8 LOWER 2 WORD)
(5, 6 3RD WORD)
(5, 6 LOWER 2 WORD)

0500 to 0503
0637, 0638
7500, 7501

(X to 4) Effective area on each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

(X to 4) Limit on position error for each axis

during traveling
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

(X to 4) Grid shift amount for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

If an absolute pulse coder is used for each axis

and the zero point is not established before poweron, an alarm requesting a return to the reference position does not occur/occurs.

(X to 4) Loop gain of position control for each

axis
(7, 8)

0639, 0640
7504, 7505
0508 to 0511
0641, 0642
7508, 7509
0512 to 0515
0632, 0633
0517

r.c

0535 to 0538
0647, 0648
7535, 7536

(X to 4) Backlash compensation for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0593 to 0596

0649, 0650
7593, 7594

(X to 4th) Inposition width for cutting feed for

each axis

0956

(X to 4) Limit on position error for each axis

during a stop
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0609 to 0612

(X to 4) Loop gain of position control common

to all axes
(5, 6)

Distance between the position at which the deceleration dog is turned off and the first grid point

10

.c

nc

7517

ce
nt
e

0504, 7507

(X to 4) Command multiplication of each axis

(CMR)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

om

0390#0 to #5

190

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(9) Parameters related to DI/DO (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

DCS

The START key on the MDI panel is connected

through the machine/is not connected through
the machine.

0001#5

DECI

7001#5

DECIS

(X to 4) At a reference position return, deceleration occurs when the deceleration

signal is set to 0/1.
(5, 6)

0003#4

OVRI

7003#4

OVRIS

0008#7

EILK

Interlock occurs on all axes or Zaxis only/on an

individual axis.

0009#0 to #3

TFIN

7009#0 to #3

TFIN

(X to 4) Time period in which the signal (FIN,

bit 3 of G120) indicating that the miscellaneous function, spindlespeed
function, or tool function has been
completed is accepted
(5, 6)

0009#4 to #7

TMF

0012#1
0015#2
0019#1
0020#4
0045#2

r.c

ZILK

Interlock occurs on all axes/Zaxis only.

RIKL

The highspeed interlock signal *RILK (X008,

#5) is disabled/enabled.

C4NG

The signal to ignore the fourth axis 4NG (X004,

#7) is disabled/enabled.

BCD3

For the B code, six digits/three digits are output.

RWDOUT

The rewind signal RWD (F164, #6) is output only

when the tape reader is rewinding/is output while
a program in memory is rewound.

HSIF

For processing the M, S, T, and B codes, the standard interface is used/the highspeed interface
is used.

nc

0045#7

TMF

(X to 4) Period up to the time when the signal

indicating that the code of the miscellaneous function, spindlespeed function, or tool function is read is sent
(5, 6)

ce
nt
e

7009#4 to #7

(X to 4) Acceleration occurs when the override

signal or rapid traverse override signal
is set to 0/1.
(5, 6)

DILK

The signal for separate interlock in the direction

of each axis is disabled/enabled.

0049#1

RDIK

The highspeed interlock signal is always enabled/is disabled when the signal for separate interlock in the direction of each axis is set to 1.

0070#4

DSTBGE

When output is started in background editing, the

signal for starting manual data input DST (F150,
#5) is output/is not output.

0252

.c

0049#0

191

om

0001#2

Extension time for the reset signal

(10) Parameters related to the CRT/MDI, display, and editing (1/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

0001#4

IOF

An offset value is input from the MID panel in the

ABS mode/INC mode.

0002#1
7002#1

PPD
PPDS

Coordinate system setting does not cause relative coordinates to be preset/causes relative
coordinates to be preset.

0010#1

EBCL

When a program in memory is displayed, the

EOB code is displayed as ;/:.

0011#7

MCINP

By MINP (G120, #0), a program is not registered/

is registered in memory.

0013#4

INHMN

Menus are displayed/are not displayed.

0015#0

CBLNK

The cursor blinks/does not blink.

0015#1

NWCH

The amount of tool wear compensation is displayed with a character W/without a character W.

0015#6

REP

If a program registered from the reader/punch interface has the same number as another program registered in memory, an alarm occurs/the
program is replaced.

0018#5

PROAD

In the absolute coordinate display, tool length

compensation is included/is not included.

EDITB

With the standard keyboard, editing A is

executed/editing B is executed.

NEOP

M02, M30, or M99 terminates program registration/does not terminate program registration.

DBCD

On the diagnostic screen, the data of a timer

counter is displayed in binary/decimal.

::::

Setting of the language to be used on the display

PRCPOS

In the relative coordinate display, tool length

compensation is included/is not included.

On the program check screen, relative coordinates are displayed/absolute coordinates are
displayed.

0019#6
0019#7
0023#0 to #6
0028#0

0028#2

DACTF

MMDL

DSPSUB

On the absolute or relative position display

screen, the fifth or sixth axis is not displayed/is
displayed.

0035#0 to #3

NDSP:

The current position on each axis is displayed/is

not displayed.

0038#3

FLKY

With the CRT or MDI, a standard keypad is used/

full keypad is used.

0040#0

NAMPR

On the program directory screen, program

names are not displayed/are displayed.

0040#4

SORT

On the program directory screen, programs are

arranged in the order in which they are registered/in the ascending order of program numbers.

.c
w
w

In MDI operation B, the modal status is not displayed/is displayed.

0029#6

The actual speed is not displayed/is displayed.

nc

0028#3

ce
nt
e

0018#7

om

PROD

r.c

0001#1

0045#0

RDL

Under I/O unit external control, reading depends

on the REP bit (bit 6 of parameter 0015)/a program is registered after all programs are deleted.

0045#1

RAL

Reading on the reader/punch interface causes

all programs to be registered/only the first program to be registered.

192

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(10) Parameters related to the CRT/MDI, display, and editing (2/3)

No.

Symbol

Description
The softkey display and control depend on the
configuration
of
additional
functions/are
executed regardless of additional functions.

0050#1

NOFMK

When a sequence number is searched for, the

format is checked/is not checked.

0056#0

NOCND

When the length of part program storage is 120

or 320 m, or if the background editing function is
provided, memory is automatically compressed/
is not automatically compressed.

0057#0

PWNNC

At poweron, the MMC screen is displayed/CNC

screen is displayed.

0057#1

ALMNC

If an alarm occurs in the CNC while the MMC

screen is displayed, the MMC screen is displayed/CNC screen is displayed.

0057#2

SALNC

If a system alarm occurs in the CNC while the

MMC screen is displayed, the MMC screen is
displayed/CNC screen is displayed.

0060#0

DADRDP

On the diagnostic screen, addresses are not displayed/are displayed.

0060#2

LDDSPG

Dynamic ladder display is not executed/is

executed.

0060#5
0060#6
0060#7

0061#6

C14DGN

OPMNDP

When a 14inch CRT is used, the diagnostic

screen of the 9inch format is displayed/14inch
format is displayed.
Operating monitor display is invalid/valid.

EXTSP

The function to search for or display a protected

program is disabled/enabled.

IGNCOL

On a 9inch highresolution CRT, monochrome

screens are displayed/color screens are displayed.

DSP78

In absolute and relative coordinates on the current position display, the coordinate on the
seventh or eighth axis is not included/is included.

MTDSPI

Machine coordinates are not displayed according to the input system/are displayed according
to the input system.

nc

0063#0

ce
nt
e

0060#3

PRSTIN

Automatic coordinate system setting in the inch

input mode is specified in parameter 0708 and
subsequent parameters/in parameter 0815 and
subsequent parameters.

0064#0

SETREL

Presetting relative coordinates causes clearing

to zero/optional values to be used.

0064#1

ALLPRE

For presetting relative coordinates, the standard specification is selected/axes are selected
by numeric keys.

0064#3

IOMDGN

On the diagnostic screen, DI/DO of the I/O Link

and an extended R/D area are not displayed/are
displayed.

0064#5

NPA

If an alarm occurs or an operator message is input, the alarm or message screen is displayed
instead/is not displayed.

0066#0

ALL56

On the complete current position screen, the fifth

or six axis is not displayed/is displayed.

0076#2

IOP

Input or output of an NC program can be stopped

by an NC reset/only by pressing the [STOP] soft
key.

.c

0063#1

193

om

SFFDSP

r.c

0048#7

(10) Parameters related to the CRT/MDI, display, and editing (3/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

0077#6

HLKEY

The MDI keys are not processed in the high

speed mode/are processed in the highspeed
mode.

0078#0

NOINOW

The amount of tool wear compensation can be input with the MDI keys/cannot be input with the
MDI keys.

0078#1

NOINOG

The amount of tool geometry compensation can

be input with the MDI keys/cannot be input with
the MDI keys.

0078#2

NOINMV

A macro variable can be input with the MDI keys/

cannot be input with the MDI keys.

0078#3

NOINWZ

An offset from the workpiece reference point can

be input with the MDI keys/cannot be input with
the MDI keys.

0389#0

SRVSET

The servo setting screen is displayed/is not displayed.

0393#2

WKNMDI

If the automatic operation is started or halted, an

offset from the workpiece reference point can be
input with the MDI keys/cannot be input with the
MDI keys.

0395#1
0397#7
0398#0

0337 to 0346
0351 to 0355

DGNWEB
TLSCUR

SERNAI

The contents of alarm 409 are not displayed/are

displayed.

WKINC

Character codes of the title

Character codes of the NC name

Increment used when the sequence number is

automatically inserted

Key

Encryption

.c

(11) Parameters related to programming (1/2)

No.

0010#4

With the MDI keys, an offset from the workpiece

reference point is input in the ABS mode/INC
mode.

0798

On the offset screen, the cursor position is not retained/is retained.

0797

If PWE is set to 0, a PMC parameter cannot be

input/can be input.

nc

0550

ce
nt
e

0393#7

Servo waveform display is invalid/valid.

om

SGD

r.c

0077#2

Symbol
PRG9

Description
Editing of subprograms from O9000 to O9999 is
not inhibited/is inhibited.

0011#6

G01

0015#7

CPRD

The mode selected at poweron is G00/G01.

If a decimal point is omitted, the selected unit is
the least input increment/mm, inch, deg, and sec.

0016#3

NPRD

Decimal point input or display is used/is not

used.

0019#5

M02NR

After M02 is executed, a return to the beginning

of the program is made/is not made.

0028#4

EXTS

External program number search is invalid/valid.

0029#5

MABS

In MDI operation B, the ABS or INC command depends on setting ABS/G90 or G91.

0030#7

G91

The mode selected at poweron is G90/G91.

194

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(11) Parameters related to programming (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
Pressing the RESET key, setting the external reset signal or an emergency stop sets the system
in the reset state/clear state.

0057#7

MBCLR

When a reset occurs, MDIB programs are not

cleared/are cleared.

0063#2

M198P

Address P of M198 is used with a file number/program number.

0065#7

M3B

A single block can contain only one M code/up to

three M codes.

0389#2

PRG8

Editing of programs from O8000 to 8999 is not inhibited/is inhibited.

0391#7

NOCLR

In the clear state, a specific G code is cleared/is

not cleared.

0393#3

M3PQNG

An M code specified with three digits is valid/invalid.

0393#6

RADCHK

When circular interpolation is specified, the difference between the radius values at the start
point and end point is not checked/is checked.

0394#6

WKZRST

In workpiece coordinate system setting, an NC

reset does not cause a return to G54/causes a return to G54.

0395#0
0396#7
0111, 0112
0212
0484

CAKEY

On the parameter, diagnostic, or offset screen,

pressing the CAN key does not erase a single
character/erases a single character.

DLG99

In the feed per rotation mode, the dwell command

is specified with a time period/spindle speed.

EORRE

If EOR is read without the program end command, an alarm occurs/a reset occurs.

M code which is not buffered

Plane selected at poweron

Program number for parameter, macro variable,

or diagnostic data

Program number registered in a simultaneous input/output operation

nc

0634

ce
nt
e

0394#7

0876

Limit of arc radius error

(12) Parameters related to pitch error compensation (1/1)

Symbol

.c

No.

0011#0, #1

PML:
PML:S

7011#0, #1

0712 to 0715

Description

(X to 4) Magnification of pitch error compensation

(5, 6)
(X to 4) Interval of pitch error compensation for
each axis
(5, 6)

Reference position of pitch error compensation

for each axis

1001 to 6128

Pitch error compensation for each axis

7713, 7714

1000 to 6000

195

om

CLER

r.c

0045#6

(13) Parameters related to spindle control (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

GST

0012#6

G84S

If the G74 or G84 cycle is specified, the gear is

changed at a point specified through S analog
output gearchange method A or B/at a point
specified in parameters 0540 and 0556.

0013#5

ORCW

In spindle orientation, S analog output is positive/

negative.

0013#6, #7

TCW, CWM

0014#0

SCTA

The spindle speed arrival signal is checked

conditionally/always.

0020#7

SFOUT

SF (F150, #2) is output when a gearchange is

made/even if a gearchange is not made.

0024#2

SCTO

The spindle speed arrival signal SAR (G120, #4)

is not checked/is checked.

0028#6, #7

PSG:

Gear ratio between the spindle and position coder

0029#4

FSOB

By SOR (G120, #5), spindle orientation is

executed/a gearchange is executed.

Under constant surface speed control, SF (F150,

#2) is output/is not output.

0041#4, #5
0062#3
0065#1

0070#0, #1

The gearchange speed is the maximum speed

of each gear (method A)/is determined by parameters 0585 and 0586 (method B).

SSCA:

SPMRPM

Parameters of spindle speed control are specified in units of 1 RPM/10 RPM.

CZRN

For the first G00 command after the Cs contour

control mode is selected, a reference position return is made, then positioning is executed/normal positioning is executed.

DAC:

For D/A conversion, the analog interface board is

not used/is used.

ISRLPC

When the serial interface spindle is used, the

position coder signal is fetched from the optical
fiber cable/connector M27.
The number of serial interface spindles connected is one/two.

0071#7

FSRSP

For the first and second spindle motors, the

spindle orientation function with the stop position
set externally is not used/is used.

0080#6, #7

The serial interface spindle is not used/is used.

MORCM:

.c

SRL2SP

0080#2, #3

Axis used as the calculation standard under

constant surface speed control

0071#4

r.c

LGCM

nc

0071#0

ce
nt
e

0035#6

Sign output in S analog output

om

0003#5

SP:NEG

The directions of rotation of the first and second

spindles during synchronous control of the
spindle are the same as the specified sign/are
the opposite of the specified sign.

0108

Spindle speed in stable spindle rotation

0108

Spindle motor speed at a gearchange

0110

Delay timer if the spindle speed arrival signal

SAR (G120, #4) is checked

0303

Permissible difference in the number of error

pulses for phasing in the synchronous control
mode

0516

Data for adjusting the gain under constant surface speed control (analog output)

10

196

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(13) Parameters related to spindle control (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
[Neutral gear] Maximum spindle speed
[Low gear]
[High gear]

0540 to 0543

Spindle speed when the voltage for specifying

the spindle speed of each gear is 10 V

0540

0556

[Neutral gear] Minimum spindle speed in a tapping cycle

[High gear]

0542

Upper limit of the value output to the spindle motor

0543

Lower limit of the value output to the spindle motor

0551

Minimum spindle speed in the constant surface

speed control mode (G96)

0556

Maximum spindle speed for the constant surface

speed control function

0576

Permissible error in the number of error pulses

between two spindles in the mode of (simple)
synchronous control of the spindle

0577

Spindle speed offset compensation

Gearchange point in S analog switching method B

(Channel 1) Data for adjusting the gain in analog output

(Channel 2)

0673
0677
0674
0678
0957 to 0959
6780 to 6783

(Channel 1) Offset compensation in analog

output
(Channel 2)

Limit of position error during spindle rotation at

the maximum spindle speed

Position loop gain of the servo axis in the Cs contour control mode

(X) Position loop gain of the servo axis in the

Cs contour control mode of each gear
(Y)
(Z)
(4)

nc

6784 to 6787

ce
nt
e

0585, 0586

7516

Data for adjusting the gain under subspindle

control by the S command specified with four or
five digits

7539

Subspindle speed offset compensation

.c

6788 to 6791
6792 to 6795
6796 to 6799

197

om

r.c

0539
0541
0555

(14) Parameters related to tool compensation (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

0003#6

TSLT

Tool length compensation is executed on the Z

axis (type A)/an axis vertical to the specified
plane (type B).

0016#2

SUPM

In cutter compensation C, startup and cancellation are executed through the method of type
A/B.

0019#3

TLCD

Tool length compensation A or B/C

0030#2

OFCDH

Tool compensation memory C is disable/enabled.

0036#5

TLCDOK

In tool length compensation of type C, offset of

two or more axes is disabled/enabled.

0036#6

OFRD

When a reset occurs, the vector of tool length

compensation is cleared/is not cleared.

Tool length compensation and cutter compensation are specified with the H code./Tool length
compensation and cutter compensation C are
specified with the H code and D code, respectively.

0557

G40V

Maximum travel distance that can be ignored on

the outside of a corner in cutter compensation C

(15) Parameters related to canned cycles (1/2)

No.
0002#4, #5
0011#4

Symbol

PMXY1, 2
MCF

When positioning of G81 terminates, the signal to

specify an external operation function is not output/is output.

FXCS

In canned cycle G76 or G87, an oriented spindle

stop is executed after M05 is output/even if M05
is not output.

FXY

The drilling axis in a canned cycle is always the

Zaxis/is a programmed axis.

.c

FXCO

0304

M code for smalldiameter peck drilling cycle

0305, 0306

In canned cycle G74 or G84, reverse and forward

spindle rotations are executed after M05 is output/even if M05 is not output.

0057#6

Axis and direction on and in which the tool is retracted in canned cycle G76 or G87

0012#5

Description

nc

0012#4

Operation by a single command (G40, G41, or

G42)

ce
nt
e

0062#2

om

RS43

r.c

0001#3

Spindle speed change ratio for smalldiameter

peck drilling cycle

0307, 0308

Cutting feedrate change ratio for smalldiameter

peck drilling cycle

0309

Minimum cutting feedrate ratio for smalldiameter peck drilling cycle

0327

Number of macro variable for counting number of

retractions

0328

Number of macro variable for counting number of

times overload signal has been received

0398#6

CHGSKP

Using the overload torque signal, the feedrate

and spindle speed are not changed/are changed.

0398#7

CHGNRM

Without using the overload torque signal, the feedrate and spindle speed are not changed/are
changed.

198

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(15) Parameters related to canned cycles (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
Clearance/cutting start point in a peck tapping
cycle

0492

Feedrate of retraction to the R position when address I is omitted

0493

Feedrate of forward movement from the R position when address I is omitted

0531

Clearance in canned cycle G73 (highspeed

peck drilling cycle)

0532

Cutting start point in canned cycle G83 (peck drilling cycle)

0941

Clearance for smalldiameter peck drilling cycle

(16) Parameters related to rigid tapping (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

SRGTP

The rigid tapping selection signal (RGTAP) is

G123, #1/G135, #0.

0035#5

RGCTO

When the tool is retracted in rigid tapping, the

time constant of acceleration/deceleration on the
spindle and tapping axis is the same parameter
as that for starting cutting/is a different parameter
from that for starting cutting.

0037#6
0040#2

0063#3
0063#4

VALT

In rigid tapping, the variable time constant

switching function is not used/is used.

RGTPE

In rigid tapping, the rigid mode is canceled after

the rigid DI signal is turned off/even before the
rigid DI signal is turned off.

VSLPC

An optional gear ratio between the spindle and

position coder is not used/is used.

RGDOV

When the tool is retracted, an override is disabled/enabled.

TAPDRN

During tapping, a dry run is enabled/disabled.

nc

0065#5

ce
nt
e

0019#4

G84RGD

G84 and G74 are not handled as G codes for rigid

tapping/are handled as G codes for rigid tapping.

0077#1

CT3G

Threestage time constant switching is disabled/

enabled.

0388#0

PCTPH

A peck tapping cycle is handled as a highspeed

peck tapping cycle.

0388#2

RGMFH

A feed hold and singleblock operation are enabled/disabled.

0388#3

RGORT

When rigid tapping is started, a spindle reference

position return is not made/is made.

0388#5

SIG

At a gearchange, the SIND signal is disabled/

enabled.

0388#6

CHKERC

During spindle rotation, the position error is

checked according to the maximum spindle
speed/specified spindle speed.

0254

Type of acceleration/deceleration for the spindle

and tapping axis

0255

Spindle backlash amount in rigid tapping

0256

M code for specifying the rigid tapping mode

0258

Override value when the tool is retracted in rigid

tapping

0378

Override for rigid tapping return

.c

0076#3

199

om

r.c

0403

(16) Parameters related to rigid tapping (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

0613

Time constant of acceleration/deceleration on

the spindle and tapping axis

0614

FL speed of exponential acceleration/deceleration on the spindle and tapping axis

0615

Loop gain of position control on the spindle and

tapping axis

0616

(Low gear)

0624
0625

0617

Allowable maximum spindle speed in rigid tapping

0618

Effective area on the tapping axis in rigid tapping

0619

Effective area on the spindle in rigid tapping

0620

Limit of position error on the tapping axis during

traveling

0621

Limit of position error on the spindle during traveling

Limit of position error on the tapping axis under

a stop

Limit of position error on the spindle under a stop

Feedrate for defining the reference lead in rigid

tapping

Position error on the spindle in rigid tapping

Spindle pulse distribution in rigid tapping

Number of teeth on the spindle when an optional

gear ratio is selected

Time constant of acceleration/deceleration on

the spindle and tapping axis when the tool is retracted

Number of teeth on the position coder when an

optional gear ratio is selected

0623
0626
0627
0628
0663 to 0665
0666 to 0668

r.c

(Low gear)

0693

Time constant of acceleration/deceleration on the spindle and tapping axis

(Neutral gear)

0694

(Low gear)

.c

Maximum spindle speed in rigid

tapping
(Neutral gear)

0695

Instantaneous difference between errors on the

spindle and tapping axis

0697

0799

Integrated spindle pulse distribution in rigid tapping

0960

Amount of return a for rigid tapping return

Maximum difference between errors on the

spindle and tapping axis

0696

Loop gain of position control

0692

nc

0669 to 0671

ce
nt
e

0622

Multiplier of loop gain on the

spindle
(Neutral gear)
(High gear)

om

0400 to 0402

200

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(17) Parameters related to scaling and coordinate system rotation (1/1)

Symbol

Description

SCL:

Scaling for each axis is disabled/enabled.

0036#7

SRC

0041#0

RIN

An angle of coordinate system rotation is always

specified in the absolute mode/is specified according to G90 or G91.

0063#6

ESCAL

Scaling and programmable mirror image on each

axis are disabled/enabled.

0730

Angle assumed when the angle of coordinate

system rotation is not specified

0731 to 0733

Magnification assumed when a scaling magnification is not specified

scaling

magnification

is

r.c

The unit of
0.00001/0.001.

om

No.
0036#0 to #2

(18) Parameters related to unidirectional positioning (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

G60:

In unidirectional positioning (G60) for each axis,

the direction of approach is positive/negative.

0204 to 0207

Distance of approach in unidirectional positioning for each axis

ce
nt
e

0029#0 to #3

(19) Parameters related to control in the normal direction (1/1)

No.
0683
0832

Description

Rotation speed around a controlled axis in the

normal direction

Limit up to which an inserted rotation around a

controlled axis in the normal direction can be ignored

Limit on travel distance that can be executed with

the angle in the normal direction of the previous
block

nc

0833

Symbol

(20) Parameters related to index table indexing (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

IXDDP

For the axis of index table indexing, the decimal

point is input using the conventional method/
pocketcalculator method.

0079#1

IXREL

On the screen, relative coordinates on the indexing axis which are not multiples of 360_ are not
rounded/are rounded.

0079#2

IXABS

On the screen, absolute coordinates on the indexing axis which are not multiples of 360_ are
not rounded/are rounded.

0079#3

IXINC

When the M code for rotation in the negative

direction is not specified, the direction of rotation
in the G90 mode minimizes the distance of rotation/does not minimize the distance of rotation.

0079#4

IXG90

An index command depends on specification of

the G90 or G91 mode/always assumed that the
G90 mode.

0079#7

IXTYP

Sequence of type A/type B

0249

Code specifying a rotation in the negative direction

0839

Minimum angle in index table indexing

.c

0079#0

201

(21) Parameters related to custom macro (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

SBKM

0040#1

DPOSUP

If data is output by the DPRINT command, leading zeros are output as space characters/as they
are.

0040#5

TMCR

A T code is processed as the code of the tool

function/code for calling O9000.

0040#6

COMC

When a reset occurs, common variables (#100 to

#149) are made null/are not made null.

0040#7

LOCC

When a reset occurs, local variables (#01 to #33)

are made null/are not made null.

0042

ASTCD

0043

EQCD

0044

SHPCD

Hole pattern of the EIA code of a sharp (#)

0053

LBLCD

Hole pattern of the EIA code of a square bracket

([)

0054

RBLCD

Hole pattern of the EIA code of a square bracket

(])

0056#1

MSKT

At an interrupt, absolute coordinates are not set

as skip coordinates/are set as skip coordinates.

MBLK

Custom macro interrupt of type I/type II

MSTE

The interrupt signal uses the edge trigger method/status trigger method.

MPRM

The M codes for enabling and disabling an interrupt are M96 and M97 respectively/are specified
in parameters.

MSUB

When an interrupt occurs, local variables are of

the macro type/subprogram type.

MCYL

During a cycle operation, a custom macro interrupt is disabled/enabled.

MUSR

The custom macro interrupt function is disabled/

enabled.

CROUT

After data output in ISO code is completed with

B/D PRINT, LF is output/CR/LF is output.

0220 to 0229

G code for calling custom macro from O9010 to

O9019

0230 to 0239

By a macro statement, a singleblock stop is not

made/is made.

M code for calling a custom macro from O9020 to

O9029

0056#3
0056#4

0056#5
0056#6
0056#7

.c

M code for calling a subprogram from O9001 to

O9003

0246

0247

M code for calling a program registered in a file

10

(22) Parameters related to automatic tool length measurement (1/1)

M code for disabling a custom macro interrupt

0248

M code for enabling a custom macro interrupt

0240 to 0242

r.c

nc

0057#4

Hole pattern of the EIA code of an equal sign (=)

ce
nt
e

0056#2

Hole pattern of the EIA code of an asterisk (*)

om

0011#5

No.

Symbol

Description

0558

Feedrate during automatic tool length measurement

0813

Value of g in automatic tool length measurement

0814

Value of e in automatic tool length measurement

202

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(23) Parameters related to graphic display (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description
On the screen of a solid drawing or tool path
drawing, the current position is not displayed/is
displayed.

0058#0

SGORG

If the coordinate system is changed during drawing, drawing is executed on the same coordinate
system/on the assumption that the current drawing point is the current position set in the new
coordinate system.

0058#1

SGTLC

During drawing of a solid drawing, tool length

compensation is not executed/is executed.

0058#2

SG3PL

During drawing of a solid drawing, a triplane

drawing is drawn with the first angle projection/
third angle projection.

0058#3

SGPLN

During drawing of a solid drawing, a top view is

drawn without ridgelines/with ridgelines.

0058#4

SGFIN

During drawing of a solid drawing, a machining

profile is drawn in the coarse mode/fine mode.

0058#5

SGCSR

On a tool path drawing, the current tool position

or the center of a partial magnification is marked
with J /
.

0253

Change in the position of the cross section on a

triplane drawing

Margin on a solid drawing

Dot shift of 9inch highresolution graphic display

0630, 0631

ce
nt
e

0589 to 0592

om

GRPOS

r.c

0046#5

(24) Parameters related to the display of operation time and number of parts
(1/1)
No.
0040#3

Symbol

Description

RWCNT

With M02 or M30, the total number of parts to be

machined and the number of parts machined are
counted/are not counted.

M code for counting the total number of parts to

be machined and the number of parts machined

0600

Number of parts required

0779

Total number of parts to be machined

.c

nc

0219

203

(25) Parameters related to tool life management (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

GST:

0039#2

LCTM

The tool life is specified in terms of the number of

times used/time period.

0039#3

TLSK

If the tool skip signal TLSKP (G140, #0) is input,

the current group is skipped/the group number is
input together.

Number of tool groups that can be registered

GRST

If the tool skip signal TLSKP (G140, #0) is input,

the execution data of the current group is cleared/
the execution data of all groups is cleared.

0039#5

IGSK

The tool skip signal TLSKP (G140, #0) is accepted always/only while a tool under tool life
management is used.

0039#6

IGIN

The tool back numbers are not ignored/are ignored.

0039#7

M6TCD

A T code in the block containing M06 is assumed

as a back number/the command of the group to
be selected next.

0041#7

M6TST

If a T code is specified in the block containing

M06 under tool life management, the T code is
processed as a back number or the number of the
group to be selected next/the counting of the life
of the tool group is started immediately.

0599

ce
nt
e

0336

r.c

0039#4

om

0039#0, #1

M code for resuming the counting of the tool life

Number with which tool life management is ignored

(26) Parameters related to the position switch function (1/1)

No.
0310 to 0319

Description

Axis corresponding to the position switch

0850 to 0859

Maximum value in the operating area of the position switch

nc

0840 to 0849

Symbol

Minimum value in the operating area of the position switch

.c

(27) Parameters related to manual handle feed/manual handle interrupt

(1/2)
No.

Symbol

Description

TJHD

During teaching in jog mode, the manual pulse

generator is disabled/enabled.

0003#7

HLSE

If the manual pulse generators for three units are

mounted, the axis selection signal is disabled/
enabled.

0013#0

JHD

In the jog mode, the manual pulse generator is

disable/enabled.

0018#0 to #3

N:MP2

For each axis, the magnification of handle feed (x

100) is enabled/disabled.

0019#0

MHPGB

Multihandle function of specification A/specification B

0060#4

HDLPM

If the handle of the manual pulse generator is rotated quickly, the reading and travel distance
may not agree/the travel distance depends on
the reading.

0002#6

204

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(27) Parameters related to manual handle feed/manual handle interrupt

(2/2)
No.

Symbol

Description

INHND

The travel increment of manual handle interrupt

is set as the output unit and acceleration/deceleration is disabled/input unit and acceleration/
deceleration is enabled.

0386#4 to #7

HDPIG:

For each axis, the magnification of manual handle feed (x 1000) is enabled/disabled.

0117

Manual handle pulse generator of the Zaxis or

the fourth axis

Number of manual pulse generators used

Magnification of manual handle feed (M)

0699

Magnification of manual handle feed (specification B)

r.c

0118
0121

om

0075#2

(28) Parameters related to the software operators panel (1/1)

No.

Symbol

0017#1

0017#2

0017#3
0017#4
0017#5

Description

On the software operators panel, the mode is not

selected/is selected.

OPG2

On the software operators panel, the selection of

a jog feed axis or rapid traverse is not executed/is
executed.

OPG3

On the software operators panel, the selection of

the manual pulse generator axis switch or magnification switch is not executed/is executed.

OPG4

On the software operators panel, jog feedrate

override switch is not executed/is executed.

OPG5

On the software operators panel, BDT, SBK,

MLK, or DRN switch is not executed/is executed.

OPG6

On the software operators panel, protect switch

is not executed/is executed.

OPG7

On the software operators panel, feed hold

switch is not executed/is executed.

nc

0017#6

OPG1

ce
nt
e

0017#0

0130 to 0137

Axis and direction of jog feed corresponding to

keys on the software operators panel

0140 to 0203

Character code of generalpurpose switches on

the software operators panel

.c

(29) Parameters related to program resumption (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

SQDNC

During DNC operation, program resumption is

disabled/enabled.

0124 to 0127

Sequence of a jump to the program resumption

point

0387#0

(30) Parameters related to the highspeed cycle machining/highspeed

remote buffer (1/1)
No.

Symbol

0055#4 to #6

ITPCNT

0597

205

Description
Interval compensated for by G05 data
Number of controlled axes of the highspeed remote buffer. Maximum number of axes that can
be simultaneously controlled in highspeed
cycle machining

(31) Parameters related to PMC axis control (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

0030#0, #1

EAC:

Axis setting for executing PMC axis control

(specification A)

0032#4
7032#4

PNGMLK
PNGMLKS

On a PMC axis, a machine lock is enabled/disabled.

0032#6

EACSB

PMC axis control of specification A/specification

B

0049#5

EFML10

Under PMC axis control, the specified feedrate

(cutting feed) is multiplied by one/ten.

0052#0 to #7

NODIC:

Under PMC axis control, the current position display depends on the position of the decimal point
with increment system 1 or 10/depends on the
standard specifications.

0061#0 to #5

EBC:

Under PMC axis control (specification B), DI and

DO used for each axis are of group A/B.

0062#6

AXPCF

To the actual speed display, traveling along a

PMC controlled axis is added/is not added.

0063#5
7063#5

EAXOV
EAXOVS

On a PMC axis, a dry run and override are disabled/enabled.

0066#6, #7
0078#4
0078#6
0078#7

EPMSKP

The skip signal used under PMC axis control is

the same as the corresponding signal of the
CNC/is a unique signal.

ERVF:
OVRIE

Under PMC axis control, the speed increases

when the override signal is set to 0/1.

RDRNE

EAXOVE

The dry run signal and override signal used under

PMC axis control are the same as the corresponding signals of the CNC/are unique signals.

EFERPD

Under PMC axis control, the parameter of the

rapid traverse rate is the same as that of the CNC/
the rapid traverse rate is determined by the feedrate data specified with the axis control command.
Axis for which the velocity command is executed
under PMC axis control

Time constant of linear acceleration/deceleration

for the velocity specified with the velocity command

.c

0462

0657 to 0662

7657, 7658

0672

FL speed on a PMC controlled axis during reference position return

0685

F0 speed of independent rapid traverse override

on a PMC controlled axis

0698

Maximum speed of feed per rotation about a

PMC controlled axis

7021#6

SUB1

PMC controlled axes on the subCPU are the

fifth and sixth axes/the fifth axis only.

Under PMC axis control, a dry run for the rapid

traverse command is disable/enabled.

0350

(X to 4) FL speed of exponential acceleration/

deceleration on a PMC axis during
cutting feed
(5, 6)

Magnification of the speed of feed per rotation

under PMC axis control

nc

0387#7

ce
nt
e

0066#3

PMC axis control is enabled/disabled.

om

IGNPMC

r.c

0024#0

206

10

9. PARAMETERS

For M series

(32) Parameters related to the surface grinding machine (slanted axis

control) (1/1)
No.

Symbol

Description

ZRTM1

When a manual reference position return is performed on the Yaxis, movement occurs on the
Zaxis/does not occur on the Zaxis.

0077#5

AGLST

Slanted axis control is not executed/is executed.

0837

Slant angle of the Yaxis

0838

Minimum diameter of the grinding wheel when

the diameter is checked

(33) Parameters related to simple synchronous control (1/1)

Symbol
SYNM:

0475

Description
Master axis under simple synchronous control

Limit of difference between position errors of the

master axis and slave axis

(34) Parameters related to the PMC (1/1)

0028#1

0060#1
0070#6
0071#6
0356 to 0359

Description

PRCMSG

On the program check screen, the remaining

travel distance is displayed/a message from the
PMC is displayed.

PCLDB

The baud rate during ladder loading is 4800

bps/9600 bps.

PEXRD

The R or D area of the PMCM is not extended/is

extended.

DPCRAM

With the PMC RAM board, PMC LOAD MENU is

displayed/is not displayed.

Number of characters that can be displayed in

the remaining travel distance field on the program check screen

First PMC address at which the characters in the

remaining travel distance field are set

nc

0476 to 0479

Symbol

ce
nt
e

No.

r.c

No.
0075#0, #1

om

0077#4

(35) Parameters related to the function for setting the zero point using the
butt method (1/1)
Symbol

.c

No.

Description

Torque limit when the cycle for setting the zero

point using the butt method is in progress

0942, 0943

Butt speed when the cycle for setting the zero

point using the butt method is executed

0944 to 0947

Traveling speed when the zero point is set in the

cycle for setting the zero point using the butt
method

0948 to 0951

Distance for setting the zero point when the cycle

for setting the zero point using the butt method is
executed

0360 to 0363

207

(36) Parameters related to the DNC (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

0390#7

NODC3

0320

Timeout period of the noresponse timer

0321

Timeout period of the EOT signal timer

0323

Maximum illegal data count

0324

Maximum number of times a message is resent

by NAK

0325

Maximum number of characters that can be received after processing to stop transmission is
completed

0347

Format of connection between the CNC and the

host on the DNC1 interface

0348

Station address of the CNC on the DNC1 interface

0490

During DNC operation, reading is executed for

each block/until the buffer is filled.

Maximum length of the datagram (data section)

0392#2
0392#4
0392#5
0392#7
0259
0260
0261
0262

om

Description

SRL1

The character length of the MNET is 7 bits/8

bits.

SRPE
SREP

The vertical parity of the MNET is an odd parity/

even parity.

SRS2

The vertical parity check of the MNET is not

executed/is executed.

The stop bit of the MNET is bit 1/bit 2.

Byte length of DO of the MNET

Station address of the MNET

Baud rate of the MNET

Timer monitor value after the sequence preparing for a connection to the same station is completed

Byte length of DI of the MNET

nc

0458

Symbol

ce
nt
e

No.

r.c

(37) Parameters related to the MNET (1/1)

Polling time monitor value in the normal sequence to the same station

0460

Timer monitor value from the beginning of SAI

transmission to the end of BCC transmission

.c

0459

Timer value from the end of reception to the beginning of transmission

0463

Destination address of the spindle orientation

signal

0461

10

208

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

List of Parameters for each Function (for Lathe)

(1) Parameters related to setting
(2) Parameters related to the reader/punch interface/remote buffers
(3) Parameters related to controlled axes/increment systems
(4) Parameters related to coordinate systems
(6) Parameters related to the feedrate
(7) Parameters related to acceleration/deceleration control
(8) Parameters related to the servo system
(9) Parameters related to DI/DO
(10) Parameters related to CRT/MDI, display, and editing
(11) Parameters related to programs
(13) Parameters related to spindle control
(14) Parameters related to tool compensation
(15) Parameters related to canned cycles
(16) Parameters related to rigid tapping

ce
nt
e

(17) Parameters related to custom macros

r.c

(12) Parameters related to pitch error compensation

om

(5) Parameters related to stroke limits

(18) Parameters related to automatic tool compensation

(19) Parameters related to graphic display

(20) Parameters related to run time/parts count display

(21) Parameters related to tool life management

(22) Parameters related to the position switch function

(23) Parameters related to manual handle feed/manual handle interrupt

(24) Parameters related to the software operators panel
(25) Parameters related to restarting programs

(26) Parameters related to highspeed cycle machining/highspeed

remote buffers

nc

(27) Parameters related to PMCbased axis control

(28) Parameters related to cylindrical grinding machines (GC)

(29) Parameters related to the PMC
(30) Parameters related to the butttype reference position setting
function

.c

(31) Parameters related to the DNC

(32) Parameters related to the MNET
(33) Parameters related to the Cfaxis

(34) Parameters related to 2path lathes (TT)

(35) Parameters related to polygon turning
(36) Parameters related to synchronized control/axis recomposition

NOTE 1 In the explanation of each bit parameter, the lefthand side of a

slash (/) indicates the state when the bit is set to 0, and the right
hand side of a slash indicates the state when the bit is set to 1.
Example: The current setting is 0/1.
NOTE 2 For details, see Parameter Explanation.

209

(1) Parameters related to setting (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

TVON

0000

ISO

EIA/ISO is used as the code system for program

output.

0000

INCH

The metric/inch system is used as the least input

increment (input unit) for programs.

0000

I/O

Input/output unit used via the reader/punch interface

0000

SEQ

Automatic sequence number insertion is not performed/is performed.

0000

PWE

Parameter write operation is disabled/enabled.

A TV check is not performed/is performed for program registration.

TAPEF

0000

PRGNO

Tape format is not converted/is converted.

Program number for which sequence number reference is to be stopped

0000

SEQNO

Sequence number for which sequence number

reference is to be stopped

0002#0
0012#0
0050#0
0051#0
0002#2
0012#2
0002#3
0012#3
0050#3
0051#3

Symbol

STP2
STP2
STP2
STP2

ASR33
ASR33

RSASCI
RSASCI
RSASCI
RSASCI

NFED

(I/O=0) The number of stop bits is 1/2.

(I/O=1)
(I/O=2)
(I/O=3)

(I/O=0) FANUC PPR, etc./20mA current interface

(I/O=1)

(I/O=0) ISO or EIA/ASCII is used as the input

code.
(I/O=1)
(I/O=2)
(I/O=3)

(I/O=0) Line feed codes are output/not output

before and after data output.
(I/O=1)
(I/O=2)
(I/O=3)

NFED
NFED
NFED

0015#5

PRWD

0015#6

w
w

REP

If the same program number is already contained

in memory when programs are registered via the
reader/punch interface, an alarm is issued/the
program is replaced.

0018#6

TVC

:::, :::
:::, :::
:::, :::

In a program comment, a TV check is not performed/is performed.

0038#1, #2
0038#4, #5
0038#6, #7

The rewind signal is not output/is output to a portable tape reader.

.c

0012#7
0050#7
0051#7

Description

nc

0002#7

ce
nt
e

(2) Parameters related to the reader/punch interface/remote buffers (1/2)

No.

r.c

0000

om

0000

10

(I/O=3) Input/output unit setting

(I/O=2)
(I/O=0,1)

0051#1

PARTY

(I/O=3) A parity bit is not provided/is provided.

0051#2

SYNAK

When protocol B is used, SYN and NAK code

output control is not exercised/exercised.

0051#4

NCKCD

With the remote buffer interface, the CD (signal

quality detection) state is monitored/not monitored.

0051#5

ECKL

An internal/external clock is used for the remote

buffer baud rate clock.

210

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(2) Parameters related to the reader/punch interface/remote buffers (2/2)

No.

Symbol

0055#0

ASCII

Description
ISO/ASCII code is used for communication of all
data except NC data.

0055#1

ETX

0055#2

PROTCA

0055#3

RS42

0055#7

RMSTS

When protocol A is used with the remote buffer

interface, remote buffer state data in an SAT
message is always sent back with no specification (=0)/a switching request in a SET message
from the host is sent back unconditionally.

0070#7

ICR

In output using ISO code, the EOB code consists

of an LF, CR, and CR/LF.

0075#7

IONUL

When a null character is included in EIA code being read, an alarm is not issued/is issued.

0076#5

PRWD

When reader/punch interface 2 is used, rewind is

not performed/is performed.

0391#6

RS23BN

When the RS232C interface is used, the DC

code is used/not used.

0250
0251
0552
0553

interface

is

r.c

The
remote
buffer
RS232C/RS422.

FEDNUL

For feed operation in a significant information

section, space/null characters are used.
(I/O=2) Baud rate
(I/O=3)
(I/O=0)
(I/O=1)

(3) Parameters related to controlled axes/increment systems (1/2)

No.
0001#0
7001#0

Symbol

SCW
SCWS

Description

The metric/inch system is used for the least command increment (output unit) for linear axes.

ZM:

(X to 4) The reference position return direction and initial direction are positive/
negative.
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0019#2

XRC

For the Xaxis, a diameter/radius is specified.

0024#1

LII10

The input/output unit is ISB/ISA.

0030#0, #4
0210, 0211
0285, 0286
7130, 7131

ADW:0

0032#2, #3

LIN:

0062#4, #5

ADLIN:

nc

0003#0 to #3

.c

0066#4, #5
7003#0, #1

(3, 4)
(3, 4)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

Axis name

(Display)
(Command)
(Display)
(Display)

ROT10
ROT10S

The parameter unit for inch output is 0.1 [deg/

min]/1 [deg/min].

0049#4

S3JOG

The maximum number of simultaneously controlled axes in manual operation is 1/3.

0057#3

MIC

When the decimal point is omitted, the least input

increment is not multiplied by 10/multiplied by
10.

0062#7

ROT:

0032#7
7032#7

C8NG

7032#0, #1

The third and fourth axes are rotation axes/linear

axes.
The seventh and eighth axes are rotation axes/
linear axes.
(5, 6)
Linear axis/rotation axis

211

om

Communication protocol B/A is used.

ce
nt
e

0399#6

The end code is CR/ETX.

The eighth axis is enabled/disabled.

(3) Parameters related to controlled axes/increment systems (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

0069#4

BAX

As a command address for the third and fourth

axes, B is not used/used.

0069#5, #6

::::

Incremental or absolute command address for

the third and fourth axes

0074#0 to #3

CRF:

If a command other than G28 specifies a movement by automatic operation when reference
position return is not performed, an alarm is not
issued/is issued.

0076#1

JZRN

The function for setting the reference position

without dogs is disabled/enabled.

0385#6

RTLIN

Manual reference position return operation for a

rotation axis is not performed/is performed linearly.

0388#1

ROAXC

The rollover function for absolute coordinates is

disabled/enabled.

0388#2

RODRC

When the number of controlled axes is greater

than the number of servo axes, the extension of
one controlled axis is disabled/enabled.

When the ABS command is specified, the direction of rotation is the direction with the shortest
distance/follows the sign of the specified value.

0388#5
0391#0 to #5
0399#7

0269 to 0274
0279, 0280

ROCNT

The rollover function for relative coordinates is

disabled/enabled.

IGPS90

The function for setting the reference position

without dogs is enabled/disabled.

OUTZRN

If there is distance remaining to travel in manual

reference position return, or a miscellaneous
function is being executed, an alarm (P/S 091) is
issued/not issued.

Servo axis number

Attributes of the third and fourth axes

Axis synchronized with the X/Zaxis or the

third/fourth axis in synchronized control

Linear axis/rotation axis to which polar coordinate interpolation is applied

.c

0291, 0292

P/S 090 is enabled/disabled.

JZRN:

nc

0281, 0282

ce
nt
e

0388#3

om

NBD78

r.c

0066#1

10

212

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(4) Parameters related to coordinate systems (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description
Relative coordinates are not preset/are preset by
coordinate system setting.

0010#6

WSFT

Workpiece coordinate system shift operation is

not performed/is performed.

0010#7
7010#7

APRS
APRSS

Automatic coordinate system setting is not performed/is performed in manual reference position return operation.

0028#5

RSFT

In direct input of a workpiece coordinate system

shift amount, a diameter value/radius value is entered for the value of MX.

0075#6

CLCL

The local coordinate system is not canceled/is

canceled in manual reference position return.

0388#6

WKZRST

In workpiece coordinate system setting, the

workpiece coordinate system is not returned/is
returned to G54 by an NC reset.

0388#7

WKZSFT

The workpiece shift and offset from the external

workpiece reference point are not stored/are
stored in the same memory location.

0708 to 711

0815 to 0820
0825, 0826
7708, 7709

0866, 0867
0780 to 0783
0868, 0869
0784 to 0787
0870, 0871
0788

(X to 4) Distance of the second reference

position from the first reference position
(7, 8)
(X to 4) Distance of the third reference position from the first reference position
(7, 8)

(X to 4) Distance of the fourth reference position from the first reference position
(7, 8)

Travel distance per rotation of a rotation axis

Offset from the external workpiece reference

point for each axis

nc

0940 to 0943

(X to 4) Reference position coordinates in automatic coordinate system setting

(X to 8)
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

ce
nt
e

0735 to 0738

Offset from the first workpiece reference point for

each axis (G54)

0948 to 0951

Offset from the second workpiece reference

point for each axis (G55)

0952 to 0955

Offset from the third workpiece reference point

for each axis (G56)

0956 to 0959

Offset from the fourth workpiece reference point

for each axis (G57)

0960 to 0963

Offset from the fifth workpiece reference point for

each axis (G58)

0964 to 0967

Offset from the sixth workpiece reference point

for each axis (G59)

7717

Machine coordinate system when the fifth/sixth

axis is a rotation axis

.c

0944 to 0947

213

om

PPD

r.c

0002#1

(5) Parameters related to stroke limits (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

COTZ

0020#4

LM2

The switching signal for the second stored stroke

limit is invalid/valid.

0024#4

INOUT

The outofrange area of the third stored stroke

limit is the inside/outside.

0065#3

PSOT

A stored stroke limit check is performed/is not

performed until reference position return operation is performed.

0076#7

OTRFOM

An alarm is issued after/before a stroke limit is

exceeded.

0700 to 0703

0821, 0822
7700, 7701

0704 to 0707

0823, 0824
7704, 7705

0747 to 0750

The hardware overtravel signals (X018#5 *+LZ,

X040#6 *LZS) are valid/invalid.

0760 to 0763
0764 to 0767
0770 to 0773
0774 to 0777

r.c

(X to 4) First stored stroke limit in the negative

direction for each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

Third stored stroke limit in the positive direction

for each axis

ce
nt
e

0751 to 0754

(X to 4) First stored stroke limit in the positive

direction for each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

om

0015#2

Third stored stroke limit in the negative direction

for each axis

Fourth stored stroke limit in the negative direction

for each axis

Second stored stroke limit in the positive direction for each axis

Second stored stroke limit in the negative direction for each axis

Fourth stored stroke limit in the positive direction

for each axis

nc

(6) Parameters related to the feedrate (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

RDRN
RDRNS

For a rapid traverse command, dry run is disabled/enabled.

0008#4

MFPR

0008#5

ROVE

The rapid traverse override signal (G117#7

ROV2) is valid/invalid.

0010#0

ISOT

When no reference position is established,

manual rapid traverse is disabled/enabled.

0015#3

SKPF

When G31 is specified, dry run, override, and automatic acceleration/deceleration are disabled/
enabled.

0041#2

ZRNJF

Manual reference position return is not performed/performed at the jog feedrate.

0049#6

NPRV

When no position coder is used, the command

for feed per rotation is disabled/enabled.

0049#7

FML10

The units of the parameters for setting the rapid

traverse rate and cutting feedrate are not multiplied/are multiplied by 10.

w
w
w

Manual synchronized feed (feed by spindle rotation) is disabled/enabled.

.c

0001#6
7001#6

214

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(6) Parameters related to the feedrate (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
For a plusdirection command for each axis, external deceleration is enabled only for rapid traverse/external deceleration is enabled for rapid
traverse and cutting feed.

0059#3, #4

EDM:

For negativedirection commands for each axis,

external deceleration is enabled only for rapid
traverse/external deceleration is enabled for rapid traverse and cutting feed.

0065#5

G92ZAX

The parameters for a Zaxis time constant in

threading and for an FL feedrate for acceleration/
deceleration are common to all axes/Nos. 0627
and 0628.

0077#5

MICRF

The unit of the feedrate specified in F is 1 [mm/

min]/0.001 [mm/min].

0393#5

STOV0

In rapid traverse, the tool is not stopped/stopped

when a cutting feedrate override of 0% is specified.

0394#1

TFHOVR

The rapid traverse override for threading cycle retraction is the parameterspecified value/100
[%].

0397#2

OVR255

The 1%step feedrate override signal is invalid/

valid.

PLAUT

During polar coordinate interpolation, if the specified rotation axis feedrate exceeds the maximum cutting feedrate, the command is output as
is/the command is split.

0518 to 0521
0643, 0644
7518, 7519
0527
0528
0530

(X to 4) Rapid traverse rate for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

Maximum allowable cutting feedrate

FL feedrate for acceleration/deceleration along

the Xaxis in threading (G92)

(X to 4) FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed

(5, 6)

nc

7530

ce
nt
e

0399#2

(X to 4) F0 feedrate for rapid traverse override

(5, 6)

0534

7534

(X to 4) FL feedrate for reference position return

(5, 6)

0548

.c

0533
7533

FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration in manual feed

Jog rapid traverse rate for each axis

0605 to 0608

FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration in manual feed for each axis

0628

FL feedrate for acceleration/deceleration along

the Zaxis in threading (G92)

0559 to 0562

Feedrate for external deceleration

7657, 7658

(X to 4) FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed for

PMC axes
(5, 6)

0636

0657 to 0662

215

om

EDP:

r.c

0059#0, #1

(7) Parameters related to acceleration/deceleration control(1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

0020#5

NCIPS

0045#3

LSUP

An inposition check is performed/is not performed.

For acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed, exponential acceleration/deceleration/linear acceleration/deceleration after interpolation is used.

SMZCT

0065#5

G92ZAX

0522 to 0525

0645, 0646
7522, 7523

(X to 4) Time constant for rapid traverse using

linear acceleration/deceleration for
each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0526

Time constant for the Xaxis in threading (G92)

0529

7529

0555

Time constant for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed and manual feed
(5, 6)

0627
0635
0651 to 0656

7651, 7652

r.c

The parameters for a Zaxis time constant in

threading and for an FL feedrate for acceleration/
deceleration are common to all axes/Nos. 0627
and 0628.

Feedrate ratio at which the next block is started

for rapid traverse block overlap

ce
nt
e

0601 to 0604

Rapid traverse block overlap is invalid/valid.

om

0050#4

(X to 4) Time constant for exponential acceleration/deceleration in manual feed for

each axis

Time constant for linear acceleration/deceleration after interpolation in cutting feed

(X to 8) Time constant for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed for

PMC axes

(5, 6)

Time constant for the Zaxis in threading (G92)

(8) Parameters related to the servo system (1/3)

Symbol

nc

No.

GRD:

0067, 0068
7004, 7005
0570 to 0575
7570, 7511

GRD:
GRD:

0004 to 0007

DMR:

0067, 0068
7004, 7005

DMR:
DMR:

0010#2
7010#2

OFFVY
OFFVYS

0021#0 to #5

APC:

7021#0, #1

APC:

0021#6

NOFLUP

Description

(X to 4) Size of a reference counter for each

axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)
(X to 8)
(5, 6)

(X to 4) Detection multiplication factor (DMR)

for each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

If VRDY=1 is set before PRDY=1, an alarm is issued/is not issued.

(X to 8) For each axis, an absoluteposition
detector is not used/used.
(5, 6)
When the power is turned on before a reference
position is established with an absoluteposition
detector, followup operation is performed/is not
performed.

.c

0004 to 0007

216

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(8) Parameters related to the servo system (2/3)

Symbol
ABS:

Description
(X to 8) A reference position is not established/is already established with an
absoluteposition detector.
(5, 6)

7022#0, #1

ABS:

0035#7
7035#7

ACMR
ACMRS

(X to 8) An arbitrary CMR is not used/is used.

(5, 6)

0035#7
7035#7

ACMR
ACMRS

(X to 8) An arbitrary CMR is not used/is used.

(5, 6)

0037#0 to #5

SPTP:

7037#0, #1

SPTP:

(X to 8) As a position detector, a separate

pulse coder is not used/is used.
(5, 6)

PLCO1

7037#7

PLCO1S

0041#1

THRDB

The threading start type is type A/type B.

0076#4

ADBLS

Cutting feed and rapid traverse separate backlash compensation is invalid/valid.

0389#3

TSKECR

When the torque limit skip function is used, the

servo error present at the time of skipping is recovered/not recovered.

0399#4
0100 to 0103
0275, 0276
7100, 7101
0255
0269 to 0274

NREQ:

When a reference position is not established

upon powerup, an alarm is issued/is not issued
to request reference position return when an absolute pulse coder is used for each axis.

FUNO

When a servo alarm is detected by the CNC, followup operation is performed/is not performed.

(X to 4) Command multiplication factor (CMR)

for each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

Time interval for averaged current value display

on the servo adjustment screen

Servo axis number

0739 to 0742
0827, 0828
7580, 7581
7739, 7740

(X to 8 3RD WORD) Counter value at the APC reference position

(X to 4 LOWER 2 WORD)
(7, 8 LOWER 2 WORD)
(5, 6 3RD WORD)
(5, 6 LOWER 2 WORD)

0500 to 0503
0637, 0638
7500, 7501

(X to 4) Inposition width for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0504 to 0507

0639, 0640
7504, 7505

(X to 4) Limit of position deviation during

movement along each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0508 to 0511
0641, 0642
7508, 7509

(X to 4) Grid shift for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0512 to 0515

0517

0632, 0633

7517

(X to 4) Position control loop gain for each

axis
(X to 8) Position control loop gain common to
all axes
(7, 8)
Position control loop gain for each
axis
(5, 6)

.c

nc

0452 to 0457

ce
nt
e

0390#0 to #5

(X to 8) A highresolution pulse coder is not

used/is used.
(5, 6)

r.c

0037#7

217

om

No.
0022#0 to #5

(8) Parameters related to the servo system (3/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

0593 to 0596

0649, 0650
7593, 7594

(X to 4) Limit of position deviation in the stop

state for each axis
(7, 8)
(5, 6)

0673 to 0678

(X to 4) Backlash compensation for each axis

(7, 8)
(5, 6)

(X to 4) Rapid traverse backlash compensation

value for each axis

om

0535 to 0538
0647, 0648
7535, 7536

(9) Parameters related to DI/DO (1/1)

Symbol

Description

r.c

No.

DCS

The signal from the START button on the MDI

panel is routed/not routed via the machine.

0001#5

DECI

7001#5

DECIS

(X to 4) The deceleration signal for reference

position return starts deceleration
when this bit is set to 0/1.
(5, 6)

0003#4

7003#4
0008#7
0009#0 to #3

7009#0 to #3
0009#4 to #7
7009#4 to #7

OVRI

OVRIS

(X to 4) The override signal and rapid traverse

override signal increase speed when
this bit is set to 0/1.
(5, 6)

EILK

The start lock signal is common to all axes/defined for each axis.

TFIN

(X to 4) Acceptance time width for the M, S, or

T function completion signal (G120#3
FIN)
(5, 6)

TFIN

TMF
TMF

EDILK

(X to 4) Time before the M, S, or T function

code read signal is sent
(5, 6)

ADDCF

The PMC address for the GR1, GR2, and DRN

signals is G0118/G0123.

0038#0

DEC34

0041#3

ROVC

The rapid traverse override signals are ROV and

ROV2/ROV1D, ROV2D, and ROV3D.

0045#2

RWDOUT

The rewind inprogress signal (F164#6 RWD) is

output only while the tape reader is being rewound/while programs in memory are being rewound.

0045#7

HSIF

M, S, T, and B code processing is performed using an ordinary/highspeed interface.

0070#4

DSTBGE

When output is started in background editing, the

manual data input start signal (F150#5 DST) is
output/is not output.

0394#6

POSILK

The start lock signal is invalid/valid for manual

feed.

0113, 0114

Position signal output grid number for each axis

0252

Reset signal extension time

0713, 0714

Position signal output grid width for each axis

0743 to 0746

Distance to a contact surface for each axis

w
w

The PMC addresses for the *DEC3 and *DEC4

signals are GX19#7 and X19#5/G16#7 and
G17#7.

.c

0031#5

The interlock signal for each axis direction is invalid/valid.

nc

0024#7

ce
nt
e

0001#2

218

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(10) Parameters related to CRT/MDI, display, and editing (1/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

PROD

Tool length compensation data is included/is not

included in relative coordinate display.

0002#1
7002#1

PPD
PPDS

Relative coordinates are not preset/are preset by

coordinate system setting.

0010#1

EBCL

When programs stored in memory are displayed,

the EOB code is displayed using ;/:.

0011#7

MCINP

Programs are not stored/are stored in memory

with G117#0 MINP.

0013#4

INHMN

Menu display is performed/not performed.

0014#2

STDP

0015#0

CBLNK

The cursor blinks/does not blink.

0015#1

NWCH

When tool wear compensation values are displayed, the character W is displayed/is not displayed.

0015#6

REP

If the same program number is already contained

in memory when programs are registered via the
reader/punch interface, an alarm is issued/the
program is replaced.

0018#7

EDITB

The type of editing using the standard keyboard

is edit operation A/B.

NEOP

When a program is registered, M02, M30, or M99

ends/does not end registration.

DBCD

When the diagnostic screen is displayed, timer

and counter data are displayed in binary/decimal.

0019#7

0023#0 to #6
0028#0
0028#2
0028#3

r.c

ce
nt
e

0019#6

The actual speed of the spindle, S codes, and T

codes are not displayed/are displayed.

::::

PRCPOS
DACTF

Display language setting

On the program check screen, relative/absolute

coordinates are displayed.
Actual speed is not displayed/is displayed.

MMDL

In MDI operation B, the modal state is not displayed/is displayed.

DSP:

The current position of the third/fourth axis is not

displayed/is displayed.

0029#6

DSPSUB

The fifth/sixth axis is not displayed/is displayed

on the absolute/relative position display screen.

0038#3

FLKY

The keyboard of the CRT unit or MDI panel employs the standard keys/full keypad.

0040#0

NAMPR

Program names are not displayed/are displayed

in the program directory.

0040#4

SORT

The program directory is displayed in the order of

program registration/in the ascending order of
program numbers.

0045#0

RDL

During external control of input/output units, read

operation follows the specification of No. 0015#6
REP/registration is performed after deletion of all
programs.

0045#1

RAL

In reading via the reader/punch interface, all programs are registered/only the first program is registered.

0048#7

SFFDSP

Soft keys are displayed and controlled according

to the additional option function specification/regardless of the additional option function specification.

.c

nc

0029#0, #1

219

om

0001#1

(10) Parameters related to CRT/MDI, display, and editing (2/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

0056#0

NOCND

When the part program storage length is 120

m/320 m, or when the background edit function
is provided, automatic memory compression is
performed/is not performed.

0057#0

PWNNC

The MMC/CNC screen is displayed when the

power is turned on.

0057#1

ALMNC

When an alarm is issued on the CNC during

MMC screen display, the MMC/CNC screen is
displayed.

0057#2

SALNC

When a system alarm is issued on the CNC during MMC screen display, the MMC/CNC screen
is displayed.

0060#0

DADRDP

Addresses are not displayed/are displayed on

the diagnostic screen.

0060#2

LDDSPG

Dynamic ladder display is not performed/is performed.

0060#3

C14DGN

In sequence number search, a format check is

performed/is not performed.

When the 14inch CRT unit is used, the diagnostic screen is displayed in the 9inch/14inch format.

0060#6
0060#7
0061#6

0063#0

OPMNDP

Operating monitor display is invalid/valid.

EXTSP

IGNCOL

When the 9inch highresolution CRT unit is

used, a monochrome/color display is used.

DSP78

MTDSPI

Output system/input system for machine coordinate display

PRSTIN

For automatic coordinate system setting based

on inch input, No. 0708 and up/No. 0815 and up
are used.

For relative coordinate presetting, the relative

coordinates are cleared to 0/preset to arbitrary
values.

ALLPRE

0064#3

IOMDGN

On the diagnostic screen, I/O link and extended

R/D area DI/DO display are not provided/are provided.

0064#5

NPA

ALL56

On the overall current position screen, the fifth

and sixth axes are not displayed/are displayed.

0076#2

IOP

NC program input and output operations can be

stopped by resetting the NC/only by selecting the
[STOP] soft key.

When an alarm is issued or an operator message

is entered, the screen display switches/does not
switch to the alarm screen or message screen.

0066#0

For relative coordinate presetting, the standard

specification is used/axis selection is performed
using numeric keys.

.c

SETREL

0064#1

For current position display using absolute and

relative coordinates, the seventh and eighth
axes are not displayed/are displayed.

0064#0

The display and search operations are disabled/

enabled for protected programs.

nc

0063#1

ce
nt
e

0060#5

om

NOFMK

r.c

0050#1

0077#2

SGP

0077#6

HLKEY

0078#0

NOINOW

Servo waveform display is invalid/valid.

MDI key processing is/is not highspeed.
Input of a tool wear compensation value through
the MDI keys is not prohibited/is prohibited.

220

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(10) Parameters related to CRT/MDI, display, and editing (3/3)

No.

Symbol

Description
Input of a tool geometry compensation value
through the MDI keys is not prohibited/is prohibited.

0078#2

NOINMV

Input of macro variables through the MDI keys is

not prohibited/is prohibited.

0078#3

NOINWZ

Input of an offset from the workpiece reference

point through the MDI keys is not prohibited/is
prohibited.

0389#0

SRVSET

The servo setting screen is displayed/is not displayed.

0393#2

WKNMDI

In the automatic operation activation state/automatic operation stop state, input of an offset from
the workpiece reference point through the MDI
keys is not prohibited/is prohibited.

0393#7

DGNWEB

When PWE=0, PMC parameter input is prohibited/is not prohibited.

0394#7

CAKEY

On the parameter, diagnostic, and offset

screens, onecharacter cancellation using the
CAN key is disabled/enabled.

0395#1

TLSCUR

On the offset screen, the cursor position is not

preserved/is preserved.

0257 to 0263
0264 to 0267
0337 to 0346
0351 to 0355
0550
0797

SERNAI

The details of alarm 409 are not displayed/are

displayed.

Tool post name (first to seventh characters) displayed on the screen

Axis name subscript for each axis

Title character code

NC name character code

Incremental value for automatic sequence number insertion

Password

Key

nc

0798

ce
nt
e

0397#7

(11) Parameters related to programs (1/2)

No.

Symbol

.c

0010#4

PRG9

Description

The editing of subprograms O9000 to O9999 is

not prohibited/is prohibited.

NPRD

The decimal point input and display function is

used/is not used.

0016#5

SPAG

An angle for direct drawing dimension programming is specified by angle/supplementary angle.

0019#5

M02NR

After M02 is executed, control returns/does not

return to the start of the program.

EXTS

External workpiece number search/external program number search

0029#4

When the decimal point is omitted, the least input

increment/mm, inch, deg, or sec unit is used.

0028#4

G01
CPRD

0016#3

0011#6

0015#7

ADRC

As a chamfering or corner R address, C or R/,C

or ,R is used.

0030#7

G91

0032#5

221

om

NOINOG

r.c

0078#1

BLIN

Upon powerup, the G00/G01 mode is set.

Upon powerup, the G90/G91 mode is set.

For B 8digit input, 1.000 is always used/1.000
(millimeter) or 1.0000 (inch) is used.

(11) Parameters related to programs (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

0036#5

GSPC

The G code system is of type B (A)/type C.

0040#2

MAPS

Address Q for the pass point signal output function cannot be used/can be used.

0040#5

TMCR

The T code is for a tool function/for calling O9000.

0045#6

CLER

The reset button, external reset signal, and emergency stop operation set the reset state/clear
state.

0057#7

MBCLR

Upon reset, MDIB programs are not cleared/are

cleared.

0063#2

M198P

M198 address P specifies a file number/program

number.

0065#7

M3B

One block can contain only one M code/up to

three M codes.

0389#2

PRG8

The editing of subprograms O8000 to O8999 is

not prohibited/is prohibited.

0391#7

NOCLR

When the clear state is entered, certain G codes

are cleared/are not cleared.

0393#3

M3RQNG

The specification of a threedigit M code is valid/

invalid.

RADCHK

When circular interpolation is specified, the difference between the radius at the start point and
the radius at the end point is not checked/is
checked.

DLG99

In the feed per rotation mode, a dwell command

is specified by time/spindle speed.

EORRE

If an EOR is read without reading a program end

code, an alarm is issued/the reset state is set.

0395#0
0396#7
0111, 0112
0243
0248

Third digit (hundreds digit) of a wait M code

M code for calling programs stored in a file

M code which performs no buffering

Program number for parameters/macro variables/diagnostic data

nc

0554

ce
nt
e

0393#6

The G code system is of type A/type B.

om

GSP

r.c

0036#1

M code for specifying spindle orientation

0588

M code for canceling spindle indexing

0589

Initial value of an M code used for spindle indexing

0876

Arc radius error limit

.c

0587

(12) Parameters related to pitch error compensation (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

PML:

7011#0, #1

PML:S

0756 to 0759

0011#0, #1

7713, 7714

1000 to 6000

Zero position for pitch error compensation for

each axis

1001 to 6128

Pitch error compensation for each axis

(X to 4) Pitch error compensation magnification

(5, 6)
(X to 4) Compensation interval in pitch error
compensation for each axis
(5, 6)

222

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(13) Parameters related to spindle control (1/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

0003#6, #7

PSG:

0064#6, #7

P2SG:

0013#5

ORCW

0013#6, #7

TCW, CWM

0024#2

SCTO

The spindle speed arrival signal (G120#4 SAR)

is not checked/is checked.

0028#7

PNOSMP

The number of sampling operations for finding

the average spindle speed is 4/1.

0031#0

SNRL

Upon reset, the spindle indexing mode is not canceled/is canceled.

0031#1

SDRT

The direction of spindle indexing with an M code

is positive/negative.

0049#0

EVSF

When an S code is specified, the S code and SF

are not output/are output at all times.

0049#2

CHKSP

When SIND=1, spindle speed fluctuation detection is disabled/enabled.

0065#1

0070#0, #1
0070#3
0071#0

SPMRPM

The unit of parameter data for spindle speed control is 1/10 [RPM].

CZRN

The first G00 command after the mode is

switched to the Cs contour control mode performs positioning after performing a reference
position return/performs ordinary positioning.

DAC:

For D/A conversion, the analog interface board is

not used/used.

MSPDB

The multispindle control method is type A/type

B.

ISRLPC

When a serial interface spindle is used, the position coder signal is received through an optical fiber/M27 connector.

HISSC

The sampling time for constant surface speed

control remains unchanged from the conventional value/is the conventional value divided by 4.

SRLMSP

In multispindle control, the second axis is analog/serial.

0071#3

SSMPC

M27/the second spindle control unit is used for

the second position coder.

0071#4

SRL2SP

One/two serial interface spindles is/are connected.

0071#7

FSRSP

Serial interface spindles are not used/are used.

0074#7

PLCREV

A feedback pulse signal from a position coder

represents an absolute value/is signed.

0080#2, #3

MORCM:

For the first and second spindle motors, the

spindle orientation function with the stop position
set externally is not used/is used.

0080#6, #7

SP:NEG

During spindle synchronization, the rotation

directions of the first and second spindle motors
are the same as the specified sign/opposite to
the specified sign.

0108

Spindle speed when the spindle rotates at a

constant speed

0110

Delay timer used to check the spindle speed arrival signal (G120#4 SAR)

.c

0071#2

223

om

r.c

Sign of S analog output

nc

0071#1

In orientation, S analog output is positive/negative.

ce
nt
e

0062#3

Gear ratio between the spindle and position coder

Gear ratio between the spindle and second position coder

(13) Parameters related to spindle control (2/3)

No.

Symbol

Description

0303

Permissible pulse error for phase synchronization in the synchronized control mode

0381#7

IGNSIC

A serial/analog spindle is connected to tool post

2.

0397#0

SPLME

The permissible rate and fluctuation rate of the

spindle speed fluctuation detection function are
1 [%]/0.1 [%].

0516

Data for gain adjustment in constant surface

speed control (analog output)

0531

Permissible rate (Q) used in spindle speed fluctuation detection for determining whether a specified speed is reached

0532

Spindle speed fluctuation rate (R) used in spindle

speed fluctuation detection for issuing an alarm

0539

Spindle speed offset value

0540 to 0543

Speed when the spindle speed command voltage for each gear is 10 [V]

0546

Value for compensating for drift that occurred in

a Csaxis servo loop

Minimum spindle speed in the constant surface

speed control mode (G96)

Maximum spindle speed for the constant surface

speed control option

Permissible speed fluctuation that does not

cause an alarm to be issued in spindle speed
fluctuation detection

Permissible pulse error between two spindles in

the spindle (simple) synchronized control mode

Spindle servo loop gain multiplier in Csaxis

control for each gear

Magnification for spindle speed ratio control over

serial interface spindles

Spindle loop gain

0556
0564

0576
0580 to 0583

nc

0584

ce
nt
e

0551

FL feedrate for spindle orientation

0587

Initial value of an M code used for spindle indexing

0590

Basic angular displacement for spindle indexing

using an M code

0613

M code for canceling spindle indexing

0589

M code for specifying spindle orientation

0588

F0 feedrate for spindle rapid traverse override

0586

.c

0585

om

r.c

0249

Data for second spindle gain adjustment in

constant surface speed control

0614

Spindle speed offset value for the second spindle

0615, 0616

Speed when the second spindle speed command voltage for each gear is 10 [V]

0617

Data for third spindle gain adjustment in constant

surface speed control

0618

Spindle speed offset value for the third spindle

0619, 0620

Speed when the third spindle speed command

voltage for each gear is 10 [V]

0712

Time before a spindle speed fluctuation check is

started

224

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(13) Parameters related to spindle control (3/3)

No.

Symbol

Description
Position loop gain of a servo axis in the Cs contour control mode

6784 to 6787

6788 to 6791
6792 to 6795
6796 to 6799

(X) Position loop gain of a servo axis in the Cs

contour control mode for each gear
(Y)
(Z)
(4)

7516

Data for gain adjustment in subspindle S4/S5

digit control

7539

Subspindle speed offset value

(14) Parameters related to tool compensation (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

TOC

In the reset state, offset vectors are not canceled/

are canceled.

0001#4

ORC

For offset values, a diameter value/radius value

is specified.

0008#6
0010#5
0013#1

0013#2

0013#3
0014#0

NOFC

Offset values are loaded/are not loaded into a

counter.

DOFSI

Direct input of tool offset values is not performed/

is performed.

GOFU2

A tool geometry compensation number is specified using the least significant/most significant
digit of a T code.

GMOFS

Tool geometry compensation is performed by

shifting the coordinate system/by moving the
tool.

GOFC

Tool geometry compensation is not canceled/is

canceled by position number 0.

T2D

A T code is specified using 4 digits/2 digits.

GMCL

Tool geometry compensation is not canceled/is

canceled when the reset state is entered.

0014#4

OFSB

Tool offsetting is performed in a block containing

a T code/performed together with axis movement.

0014#5

WIGA

A limit is not imposed/is imposed on tool offset

setting.

0014#6

T2T4

When a T code is specified using 2 digits, the upper 2 digits are assumed to be 00/are assumed
to be the same as the lower 2 digits.

0015#4

MORB

In direct input of measurement values, the record

button is not used/is used.

0024#6

QNI

When tool compensation measurement direct input function B is used, a tool compensation number is not selected/is selected automatically in
the offset write mode.

0036#3

YOF3

Yaxis offset is used with the fourth axis/third

axis.

0075#3

WNPT

A virtual tool tip number for tooltip radius compensation is specified using a geometric/wear
compensation number.

0122

Tool compensation number when the tool compensation measurement value direct input B
function is used

.c

nc

0014#1

ce
nt
e

0001#3

225

om

r.c

6780 to 6783

(14) Parameters related to tool compensation (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

0557

Maximum ignorable travel distance along the

outside of a corner in tooltip radius compensation

0728

Maximum tool wear compensation value in incremental input

0729

Maximum tool wear compensation value

During tooltip radius compensation, if two

blocks specifying no movement are specified
consecutively, the offset vector is assumed to be
the vector perpendicular to the movement performed in the previous block at the end point/the
intersection vector.

(15) Parameters related to canned cycles (1/1)

No.

Symbol

In a tapping cycle, M03 or M04/M05 is output in

the case of forward or reverse rotation.

ILVL

In a drilling cycle, the initial point is not updated/is

updated when a reset occurs.

0031#4
0393#1

0393#4
0109
0204
0212, 0213

RTCT

The peck drilling cycle is type A/B.

MCQSCH

CHKMRC

In a multiple repetitive canned cycle for lathes,

specification of a pocket figure is valid/invalid.

In a multiple repetitive canned cycle for lathes, a

sequence number check with Q specified is not
performed/is performed.

M code for Caxis clamping in a drilling canned

cycle

M code for forward spindle rotation/reverse

spindle rotation in a drilling canned cycle

Cut width in threading cycle G92/G76

Dwell time used when Caxis unclamping is specified in a drilling cycle

nc

0591

ce
nt
e

TAPM

0031#3

Retract dimension (d) used for peck drilling in a

drilling cycle

0717, 0718

Depth of cut/retract dimension in the multiple repetitive canned cycles (G71, G72)

0719, 0720

Retract dimension for each axis in the multiple repetitive canned cycle (G73)

.c

0592

0721

Number of divisions in the multiple repetitive

canned cycle (G73)

0723

Number of times finishing is performed in the

multiple repetitive canned cycle (G76)

0724

Tool angle in the multiple repetitive canned cycle

(G76)

0725

Minimum depth of cut in the multiple repetitive

canned cycle (G76)

0726

Finishing allowance in the multiple repetitive

canned cycle (G76)

Return distance in the multiple repetitive canned

cycles (G74, G75)

0722

Description

0031#2

om

ADDLA

r.c

0395#4

226

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(16) Parameters related to rigid tapping (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description
In rigid tapping, the time constant for acceleration/deceleration of the spindle and tapping axis
during withdraw are specified using the same parameter as for cutting/using a separate parameter.

0041#0

RGTPE

In rigid tapping, the rigid mode is canceled after/

before the rigid DI signal is turned off.

0063#4

RGDOV

Withdraw operation overriding is disabled/enabled.

0063#6

VSLPC

An arbitrary gear ratio is not used/is used between the spindle and position coder.

0076#3

G84RGD

G84 and G74 are not used/are used as G codes

for rigid tapping.

0397#3

RGMFH

The feed hold and single block functions are enabled/disabled.

In gear switching, the SIND signal is invalid/valid.

om

RGCTO

r.c

0029#3

SIG

Spindle backlash distance in rigid tapping

0253

M code for specifying the rigid tapping mode

0254

Override value for withdraw in rigid tapping

0400
0401
0402
0403
0404
0405
0406
0407 to 0410

Tapping axis inposition width in rigid tapping

Spindle inposition width in rigid tapping

Limit on position deviation during movement

along the tapping axis

Limit on position deviation during spindle movement

Limit on position deviation while movement

along the tapping axis is stopped

Limit on position deviation while spindle movement is stopped

Loop gain for position control over the spindle

and tapping axis (for each gear)

Spindle loop gain multiplier

nc

0411 to 0414

ce
nt
e

0399#5
0214 to 0217

Time constant for acceleration/deceleration for

the spindle and tapping axis

0419 to 0422

Time constant for acceleration/deceleration for

the spindle and tapping axis during withdraw

0423 to 0426

Maximum allowable spindle speed during rigid

tapping

.c

0415 to 0418

0427 to 0430

0431 to 0434

Number of teeth on the spindle side when an arbitrary gear ratio is used
Number of teeth on the position coder side when
an arbitrary gear ratio is used

Position deviation of the spindle during rigid tapping

0436

Amount of pulse distribution to the spindle during

rigid tapping

Momentary error difference between the spindle

and tapping axis

0483

0473

227

0435

Maximum error difference between the spindle

and tapping axis

(17) Parameters related to custom macros (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

SBKM

0040#1

DPOSUP

When data is output with the DPRINT command,

spaces are output/no particular operation is performed for leading zeros.

0040#5

TMCR

The T code is for a tool function/ for calling

O9000.

0040#6

COMC

Upon reset, common variables (#100 to #149)

are placed/not placed in the null state.

0040#7

LOCC

Upon reset, local variables (#01 to #33) are

placed/not placed in the null state.

0042

ASTCD

0043

EQCD

Hole pattern corresponding to EIA code =

0044

SHPCD

Hole pattern corresponding to EIA code #

0053

LBLCD

Hole pattern corresponding to EIA code [

0054

RBLCD

Hole pattern corresponding to EIA code ]

0056#1

MSKT

A macro statement does not cause/causes a

single block stop.

When an interrupt is generated, absolute coordinates are not set/are set as skip coordinates.

0056#3
0056#4

0056#5
0056#6
0056#7

r.c

MBLK

Custom macro interrupt type I/II

MSTE

The interrupt signal is based on the edge trigger

method/status trigger method.

MPRM

M codes for enabling and disabling an interrupt

are M96 and M97 respectively/determined by parameter setting.

MSUB

The local variables used for an interrupt are macro type/subprogram type.

MCYL

During cycle operation, the custom macro interrupt function is disabled/enabled.

MUSR

The custom macro interrupt function is disabled/

enabled.

CROUT

Upon completion of ISO code data output by B/D

PRINT, an LF code/CR and LF codes are output.

nc

0057#4

G code for calling custom macros O9010 to

O9019

0230 to 0239

M code for enabling custom macro interrupts

0247

M code for disabling custom macro interrupts

0248

M code for calling programs stored in a file

No.

Symbol

10

(18) Parameters related to automatic tool compensation (1/1)

M code for calling subprograms O9001 to O9003

0246

M code for calling custom macros O9020 to

O9029

0240 to 0242

Number of macro variables common to tool posts

.c

0218

0220 to 0229

ce
nt
e

0056#2

Hole pattern corresponding to EIA code :

om

0011#5

Description

0558

Feedrate used for measurement in automatic

tool compensation

0731, 0732

Value of g in automatic tool compensation

0733, 0734

Value of e in automatic tool compensation

228

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(19) Parameters related to graphic display (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

GNSR

The actual position with tooltip radius compensation reflected is drawn/the programmed
position is drawn.

0046#5

GRPOS

On the graphic display screen, the current position is not displayed/is displayed.

0123

Drawing coordinate system used with the graphic function

0630, 0631

Dot shift amount for 9inch highresolution

graphic display

(20) Parameters related to run time/parts count display (1/1)

Symbol

Description

r.c

No.

RWCNT

With M02 or M30, the total number of machined

parts and the number of machined parts is
counted/is not counted.

0219

M code for counting the total number of machined

parts and the number of machined parts

0600

Number of required parts

0779

ce
nt
e

0040#3

Total number of machined parts

(21) Parameters related to tool life management (1/1)

No.
0039#0, #1
0039#2
0039#3

Symbol

Description

GST:

Number of groups that can be registered in tool

group setting

LCTM

Tool life is specified by a count/time.

TLSK

When the tool skip signal (G140#0 TLSKP) is applied, the group currently selected is skipped/the
group number is also entered.

GRST

When the tool skip signal (G140#0 TLSKP) is applied, the execution data of the group/execution
data of all groups is cleared.

nc

0039#4

IGSK

The tool skip signal (G140#0 TLSKP) is accepted

always/only when a tool subject to tool life management is being used.

0394#0

TLCSAM

When multiple offset numbers are involved,

counting is performed for each identical tool
number/each tool.

0394#5

NOWOFS

@ is prefixed/is not prefixed to a compensation

number subject to tool life management.

0117

Offset number compensation value used with the

simplified tool life management function

0118

Tool selection number compensation value used

with the simplified tool life management function

0119

Maximum offset number used with the simplified

tool life management function

0120

Maximum tool selection number used with the

simplified tool life management function

0336

M code for restarting tool life count operation

0599

Tool life management ignore number

.c

0039#5

229

om

0024#3

(22) Parameters related to the position switch function (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

0310 to 0319

0840 to 0849

Maximum position switch operation range

0850 to 0859

Axis corresponding to a position switch

Minimum position switch operation range

om

(23) Parameters related to manual handle feed/manual handle interrupt

(1/1)
No.

Symbol

Description

HSLE

When two manual pulse generators are installed,

the axis selection signal is invalid/valid.

0002#6

TJHD

In the TEACH IN JOG mode, a manual pulse generator is disabled/enabled.

0013#0

JHD

In the JOG mode, a manual pulse generator is

disabled/enabled.

0075#2

INHND

The unit of manual handle interrupt movement is

the output unit with acceleration/deceleration
disabled/is the input unit with the acceleration/
deceleration enabled.

0386#0 to #3
0386#4 to #7
0121

HDLPM

When the handle of a manual pulse generator is

turned quickly, the scale indication and travel distance may not match/the scale indication and
travel distance match.

HPNEG:

For each axis, the direction of manual handle

feed is the same/opposite.

HDPIG:

For each axis, the magnification (x 10000) of

manual handle feed is used/is not used.

Manual handle feed magnification (specification

B)

Manual handle feed magnification (M)

nc

0699

ce
nt
e

0077#4

r.c

0002#5

(24) Parameters related to the software operators panel (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

OPG1

On the software operators panel, mode selection is not performed/is performed.

0017#1

OPG2

On the software operators panel, jog feed axis

selection is not performed/is performed.

0017#2

OPG3

On the software operators panel, manual pulse

generator axis selection and magnification
switching are not performed/are performed.

0017#3

OPG4

On the software operators panel, jog feedrate

override switching is not performed/is performed.

0017#4

OPG5

On the software operators panel, BDT, SBK,

MLK, and DRN switching is not performed/is performed.

0017#5

OPG6

On the software operators panel, protect switching is not performed/is performed.

0017#6

OPG7

On the software operators panel, feed hold

switching is not performed/is performed.

0130 to 0137

Jog feed axes and directions of the keys on the

software operators panel

0140 to 0203

Character codes of the generalpurpose

switches on the software operators panel

.c

0017#0

230

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(25) Parameters related to restarting programs (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

SQDNC

In DNC operation, program restarting is disabled/

enabled.

0124 to 0127

Order of movement to program restart positions

(26) Parameters related to highspeed cycle machining/highspeed

remote buffers (1/1)
Symbol
ITPCNT

0597

Description
G05 data interpolation interval
Number of highspeed remote buffer controlled
axes

r.c

No.
0055#4 to #6

om

0387#0

(27) Parameters related to PMCbased axis control (1/2)

No.

Symbol
IGNPMC

0032#4
7032#4

PNGMLK
PNGMLKS

0032#6
0049#5
0052#0 to #7

0061#0 to #5
0062#6
0063#5
7063#5

Machine locking along a PMC axis is enabled/

disabled.

EACSB

PMC axis control is based on specification A/B.

EFML10

A feedrate command (cutting feed) for PMC axis

control is multiplied by 1/10.

NODIC:

Current position display for PMC axis control follows the decimal point position based on the setting unit 1/10/follows the standard specifications.

EBC:

For each axis, group A/B of the DI and DO signals

for PMC axis control (specification B) is used.

AXPCF

Movement along a PMC controlled axis is added/

is not added to actual speed display.

EAXOV
EAXOVS

For PMC axes, the dry run and override functions

are disabled/enabled.

EPMSKP

In PMCbased axis control, the same skip signal

used with the CNC/a separate signal is used.

nc

0066#3

Description

PMCbased axis control is enabled/disabled.

ce
nt
e

0024#0

ERVF:

Magnification of a feedrate for feedperrotation

in PMC axis control

0078#4

OVRIE

In PMC axis control, the override signal increases speed when this bit is set to 0/1.

0078#6

RDRNE

In PMC axis control, the dry run function cannot/

can be used with a rapid traverse command.

0078#7

EAXOVE

In PMC axis control, the dry run and override signals are the same as those used with the CNC/
separate dry run and override signals are used.

0387#7

EFERPD

A rapid traverse rate in PMC axis control is specified by the same parameter as with the CNC/specified by the feedrate data of an axis control command.

0350

Axis for which a feedrate is specified in PMC axis

control

0651 to 0656

(X to 8) Time constant for exponential acceleration/deceleration during cutting

feed for a PMC axis
(5, 6)

.c

0066#6, #7

7651, 7652

0657 to 0662

7657, 7658

231

(X to 8) FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration during cutting feed

for a PMC axis
(5, 6)

(27) Parameters related to PMCbased axis control (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

0685

F0 feedrate for independent rapid traverse override along a PMC controlled axis

0698

Maximum feedrate for feed per rotation along a

PMC controlled axis

7021#6

SUB1

PMC axis control on the subCPU side is applied

to the fifth and sixth axes/the fifth axis only.

FL feedrate for reference position return operation along a PMC controlled axis

(28) Parameters related to cylindrical grinding machines (FS0/00GCC)

(1/1)
Symbol

Description

r.c

No.

om

0672

P1S:

The skip signal used with G31 P1 is invalid/valid.

0033#4 to #7

P2S:

The skip signal used with G31 P2 is invalid/valid.

0034#0 to #3

P3S:

The skip signal used with G31 P3 is invalid/valid.

0034#4 to #7

P4S:

The skip signal used with G31 P4 is invalid/valid.

0035#0 to #3

DS:

The skip signal used with the dwell skip function

is invalid/valid.

0036#0
0036#1
0036#2

0036#4

ce
nt
e

0033#0 to #3

AGLST

GSP

Slanted axis control is not exercised/is exercised.

Movement is performed/is not performed along

the Zaxis in manual reference position return
operation along the Xaxis.

G98

Upon powerup, the feedperrotation mode/

feedperminute mode is set.

Symbol

Description

PRCMSG

The program check screen displays the remaining travel distance/message from the PMC.

0060#1

PCLDB

The baud rate used for ladder loading is 4800

[bps]/9600 [bps].

0070#6

PEXRD

The R and D areas of the PMCM are not expanded/are expanded.

0071#6

DPCRAM

When a PMC RAM board is used, PMC LOAD

MENU is displayed/is not displayed.

0356 to 0359

Number of characters displayed in the remaining

travel distance field on the program check screen

0476 to 0479

Start PMC address where remaining travel distance field characters are set

10

.c

nc

0028#1

The G code system is type A/type B.

ZRTM1

(29) Parameters related to the PMC (1/1)

No.

232

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(30) Parameters related to the butttype reference position setting function

(1/1)
No.

Symbol

Description

Torque limit value during execution of a butttype

reference position setting cycle

0451, 0458

Butting speed used when a butttype reference

position setting cycle is executed

0459 to 0462

Speed for reference position setting when a butt

type reference position setting cycle is executed

0872 to 0875

Reference position setting distance used when a

butttype reference position setting cycle is
executed

No.

r.c

(31) Parameters related to the DNC (1/1)

Symbol

Description

SQDNC

In DNC operation, program restart is disabled/enabled.

0390#7

NODC3

In DNC operation, reading is performed block by

block/until the buffer becomes full.

0396#0

BCC

A BCC value check is performed/is not performed.

0396#2
0396#3
0347
0348
0365
0366
0368

NCKER

An ER (RS232C) or TR (RS422) check is performed/is not performed.

ERCODE

A 4digit hexadecimal error code is not added/is

added to a negative acknowledgement.

Mode of connection between the CNC and host

when the DNC1 interface is used

CNC station address when the DNC1 interface is

used

Timeout period for the noresponse timer

Timeout period for the EOT signal timer

Maximum invalid data count value

Maximum number of message retransmissions

due to NAK

nc

0369

ce
nt
e

0387#0

Maximum number of characters receivable after

transmission termination processing

0490

Maximum datagram (data section) length

.c

0370

233

om

0372 to 0375

(32) Parameters related to the MNET (1/1)

No.

Symbol

Description

0392#2

SRL1

The MNET character length is 7/8 bits.

0392#4

SRPE

An MNET vertical parity check is not performed/

is performed.

0392#5

SREP

The MNET vertical parity is odd/even.

0392#7

SRS2

The number of MNET stop bits is 1/2.

0360

MNET DI byte length

0361

MNET DO byte length

0362

MNET station address

0363

MNET baud rate

0464

Timer monitoring value after a connection preparation sequence for the local station is completed

0465

Polling time monitoring value for an ordinary sequence for the local station

0466

Timer monitoring value from start of SAI transmission to completion of BCC transmission

0467

Timer value from completion of reception to start

of transmission

0468

Output destination address for the spindle

orientation signal

om

ce
nt
e

r.c

(33) Parameters related to the Cfaxis (1/1)

No.
0031#6
0031#7

Description

ESFC

In the turning mode, a feedback pulse signal from

a position detector is invalid/valid.

CNRST

In reference position return operation, a relative

coordinate along the Cfaxis is not cleared/is
cleared.

ROT10

The parameter unit for inch output is 0.1 [deg/

min]/1 [deg/min].

nc

0032#7

Symbol

(34) Parameters related to 2path lathes (TT) (1/2)

No.

Symbol

The reset key is enabled for both tool posts/only

one selected tool post.

SBAB

On the common screen, tool post 2/tool post 1 is

displayed on the upper side of the screen.

0046#2

IGNAL

When an alarm is issued on a tool post, the feed

hold state is set/is not set.

.c

RSTSW

0046#1

Description

0046#0

0047#0

TIST

0047#1

SP2C

Graphic drawing is common to both tool posts/

varies for each tool post.

0047#2

SEPH

Output destination of the manual handle pulse

signal

The tool post selection signal is valid/invalid.

0047#3

2SP

0047#4

M3LMT

The number of spindles is 1/2.

A wait M code is specified by No. 0243+100/Nos.
0243 to 999.

0047#5, #6

VR:

Start number of custom macro variables common to tool posts

0048#0, #1

TY:

Tool post coordinate system relationship

0048#2

ITO

Tool post interference check method

234

10

9. PARAMETERS

For T series

(34) Parameters related to 2path lathes (TT) (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description
In the manual mode, a tool post interference
check is not performed/is performed.

0048#4

IFE

A tool post interference check is performed/is not

performed when satisfactory conditions are present.

0048#5

ZCLR

A tool post interference check along the Zaxis

is performed/is not performed.

0049#3

WTRDY

PRDY is output with the timing specific to each

tool post/simultaneously.

0075#1

STHRD

Simultaneous feed per rotation and threading on

both tool posts is impossible/is possible.

0381#7

IGNSIC

A serial/analog spindle is connected to tool post

2.

0383#6

FE34

On tool post 2, Cfaxis and Yaxis control is not

exercised/is exercised.

0383#7

FEPA

On tool post 2, PMC axis control is not exercised/

is exercised.

0384#6

FESS

A serial spindle is not connected/is connected to

tool post 2.

0385#7
0397#4
0397#5, #6
0218
0243
0249

FECS

On tool post 2, Csaxis control is not exercised/is

exercised.

MEMEX

On tool post 2, the part program storage length is

not expanded/is expanded.

SPCCK

Balance cut threading with one spindle on two

tool posts is disabled/enabled.

BOVR:

Balance cut override

Number of macro variables common to tool posts

Third digit (hundreds digit) of a wait M code

Magnification for controlling the spindle speed

ratio of serial interface spindles

Tool post name (first to seventh characters) displayed on the screen

nc

0257 to 0263

ce
nt
e

0384#7

Axis name subscript for each axis

0598

Minimum program number shared by the tool

posts

0730

Coordinate system shift distance between the

tool posts

0768, 0769

Distance between the reference point of tool post

1 and the reference point of tool post 2 for each
axis

.c

0264 to 0267

(35) Parameters related to polygon turning (1/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

PLGN3

The third axis is not set/is set as a synchronized

axis for polygon turning.

0069#1

PLGN4

The fourth axis is not set/is set as a synchronized

axis for polygon turning.

0069#2

PLG7

The seventh axis is not set/is set as a synchronized axis for polygon turning.

0069#3

0069#0

235

om

IFM

r.c

0048#3

PLG8

The eighth axis is not set/is set as a synchronized axis for polygon turning.

(35) Parameters related to polygon turning (2/2)

No.

Symbol

Description

0667

Maximum allowable speed of a synchronized

axis

0668

Speed of a synchronized axis

0669

Jog feedrate when the rotary switch for a synchronized axis is positioned at 10

0670

F0 feedrate for rapid traverse override of a synchronized axis

0671

FL feedrate for reference position return along a

synchronized axis

0778

Travel distance per synchronized axis rotation

Reference position return operation along a synchronized axis with G28 is performed by rapid
traverse/always at low speed.

(36) Parameters related to synchronized control/axis recomposition (1/1)

No.

Symbol
SMR:

0380#6

Description

Synchronized control with mirror image on is not

exercised/is exercised.

ce
nt
e

0380#0 to #5

om

PLHZ

r.c

0069#7

SPERR

An acceleration/deceleration difference is not

added/is added to an outofsync distance in
synchronized axis recomposition.

NRST

Synchronized axis recomposition is canceled/is

not canceled upon reset.

SER:

If an excessive position deviation occurs in synchronized axis recomposition, an alarm is not issued/is issued.

PKU:

When parking is performed during synchronized

axis recomposition, absolute and relative coordinates are not updated/are updated.

MPM:

When synchronized axis recomposition is

started, a workpiece coordinate system is not
set/is set automatically.

MPS:

At the end of synchronized axis recomposition,

the workpiece coordinate system is not reset/is
reset to the original one.

0385#0 to #5

MCD:

Axis recomposition with mirror image on is not

performed/is performed.

0320 to 0323

Master axis with which each axis is synchronized

0326 to 0329

Axis of tool post 1 for which the axis of tool post

2 is used to perform axis recomposition

0686 to 0691

Limit on position deviation difference in synchronized control where each axis serves as a slave
axis

0692 to 0697

Position deviation difference in synchronized

control where each axis serves as a slave axis

0860 to 0865

Reference position coordinates in the coordinate

system in axis recomposition for each axis

0380#7
0381#0 to #5

0382#0 to #5

0383#0 to #5

.c

nc

0384#0 to #5

236

10

10. ALARM LIST

For M series

(1) Program errors (P/S alarm)

(a) M series
Number

Message

Contents
A parameter which requires the power off was
input, turn off power.

001

TH PARITY
ALARM

TH alarm (A character with incorrect parity was

input).
Correct the tape.

002

TV PARITY
ALARM

TV alarm (The number of characters in a block

is odd). This alarm will be generated only when
the TV check is effective.

003

TOO MANY
DIGITS

Data exceeding the maximum allowable number of digits was input. (Refer to the item of max.
programmable dimensions.)

004

ADDRESS NOT
FOUND

A numeral or the sign was input without an

address at the beginning of a block. Modify the
program .

005

NO DATA AFTER
ADDRESS

The address was not followed by the appropriate data but was followed by another address or
EOB code. Modify the program.

006

ILLEGAL USE OF
NEGATIVE SIGN

Sign input error (Sign was input after an

address with which it cannot be used. Or two or
more signs were input.)
Modify the program.

007

ILLEGAL USE OF
DECIMAL POINT

Decimal point . input error (A decimal point

was input after an address with which it can not
be used. Or two decimal points were input.)
Modify the program.

009

ILLEGAL
ADDRESS INPUT

Unusable character was input in significant

area.
Modify the program.

010

IMPROPER
GCODE

An unusable G code or G code corresponding to

the function not provided is specified. Modify
the program.

011

NO FEEDRATE
COMMANDED

Feedrate was not commanded to a cutting feed

or the feedrate was inadequate. Modify the program.

ILLEGAL LEAD
COMMAND

In variable lead threading, the lead incremental

and decremental outputted by address K exceed the maximum command value or a command such that the lead becomes a negative
value is given.
Modify the program.

ce
nt
e

nc
.c

014

TOO MANY AXES

COMMANDED

An attempt was made to move the machine

along the axes, but the number of the axes exceeded the specified number of axes controlled
simultaneously. Alternatively, in a block where
where the skip function activated by the torque
limit reached signal (G31 P99/P98) was specified, either moving the machine along an axis
was not specified, or moving the machine along
multiple axes was specified. Specify movement only along one axis.

020

OVER
TOLERANCE OF
RADIUS

In circular interpolation (G02 or G03), difference

of the distance between the start point and the
center of an arc and that between the end point
and the center of the arc exceeded the value
specified in parameter No. 3410.

021

ILLEGAL PLANE
AXIS COMMANDED

An axis not included in the selected plane (by

using G17, G18, G19) was commanded in circular interpolation. Modify the program.

015

237

om

PLEASE TURN
OFF POWER

r.c

000

Number

Message

Contents
In circular interpolation by radius designation,
negative value was commanded for address R.
Modify the program.

028

ILLEGAL PLANE
SELECT

In the plane selection command, two or more

axes in the same direction are commanded.
Modify the program.

029

ILLEGAL OFFSET
VALUE

The offset values specified by T code is too

large.
Modify the program.

030

ILLEGAL OFFSET
NUMBER

The offset number in T function specified for tool

offset is tool large.
Modify the program.

031

ILLEGAL P
COMMAND IN G10

In setting an offset amount by G10, the offset

number following address P was excessive or it
was not specified.
Modify the program.

032

ILLEGAL OFFSET
VALUE IN G10

In setting an offset amount by G10 or in writing

an offset amount by system variables, the offset
amount was excessive.

033

NO SOLUTION AT
CRC

A point of intersection cannot be determined for

tool nose radius compensation. Modify the program.

034

NO CIRC ALLOWED IN STUP

/EXT BLK

The start up or cancel was going to be performed in the G02 or G03 mode in tool nose radius compensation. Modify the program.

035

CAN NOT
COMMANDED
G31

Skip cutting (G31) was specified in tool nose radius compensation mode. Modify the program.

037

CAN NOT
CHANGE PLANE
IN NRC

The offset plane is switched in tool nose radius

compensation.
Modify the program.

038

INTERFERENCE
IN CIRCULAR
BLOCK

Overcutting will occur in tool nose radius compensation because the arc start point or end
point coincides with the arc center.
Modify the program.

CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN NRC

Chamfering or corner R was specified with a

startup, a cancel, or switching between G41
and G42 in tool nose radius compensation. The
program may cause overcutting to occur in
chamfering or corner R. Modify the program.

ce
nt
e

nc

039

INTERFERENCE
IN G90/G94
BLOCK

.c

040

INTERFERENCE
IN NRC

Overcutting will occur in tool nose radius compensation.

Modify the program.

046

Overcutting will occur in tool nose radius compensation in canned cycle G90 or G94. Modify
the program.

041

om

ILLEGAL RADIUS
COMMAND

r.c

023

ILLEGAL REFERENCE RETURN

COMMAND

Other than P2, P3 and P4 are commanded for

2nd, 3rd and 4th reference position return command.

050

CHF/CNR NOT ALLOWED IN THRD

BLK

Chamfering or corner R is commanded in the

thread cutting block.
Modify the program.

051

MISSING MOVE
AFTER CHF/CNR

Improper movement or the move distance was

specified in the block next to the chamfering or
corner R block.
Modify the program.

052

CODE IS NOT G01

AFTER CHF/CNR

The block next to the chamfering or corner R

block is not G01.
Modify the program.

238

10

10. ALARM LIST

Number

For M series

Message

Contents
In the chamfering and corner R commands, two
or more of I, K and R are specified. Otherwise,
the character after a comma(,) is not C or R in
direct drawing dimensions programming.
Modify the program.

054

NO TAPER
ALLOWED AFTER
CHF/CNR

A block in which chamfering in the specified

angle or the corner R was specified includes a
taper command. Modify the program.

055

MISSING MOVE
VALUE IN CHF/
CNR

In chamfering or corner R block, the move distance is less than chamfer or corner R amount.

056

NO END POINT &

ANGLE IN CHF/
CNR

Neither the end point nor angle is specified in

the command for the block next to that for which
only the angle is specified (A). In the chamfering comman, I(K) is commanded for the X(Z)
axis.

057

NO SOLUTION OF
BLOCK END

Block end point is not calculated correctly in direct dimension drawing programming.

058

END POINT NOT

FOUND

Block end point is not found in direct dimension

drawing programming.

059

PROGRAM
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

In an external program number search, a specified program number was not found. Otherwise,
a program specified for searching is being
edited in background processing. Check the
program number and external signal. Or discontinue the background eiting.

060

SEQUENCE
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

Commanded sequence number was not found

in the sequence number search. Check the sequence number.

061

ADDRESS P/Q
NOT FOUND IN
G70G73

Address P or Q is not specified in G70, G71,

G72, or G73 command.
Modify the program.

062

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
G71G76

1 The depth of cut in G71 or G72 is zero or

negative value.

ce
nt
e
2 The repetitive count in G73 is zero or negative value.

nc

3 the negative value is specified to i or k

is zero in G74 or G75.

5 A negative value is specified to d,

thoughthe relief direction in G74 or G75 is
determined.
6. Zero or a negative value is specified to the
height of thread or depth of cut of first time
in G76.
7 The specified minimum depth of cut in G76
is greater than the height of thread.
8 An unusable angle of tool tip is specified in
G76.
Modify the program.

063

SEQUENCE
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

The sequence number specified by address P

in G70, G71, G72, or G73 command cannot be
searched. Modify the program.

064

SHAPE
PROGRAM NOT
MONOTONOUSLY

A target shape which cannot be made by monotonic machining was specified in a repetitive
canned cycle (G71 or G72).

.c

4 A value other than zero is specified to address U or W, though i or k is zero in

G74 or G75.

239

om

TOO MANY
ADDRESS
COMMANDS

r.c

053

065

Message
ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
G71G73

Contents
1 G00 or G01 is not commanded at the block
with the sequence number which is specified by address P in G71, G72, or G73
command.
2. Address Z(W) or X(U) was commanded in
the block with a sequence number which is
specified by address P in G71 or G72, respectively.
Modify the program.

om

Number

066

IMPROPER G
CODE IN G71G73

An unallowable G code was commanded beween two blocks specified by address P in G71,
G72, or G73. Modify the program.

067

CAN NOT ERROR

IN MDI MODE

G70, G71, G72, or G73 command with address

P and Q.
Modify the program.

068

MORE THAN 10
POCKETS HAVE
BEEN SPECIFIED.

More than 10 pockets have been specified as

type II in a G71 or G72 code.

069

FORMAT ERROR
IN G70G73

the final move command in the blocks specified

by P and Q of G70, G71, G72, and G73 ended
with chamfering or corner R. Modify the program.

070

NO PROGRAM
SPACE IN
MEMORY

The memory area is insufficient.

Delete any unnecessary programs, then retry.

071

DATA NOT FOUND

The address to be searched was not found. Or

the program with specified program number
was not found in program number search.
Check the data.

072

TOO MANY
PROGRAMS

The number of programs to be stored exceeded

63 (basic), 125 (option), 200 (option), or 400 (option). Delete unnecessary programs and
execute program registeration again.

073

PROGRAM
NUMBER
ALREADY IN USE

The commanded program number has already

been used.
Change the program number or delete unnecessary programs and execute program registeration again.

r.c

nc

ce
nt
e

ILLEGAL PROGRAM NUMBER

The program number is other than 1 to 9999.

Modify the program number.

075

PROTECT

076

ADDRESS P NOT
DEFINED

Address P (program number) was not commanded in the block which includes an M98, G65, or
G66 command. Modify the program.

077

SUB PROGRAM
NESTING ERROR
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

A program number or a sequence number which

was specified by address P in the block which
includes an M98, M99, M65 or G66 was not
found. The sequence number specified by a
GOTO statement was not found. Otherwise, a
called program is being edited in background
processing. Correct the program, or discontinue
the background editing.

w
w

The subprogram was called in five folds. Modify

the program.

078

An attempt was made to register a program

whose number was protected.

.c

074

079

PROGRAM
VERIFY ERROR

In memory or program collation,a program in

memory does not agree with that read from an
external I/O device. Check both the programs in
memory and those from the external device.

240

10

10. ALARM LIST

For M series
Contents

G37 ARRIVAL SIGNAL NOT

ASSERTED

In the automatic tool compensation function

(G36, G37), the measurement position reach
signal (XAE or ZAE) is not turned on within an
area specified in parameter 6254 (value ).
This is due to a setting or operator error.

081

OFFSET NUMBER
NOT FOUND IN
G37

Automatic tool compensation (G36, G37) was

specified without a T code. (Automatic tool compensation function) Modify the program.

082

TCODE NOT
ALLOWED IN G37

T code and automatic tool compensation (G36,

G37) were specified in the same block. (Automatic tool compensation function)
Modify the program.

083

ILLEGAL AXIS
COMMAND IN G37

In automatic tool compensation (G36, G37), an

invalid axis was specified or the command is incremental. Modify the program.

085

COMMUNICATION
ERROR

When entering data in the memory by using

Reader / Puncher interface, an overrun, parity or
framing error was generated. The number of bits
of input data or setting of baud rate or specification No. of I/O unit is incorrect.

086

DR SIGNAL OFF

When entering data in the memory by using

Reader / Puncher interface, the ready signal
(DR) of reader / puncher was turned off.
Power supply of I/O unit is off or cable is not connected or a P.C.B. is defective.

087

BUFFER
OVERFLOW

When entering data in the memory by using

Reader / Puncher interface, though the read terminate command is specified, input is not interrupted after 10 characters read. I/O unit or
P.C.B. is defective.

090

REFERENCE
RETURN
INCOMPLETE

The reference position return cannot be performed normally because the reference position
return start point is too close to the reference
position or the speed is too slow. Separate the
start point far enough from the reference position, or specify a sufficiently fast speed for reference position return. Check the program contents.

ce
nt
e

nc
MANUAL RETURN
IMPOSSIBLE
DURING PAUSE

A manual return to the reference position was

impossible because of the program being at
pause. Press the reset button to cause a manual return.

092

AXES NOT ON
THE REFERENCE
POINT

The commanded axis by G27 (Reference position return check) did not return to the reference
position.

094

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(COORD CHG)

P type cannot be specified when the program is

restarted. (After the automatic operation was interrupted, the coordinate system setting operation was performed.)
Perform the correct operation according to th
operators manual.

095

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(EXT OFS CHG)

P type cannot be specified when the program is

restarted. (After the automatic operation was
interrupted, the external workpiece offset
amount changed.)
Perform the correct operation according to th
operators manual.

096

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(WRK OFS CHG)

P type cannot be specified when the program is

restarted. (After the automatic operation was interrupted, the workpiece offset amount
changed.)
Perform the correct operation according to th
operators manual.

.c

091

241

om

Message

080

r.c

Number

Contents

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED (AUTO
EXEC)

P type cannot be directed when the program is

restarted. (After power ON, after emergency
stop or P / S 94 to 97 reset, no automatic operation is performed.) Perform automatic operation.

098

G28 FOUND IN
SEQUENCE
RETURN

A command of the program restart was specified without the reference position return operation after power ON or emergency stop, and G28
was found during search.
Perform the reference position return.

099

MDI EXEC NOT

ALLOWED AFT.
SEARCH

After completion of search in program restart, a

move command is given with MDI.

100

PARAMETER
WRITE ENABLE

On the PARAMETER(SETTING) screen,

PWE(parameter writing enabled) is set to 1. Set
it to 0, then reset the system.

101

PLEASE CLEAR
MEMORY

The power turned off while rewriting the memory

by program edit operation. If this alarm has occurred, press <RESET> while pressing
<PROG>, and only the program being edited
will be deleted.
Register the deleted program.

om

Message

097

r.c

Number

DATA OVERFLOW

The absolute value of fixed decimal point display data exceeds the allowable range. Modify
the program.

111

CALCULATED
DATA OVERFLOW

The result of calculation turns out to be invalid,

an alarm No.111 is issued.
1047 to 1029, 0, 1029 to 1047
Modify the program.

112

DIVIDED BY ZERO

Division by zero was specified. (including tan

90)
Modify the program.

113

IMPROPER
COMMAND

A function which cannot be used in custom macro is commanded.

Modify the program.

114

FORMAT ERROR
IN MACRO

There is an error in other formats than <Formula>.

Modify the program.

nc

ce
nt
e

110

115

ILLEGAL
VARIABLE
NUMBER

A value not defined as a variable number is designated in the custom macro or in highspeed
cycle machining.
The header contents are improper. This alarm
is given in the following cases:

.c

High speed cycle machining

1. The header corresponding to the specified
machining cycle number called is not
found.

2. The cycle connection data value is out of

the allowable range (0 999).
3. The number of data in the header is out of
the allowable range (0 32767).
4. The start data variable number of executable format data is out of the allowable
range (#20000 #85535).
5. The last storing data variable number of
executable format data is out of the allowable range (#85535).
6. The storing start data variable number of
executable format datais overlapped with
the variable number used in the header.
Modify the program.

242

10

10. ALARM LIST

Number

For M series

Message

Contents
The left side of substitution statement is a variable whose substitution is inhibited. Modify the
program.

118

PARENTHESIS
NESTING ERROR

The nesting of bracket exceeds the upper limit

(quintuple).
Modify the program.

119

ILLEGAL
ARGUMENT

The SQRT argument is negative. Or BCD argument is negative, and other values than 0 to 9
are present on each line of BIN argument.
Modify the program.

122

DUPLICATE MACRO MODALCALL

The macro modal call is specified in double.

Modify the program.

123

CAN NOT USE

MACRO COMMAND IN DNC

Macro control command is used during DNC operation.

Modify the program.

124

MISSING END
STATEMENT

DO END does not correspond to 1 : 1. Modify

the program.

125

FORMAT ERROR
IN MACRO

<Formula> format is erroneous. Modify the program.

126

ILLEGAL LOOP
NUMBER

In DOn, 1x n x3 is not established. Modify the

program.

127

NC, MACRO
STATEMENT IN
SAME BLOCK

NC and custom macro commands coexist.

Modify the program.

128

ILLEGAL MACRO
SEQUENCE NUMBER

The sequence number specified in the branch

command was not 0 to 9999. Or, it cannot be
searched. Modify the program.

129

ILLEGAL
ARGUMENT
ADDRESS

An address which is not allowed in <Argument

Designation > is used.
Modify the program.

130

ILLEGAL AXIS
OPERATION

An axis control command was given by PMC to

an axis controlled by CNC. Or an axis control
command was given by CNC to an axis controlled by PMC. Modify the program.

131

TOO MANY
EXTERNAL
ALARM
MESSAGES

Five or more alarms have generated in external

alarm message.
Consult the PMC ladder diagram to find the
cause.

132

ALARM NUMBER
NOT FOUND

No alarm No. concerned exists in external alarm

message clear.
Check the PMC ladder diagram.

133

ILLEGAL DATA IN
EXT. ALARM MSG

Small section data is erroneous in external

alarm message or external operator message.
Check the PMC ladder diagram.

135

SPINDLE
ORIENTATION
PLEASE

Without any spindle orientation , an attept was

made for spindle indexing. Perform spindle
orientation.

136

C/HCODE &
MOVE CMD IN
SAME BLK.

A move command of other axes was specified

to the same block as spindle indexing addresses C, H. Modify the program.

137

MCODE & MOVE

CMD IN SAME
BLK.

A move command of other axes was specified

to the same block as Mcode related to spindle
indexing. Modify the program.

139

CAN NOT
CHANGE PMC
CONTROL AXIS

An axis is selected in commanding by PMC axis

control.
Modify the program.

ce
nt
e

nc
.c
w
w
w
243

om

WRITE
PROTECTED
VARIABLE

r.c

116

Number
145

Message
ILLEGAL CONDITIONS IN POLAR
COORDINATE
INTERPOLATION

Contents
The conditions are incorrect when the polar
coordinate interpolation starts or it is canceled.

1) In modes other than G40, G12.1/G13.1

was specified.

Modify the value of program or parameter.

IMPROPER
G CODE

G codes which cannot be specified in the polar

coordinate interpolation mode was specified.
Modify the program.

150

ILLEGAL TOOL
GROUP NUMBER

Tool Group No. exceeds the maximum allowable value.

Modify the program.

151

TOOL GROUP
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

The tool group commanded in the machining

program is not set.
Modify the value of program or parameter.

152

NO SPACE FOR
TOOL ENTRY

The number of tools within one group exceeds

the maximum value registerable. Modify the
number of tools.

153

TCODE NOT
FOUND

In tool life data registration, a T code was not

specified where one should be. Correct the program.

155

ILLEGAL TCODE
IN M06

In the machining program, M06 and T code in

the same block do not correspond to the group
in use. Correct the program.

156

P/L COMMAND
NOT FOUND

P and L commands are missing at the head of

program in which the tool group is set. Correct
the program.

157

TOO MANY TOOL

GROUPS

The number of tool groups to be set exceeds the

maximum allowable value. Modify the program.

158

ILLEGAL TOOL
LIFE DATA

The tool life to be set is too excessive. Modify

the setting value.

159

TOOL DATA
SETTING
INCOMPLETE

During executing a life data setting program,

power was turned off.
Set again.

ce
nt
e

nc
160

MISMATCH WATING MCODE

(TT only)

COMMAND
G68/G69
INDEPENDENTLY

.c

163

ILLEGAL TOOL
GEOMETRY DATA

175

ILLEGAL G107
COMMAND

G68 and G69 are not independently commanded in balance cut.

Modify the program.
Incorrect tool figure data in interference check.

(TT only)
Conditions when performing circular interpolation start or cancel not correct.
Modify the program.

Diffrent M code is commanded in heads 1 and

2 as waiting M code.
Modify the program.

(TT only)

169

r.c

146

om

2) An error is found in the plane selection.

Parameters No. 5460 and No. 5461 are
incorrectly specified.

244

10

10. ALARM LIST

For M series

Number

Message

Contents

176

IMPROPER
GCODE IN G107

Any of the following G codes which cannot be

specified in the cylindrical interpolation mode
was specified.

2) G codes for setting a coordinate system:

G50, G52
3) G code for selecting coordinate system:
G53 G54G59
Modify the program.
CHECK SUM
ERROR
(G05 MODE)

Check sum error

Modify the program.

178

G05 COMMANDED IN G41/G42

MODE

G05 was commanded in the G41/G42 mode.

Correct the program.

179

PARAM. (NO.
7510) SETTING
ERROR

The number of controlled axes set by the parameter (No. 597) exceeds the maximum number.
Modify the parameter setting value.

180

COMMUNICATION
ERROR
(REMOTE BUF)

Remote buffer connection alarm has generated.

Confirm the number of cables, parameters and
I/O device.

194

SPINDLE
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

A contour control mode, spindle positioning

(Csaxis control) mode, or rigid tapping mode
was specified during the serial spindle
synchronous control mode. Correct the program
so that the serial spindle synchronous control
mode is released in advance.

195

SPINDLE
CONTROL MODE
SWITCH

The serial spindle control mode was not

switched. Check the PMC ladder program.

197

CAXIS
COMMANDED IN
SPINDLE MODE

The program specified a movement along the

Cfaxis when the signal CON(DGN=G027#7)
was off. Correct the program, or consult the
PMC ladder diagram to find the reason the signal is not turned on.

nc

ce
nt
e

r.c

177

MACRO WORD
UNDEFINED

Undefined macro word was used. Modify the

custom macro.

200

ILLEGAL S CODE
COMMAND

In the rigid tap, an S value is out of the range or

is not specified.
The range for S values which can be specified
in rigid tapping is set in parameter 5243.
Change the setting in the parameter or modify
the program.

.c

199

FEEDRATE NOT
FOUND IN RIGID
TAP

In the rigid tap, no F value is specified.

Correct the program.

202

POSITION LSI
OVERFLOW

In the rigid tap, spindle distribution value is too

large.

203

PROGRAM MISS
AT RIGID
TAPPING

In the rigid tap, position for a rigid M code (M29)

or an S command is incorrect. Modify the program.

204

ILLEGAL AXIS
OPERATION

In the rigid tap, an axis movement is specified

between the rigid M code (M29) block and G84
(G74) block. Modify the program.

205

201

om

1) G codes for positioning: G28, G76, G81

G89, including the codes specifying the
rapid traverse cycle

RIGID MODE DI
SIGNAL OFF

Rigid mode DI signal is not ON when G84 (G74)

is executed though the rigid M code (M29) is
specified.Consult the PMC ladder diagram to
find the reason the DI signal (DGNG061.1) is not
turned on.

245

Number

Message

Contents
M198 and M199 are executed in the schedule
operation. M198 is executed in the DNC operation. Modify the program.

211

G31 (HIGH) NOT

ALLOWED IN G99

G31 is commanded in the per revolution command when the highspeed skip option is provided. Modify the program.

212

ILLEGAL PLANE
SELECT

The direct drawing dimensions programming is

commanded for the plane other than the ZX
plane. Correct the program.

213

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

Movement is commanded for the axis to be synchronously controlled.

214

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

Coordinate system is set or tool compensation

of the shift type is executed in the synchronous
control. Correct the program.

217

DUPLICATE G251
(COMMANDS)

G251 is further commanded in the G251 mode.

Modify the program.

218

NOT FOUND P/Q

COMMAND IN
G251

P or Q is not commanded in the G251 block, or

the command value is out of the range. Modify
the program.

219

COMMAND
G250/G251
INDEPENDENTLY

G251 and G250 are not independent blocks.

220

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHRMODE

In the synchronous operation, movement is

commanded by the NC program or PMC axis
control interface for the synchronous axis.

221

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHRMODE

Polygon machining synchronous operation and

axis control or balance cutting are executed at
a time. Modify the program.

224

RETURN TO REFERENCE POINT

Not returned to reference point before cycle

start.

225

SYNCHRONOUS/
MIXED CONTROL
ERROR

This alarm is generated in the following circumstances. (Searched for during synchronous and
mixed control command.

ce
nt
e
2 When there is a mistake in control commanded.
Modify the program or the parameter.

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

.c

226

(TT only)

CAN NOT KEEP

SYNCHROSTATE
(TT only)

This alarm is generated in the following circumstances.

(This alarm is not generated in normal use

conditions.)
DEVICE BUSY

1 When the synchro/mixed state could not

be kept due to system overload.
2 The above condition occurred in CMC devices (hardware) and synchrostate could
not be kept.

233

A travel command has been sent to the axis being synchronized in synchronous mode. Modify
the program or the parameter.

When an attempt was made to use a unit such

as that connected via the RS232C interface,
other users were using it.

229

1 When there is a mistake in axis number

parameter setting.

nc

(TT only)

om

CAN NOT
COMAND
M198/M199

r.c

210

246

10

10. ALARM LIST

For T series

(b) T series
Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

A parameter which requires the power off was
input, turn off power.

001

TH PARITY
ALARM

TH alarm (A character with incorrect parity was

input). Correct the tape.

002

TV PARITY
ALARM

TV alarm (The number of characters in a block

is odd). This alarm will be generated only when
the TV check is effective.

003

TOO MANY
DIGITS

Data exceeding the maximum allowable number of digits was input. (Refer to the item of max.
programmable dimensions.)

004

ADDRESS NOT
FOUND

A numeral or the sign was input without an

address at the beginning of a block. Modify the
program .

005

NO DATA AFTER
ADDRESS

The address was not followed by the appropriate data but was followed by another address or
EOB code. Modify the program.

006

ILLEGAL USE OF
NEGATIVE SIGN

Sign . input error (Sign was input after an

address with which it cannot be used. Or two or
more signs were input.)
Modify the program.

007

ILLEGAL USE OF
DECIMAL POINT

Decimal point input error (A decimal point

was input after an address with which it can not
be used. Or two decimal points were input.)
Modify the program.

008

ILLEGAL USE OF
PROGRAM END

An attempt was made to execute EOR (%) because there was not M02, M30, or M99 at the
end of the program. Correct the program.

009

ILLEGAL ADDRESS INPUT

Unusable character was input in significant

area.
Modify the program.

010

IMPROPER
GCODE

An unusable G code or G code corresponding to

the function not provided is specified. Modify
the program.

011

NO FEEDRATE
COMMANDED

Feedrate was not commanded to a cutting feed

or the feedrate was inadequate. Modify the program.

014

CAN NOT COMMAND G95

A synchronous feed is specified without the option for threading / synchronous feed.

015

TOO MANY AXES

COMMANDED

The number of the commanded axes exceeded

that of simultaneously controlled axes.

020

OVER TOLERANCE OF RADIUS

In circular interpolation (G02 or G03), difference

of the distance between the start point and the
center of an arc and that between the end point
and the center of the arc exceeded the value
specified in parameter No. 876.

021

ILLEGAL PLANE
AXIS COMMANDED

An axis not included in the selected plane (by

using G17, G18, G19) was commanded in circular interpolation. Modify the program.

025

CANNOT
COMMAND F0 IN
G02/G03

F0 (fast feed) was instructed by F1 digit column feed in circular interpolation. Modify the
program.

027

NO AXES
COMMANDED IN
G43/G44

No axis is specified in G43 and G44 blocks for

the tool length offset type C.
Offset is not canceled but another axis is offset
for the tool length offset type C. Modify the program.

ce
nt
e

nc
.c
w
w
w
247

om

PLEASE TURN
OFF POWER

r.c

000

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

028

ILLEGAL PLANE
SELECT

In the plane selection command, two or more

axes in the same direction are commanded.
Modify the program.

029

ILLEGAL OFFSET
VALUE

The offset values specified by H code is too

large.
Modify the program.

030

ILLEGAL OFFSET
NUMBER

The offset number specified by D/H code for tool

length offset or cutter compensation is too large.
Modify the program.

031

ILLEGAL P COMMAND IN G10

In setting an offset amount by G10, the offset

number following address P was excessive or it
was not specified.
Modify the program.

032

ILLEGAL OFFSET
VALUE IN G10

In setting an offset amount by G10 or in writing

an offset amount by system variables, the offset
amount was excessive.

033

NO SOLUTION AT
CRC

A point of intersection cannot be determined for

cutter compensation C. Modify the program.

034

NO CIRC ALLOWED IN STUP

/EXT BLK

The start up or cancel was going to be performed in the G02 or G03 mode in cutter compensation. Modify the program.

035

CAN NOT COMMANDED G39

G39 is commanded in cutter compensation B

cancel mode or on the plane other than offset
plane. Modify the program.

036

CAN NOT COMMANDED G31

Skip cutting (G31) was specified in cutter compensation mode.

Modify the program.

037

CAN NOT
CHANGE PLANE
IN CRC

G40 is commanded on the plane other than offset plane in cutter compensation B. The plane
selected by using G17, G18 or G19 is changed
in cutter compensation C mode. Modify the program.

038

INTERFERENCE
IN CIRCULAR
BLOCK

Overcutting will occur in cutter compensation C

because the arc start point or end point coincides with the arc center.
Modify the program.

INTERFERENCE
IN CRC

om

Overcutting will occur in cutter compensation C.

Two or more blocks are consecutively specified
in which functions such as the auxiliary function
and dwell functions are performed without
movement in the cutter compensation mode.
Modify the program.

G45/G48 NOT
ALLOWED IN CRC

Tool offset (G45 to G48) is commanded in cutter

compensation. Modify the program.

043

ILLEGAL TCODE
COMMAND

In the DRILLMATE, a T code was not specified

together with the M06 code in a block. Alternatively, the Tcode was out of range.

044

G27G30 NOT
ALLOWED IN
FIXED CYC

One of G27 to G30 is commanded in canned

cycle mode.
Modify the program.

046

ILLEGAL REFERENCE RETURN

COMMAND

Other than P2, P3 and P4 are commanded for

2nd, 3rd and 4th reference position return command.

050

CHF/CNR NOT
ALLOWED IN
THRD BLK

Chamfering or corner R is commanded in the

thread cutting block.
Modify the program.

051

MISSING MOVE
AFTER CHF/CNR

Improper movement or the move distance was

specified in the block next to the chamfering or
corner R block.
Modify the program.

.c

042

r.c

ce
nt
e

nc
041

248

10

10. ALARM LIST

For T series
Contents and remedy

CODE IS NOT G01

AFTER CHF/CNR

The block next to the chamfering or corner R

block is not G01. Modify the program.

053

TOO MANY
ADDRESS
COMMANDS

For systems without the arbitary angle chamfering or corner R cutting, a comma was specified.
For systems with this feature, a comma was followed by something other than R or C Correct
the program.

055

MISSING MOVE
VALUE IN CHF/
CNR

In the arbitrary angle chamfering or corner R

block, the move distance is less than chamfer or
corner R amount.

058

END POINT NOT

FOUND

In a arbitrary angle chamfering or corner R cutting block, a specified axis is not in the selected
plane. Correct the program.

059

PROGRAM
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

In an external program number search, a specified program number was not found. Otherwise,
a program specified for searching is being
edited in background processing. Check the
program number and external signal. Or discontinue the background eiting.

060

SEQUENCE
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

Commanded sequence number was not found

in the sequence number search. Check the sequence number.

070

NO PROGRAM
SPACE IN
MEMORY

The memory area is insufficient.

Delete any unnecessary programs, then retry.

071

DATA NOT FOUND

The address to be searched was not found. Or

the program with specified program number
was not found in program number search.
Check the data.

072

TOO MANY
PROGRAMS

The number of programs to be stored exceeded

63 (basic), 125 (option) or, 200 (option). Delete
unnecessary programs and execute program
registeration again.

073

PROGRAM
NUMBER
ALREADY IN USE

The commanded program number has already

been used.
Change the program number or delete unnecessary programs and execute program registeration again.

ce
nt
e

nc
ILLEGAL PROGRAM NUMBER

The program number is other than 1 to 9999.

Modify the program number.

076

ADDRESS P NOT
DEFINED

Address P (program number) was not commanded in the block which includes an M98, G65, or
G66 command. Modify the program.

.c

074

SUB PROGRAM
NESTING ERROR

A level larger than the maximum allowable nesting level of subprogram calls was specified.
Modify the program.

078

NUMBER NOT
FOUND

A program number or a sequence number which

was specified by address P in the block which
includes an M98, M99, M65 or G66 was not
found. The sequence number specified by a
GOTO statement was not found. An attempt
was made to call a program being edited in the
background processing mode. Correct the program.

079

PROGRAM
VERIFY ERROR

In memory or program collation,a program in

memory does not agree with that read from an
external I/O device. Check both the programs in
memory and those from the external device.

077

249

om

Meaning

052

r.c

Number

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

G37 ARRIVAL
SIGNAL NOT
ASSERTED

In the automatic tool length measurement function (G37), the measurement position reach signal (XAE, YAE, or ZAE) is not turned on within
an area specified in parameter
(value ).
This is due to a setting or operator error.

081

OFFSET NUMBER
NOT FOUND IN
G37

Tool length automatic measurement (G37) was

specified without a H code. (Automatic tool
length measurement function) Modify the program.

082

HCODE NOT
ALLOWED IN G37

H code and automatic tool compensation (G37)

were specified in the same block. (Automatic
tool length measurement function) Modify the
program.

ILLEGAL AXIS
COMMAND IN G37

In automatic tool length measurement, an invalid axis was specified or the command is incremental. Modify the program.

085

COMMUNICATION
ERROR

When entering data in the memory by using

Reader / Puncher interface, an overrun, parity or
framing error was generated. The number of bits
of input data or setting of baud rate or specification No. of I/O unit is incorrect.

086

DR SIGNAL OFF

When entering data in the memory by using

Reader / Puncher interface, the ready signal
(DR) of reader / puncher was turned off.
Power supply of I/O unit is off or cable is not connected or a P.C.B. is defective.

087

BUFFER
OVERFLOW

When entering data in the memory by using

Reader / Puncher interface, though the read terminate command is specified, input is not interrupted after 10 characters read. I/O unit or
P.C.B. is defective.

REFERENCE
RETURN
INCOMPLETE

The reference position return cannot be performed normally because the reference position
return start point is too close to the reference
position or the speed is too slow. Separate the
start point far enough from the reference position, or specify a sufficiently fast speed for reference position return.

ce
nt
e

nc

090

MANUAL RETURN
IMPOSSIBLE
DURING PAUSE

A manual return to the reference position was

impossible because of the program being at
pause. Press the reset button to cause a manual return.

092

AXES NOT ON
THE REFERENCE
POINT

The commanded axis by G28 (automatic reference position return) or G27 (reference position
return check) did not return to the reference
position.

094

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(COORD CHG)

P type cannot be specified when the program is

restarted. (After the automatic operation was interrupted, the coordinate system setting operation was performed.) Perform the correct operation according to th operators manual.

095

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(EXT OFS CHG)

P type cannot be specified when the program is

restarted. (After the automatic operation was interrupted, the external workpiece offset amount
changed.)

096

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(WRK OFS CHG)

P type cannot be specified when the program is

restarted. (After the automatic operation was interrupted, the workpiece offset amount
changed.)

.c

091

r.c

083

om

080

250

10

10. ALARM LIST

Number

For T series

Meaning

Contents and remedy

P type cannot be directed when the program is
restarted. (After power ON, after emergency
stop or P / S 94 to 97 reset, no automatic operation is performed.) Perform automatic operation.

098

G28 FOUND IN
SEQUENCE
RETURN

A command of the program restart was specified without the reference position return operation after power ON or emergency stop, and G28
was found during search.

099

MDI EXEC NOT

ALLOWED AFT.
SEARCH

After completion of search in program restart, a

move command is given with MDI.

100

PARAMETER
WRITE ENABLE

On the PARAMETER(SETTING) screen, PWE

(parameter writing enabled) is set to 1. Set it to
0, then reset the system.

101

PLEASE CLEAR
MEMORY

The power turned off while rewriting the memory

by program edit operation. When this alarm occurs, set the PWE parameter to 1, then switch
on the power while holding down the <DELET>
key. All programs will be deleted.

110

DATA OVERFLOW

The absolute value of fixed decimal point display data exceeds the allowable range. Modify
the program.

111

CALCULATED
DATA OVERFLOW

The result of calculation turns out to be invalid,

an alarm No.111 is issued.
1047 to 1029, 0, 1029 to 1047

112

DIVIDED BY ZERO

Division by zero was specified. (including tan

90)

113

IMPROPER
COMMAND

A function which cannot be used in custom macro is commanded.

Modify the program.

114

FORMAT ERROR
IN MACRO

Custom macro A specified an undefined H code

in a G65 block. There is an error in other formats
than <Formula>.
Modify the program.

115

ILLEGAL VARIABLE NUMBER

A value not defined as a variable number is designated in the custom macro or in highspeed
cycle machining.
The header contents are improper. This alarm
is given in the following cases:
High speed cycle machining

ce
nt
e

nc
w

.c

1. The header corresponding to the specified

machining cycle number called is not
found.

w
w

2. The cycle connection data value is out of

the allowable range (0 999).
3. The number of data in the header is out of
the allowable range (0 32767).
4. The start data variable number of executable format data is out of the allowable
range (#20000 #85535).
5. The last storing data variable number of
executable format data is out of the allowable range (#85535).
6. The storing start data variable number of
executable format datais overlapped with
the variable number used in the header.
Modify the program.

116

251

om

P TYPE NOT
ALLOWED
(AUTO EXEC)

r.c

097

WRITE
PROTECTED
VARIABLE

The left side of substitution statement is a variable whose substitution is inhibited. Modify the
program.

Contents and remedy

PARENTHESIS
NESTING ERROR

The nesting of bracket exceeds the upper limit

(quintuple).
Modify the program.

119

ILLEGAL
ARGUMENT

The SQRT argument is negative. Or BCD argument is negative, and other values than 0 to 9
are present on each line of BIN argument.
Modify the program.

122

DUPLICATE MACRO MODALCALL

The macro modal call is specified in double.

Modify the program.

123

CAN NOT USE

MACRO COMMAND IN DNC

Macro control command is used during DNC operation.

Modify the program.

124

MISSING END
STATEMENT

DO END does not correspond to 1 : 1. Modify

the program.

125

FORMAT ERROR
IN MACRO

Custom macro A specified an undefined H code

in a G65 block.
<Formula> format is erroneous. Modify the program.

126

ILLEGAL LOOP
NUMBER

In DOn, 1x n
the program.

127

NC, MACRO
STATEMENT IN
SAME BLOCK

NC and custom macro commands coexist.

Modify the program.

128

ILLEGAL MACRO
SEQUENCE
NUMBER

The sequence number specified in the branch

command was not 0 to 9999. Or, it cannot be
searched. Modify the program.

129

ILLEGAL
ARGUMENT
ADDRESS

An address which is not allowed in <Argument

Designation > is used.
Modify the program.

130

ILLEGAL AXIS
OPERATION

An axis control command was given by PMC to

an axis controlled by CNC. Or an axis control
command was given by CNC to an axis controlled by PMC. Modify the program.

131

TOO MANY
EXTERNAL
ALARM
MESSAGES

Five or more alarms have generated in external

alarm message.
Consult the PMC ladder diagram to find the
cause.

132

ALARM NUMBER
NOT FOUND

No alarm No. concerned exists in external alarm

message clear.
Check the PMC ladder diagram.

133

ILLEGAL DATA IN
EXT. ALARM MSG

Small section data is erroneous in external

alarm message or external operator message.
Check the PMC ladder diagram.

ce
nt
e

nc
.c
w
w

x 3 is not established. Modify

135

om

Meaning

118

r.c

Number

ILLEGAL ANGLE
COMMAND

The index table indexing positioning angle was

instructed in other than an integral multiple of
the value of the minimum angle.
Modify the program.

136

ILLEGAL AXIS
COMMAND

In index table indexing.Another control axis was

instructed together with the B axis.
Modify the program.

139

CAN NOT
CHANGE PMC
CONTROL AXIS

An axis is selected in commanding by PMC axis

control.
Modify the program.

141

CAN NOT
COMMAND G51 IN
CRC

G51 (Scaling ON) is commanded in the tool offset mode.

Modify the program.

142

ILLEGAL SCALE
RATE

Scaling magnification is commanded in other

than 1 999999.
Correct the scaling magnification setting .

252

10

10. ALARM LIST

For T series
Contents and remedy

SCALED MOTION
DATA OVERFLOW

The scaling results, move distance, coordinate

value and circular radius exceed the maximum
command value. Correct the program or scaling
mangification.

144

ILLEGAL PLANE
SELECTED

The coordinate rotation plane and arc or cutter

compensation C plane must be the same.
Modify the program.

148

ILLEGAL SETTING
DATA

Automatic corner override deceleration rate is

out of the settable range of judgement angle.
Modify the parameters (No.1710 to No.1714)

150

ILLEGAL TOOL
GROUP NUMBER

Tool Group No. exceeds the maximum allowable value in the tool life management.
Modify the program.

151

TOOL GROUP
NUMBER NOT
FOUND

The tool group of the tool life management commanded in the machining program is not set.
Modify the value of program or parameter.

152

NO SPACE FOR
TOOL ENTRY

The number of tools within one group in the tool

life management exceeds the maximum value
registerable. Modify the number of tools.

153

TCODE NOT
FOUND

In tool life data registration, a T code was not

specified where one should be. Correct the program.

154

NOT USING TOOL

IN LIFE GROUP

When the group is not commanded in the tool

life management, H99 or D99 was commanded.
Correct the program.

155

ILLEGAL TCODE
IN M06

In the machining program, M06 and T code in

the same block do not correspond to the tool life
management group number in use. Correct the
program.

156

P/L COMMAND
NOT FOUND

P and L commands are missing at the head of

program in which the tool group of the tool life
management is set. Correct the program.

157

TOO MANY TOOL

GROUPS

The number of tool groups in the tool life management to be set exceeds the maximum allowable value. Modify the program.

158

ILLEGAL TOOL
LIFE DATA

The tool life to be set is too excessive. Modify

the setting value.

159

TOOL DATA SETTING INCOMPLETE

During executing a life data setting program in

tool life management, power was turned off.
Set again.

175

ILLEGAL G107
COMMAND

Conditions when performing circular interpolation start or cancel not correct. To change the
mode to the cylindrical interpolation mode,
specify the command in a format of G07.1 rotationaxis name radius of cylinder.

ce
nt
e

nc
.c

IMPROPER
GCODE IN G107

176

2) G codes for setting a coordinate system:

G52,G92,

w
w

Any of the following G codes which cannot be

specified in the cylindrical interpolation mode
was specified.
1) G codes for positioning: G28,, G73, G74,
G76, G81 G89, including the codes
specifying the rapid traverse cycle

3) G code for selecting coordinate system:

G53 G54G59
Modify the program.
177

253

om

Meaning

143

r.c

Number

CHECK SUM
ERROR
(G05 MODE)

Check sum error is occurred in the highspeed

remote buffer.

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

G05 COMMANDED IN G41/G42

MODE

G05 was commanded in the G41/G42 mode.

Correct the program.

179

PARAMETER
SETTING ERROR

The number of controlled axes set by the parameter 7510 exceeds the maximum number.
Modify the parameter setting value.

180

COMMUNICATION
ERROR
(REMOTE BUF)

Remote buffer connection alarm has generated.

Confirm the number of cables, parameters and
I/O device.

181

FORMAT ERROR
IN G81 BLOCK

G81 block format error (hobbing machine)

1) T (number of teeth) has not been
instructed.

r.c

Modify the program.

2) Data outside the command range was

instructed by either T, L, Q or P.
G81 NOT
COMMANDED

G83 (C axis servo lag quantity offset) was

instructed though synchronization by G81 has
not been instructed. Correct the program. (hobbing machine)

183

DUPLICATE G83
(COMMANDS)

G83 was instructed before canceled by G82 after compensating for the C axis servo lag quantity by G83. (hobbing machine)

184

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN G81

ce
nt
e

182

om

178

A command not to be instructed during synchronization by G81 was instructed. (hobbing machine)

1) A C axis command by G00, G27, G28,

G29, G30, etc. was instructed.

2) Inch/Metric switching by G20, G21 was

instructed.

185

RETURN TO
REFERENCE
POINT

G81 was instructed without performing reference position return after power on or emergency stop. (hobbing machine) Perform reference
position return.

186

PARAMETER
SETTING ERROR

Parameter error regarding G81 (hobbing machine)

nc

1) The C axis has not been set to be a rotary

axis.
2) A hob axis and position coder gear ratio
setting error

ILLEGAL AXIS
SELECT

.c

190

SPINDLE
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

Cs contour control or rigid tapping was specified

during serial spindle synchronous control. Correct the program.

195

194

In the constant surface speed control, the specified axis command (P) contains an illegal value.
Correct the program.

SPINDLE
CONTROL MODE
SWITCH

The serial spindle control mode was not

switched. Check the PMC ladder program.

197

CAXIS
COMMANDED IN
SPINDLE MODE

A command for Csaxis movement was issued

when the current control mode is not serial
spindle Cs contour control. Check the PMC ladder program or machining program.

199

MACRO WORD
UNDEFINED

Undefined macro word was used. Modify the

custom macro.

200

ILLEGAL S CODE
COMMAND

In the rigid tap, an S value is out of the range or

is not specified.
Modify the program.

254

10

10. ALARM LIST

Number

For T series

Meaning

Contents and remedy

In the rigid tap, no F value is specified.
Correct the program.

202

POSITION
LSI OVERFLOW

In the rigid tap, spindle distribution value is too

large.

203

PROGRAM MISS
AT RIGID
TAPPING

In the rigid tap, position for a rigid M code (M29)

or an S command is incorrect. Modify the program.

204

ILLEGAL AXIS
OPERATION

In the rigid tap, an axis movement is specified

between the rigid M code (M29) block and G84
(G74) block. Modify the program.

205

RIGID MODE DI
SIGNAL OFF

Rigid mode DI signal is not ON when G84 (G74)

is executed though the rigid M code (M29) is
specified.Consult the PMC ladder diagram to
find the reason the DI signal (DGNG061.1) is not
turned on. Modify the program.

206

CAN NOT
CHANGE PLANE
(RIGID TAP)

Plane changeover was instructed in the rigid

mode.
Correct the program.

210

CAN NOT
COMAND
M198/M199

M198 and M199 are executed in the schedule

operation. M198 is executed in the DNC operation.

211

CAN NOT
COMMAND HIGH
SPEED SKIP

A highspeed skip (G31) was specified during

the feedperrotation or rigid tapping mode.
Correct the program.

212

ILLEGAL PLANE
SELECT

The arbitrary angle chamfering or a corner R is

commanded or the plane including an additional
axis. Correct the program.

213

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

Any of the following alarms occurred in the operation with the simple synchronization control.

ce
nt
e
1) The program issued the move command to
the slave axis.
2) The program issued the manual continuous feed/manual handle feed/incremental
feed command to the slave axis.

nc

3) The program issued the automatic reference position return command without
executing the manual reference position
return after the power was turned on.

4) The difference between the position error

amount of the master and slave axes exceeded the value specified in parameter .

ILLEGAL
COMMAND IN
SYNCHROMODE

Coordinate system is set or tool compensation

of the shift type is executed in the synchronous
control. Correct the program.

222

DNC OP. NOT

ALLOWED IN
BG.EDIT

Input and output are executed at a time in the

background edition.
Execute a correct operation.

224

RETURN TO
REFERENCE
POINT

Reference position return has not been performed before the automatic operation starts.
Perform reference position return.

230

R CODE NOT
FOUND

The infeed quantity R has not been instructed

for the G160 block of th ecanned grinding cycle.
Or the R command value is negative. Correct
the program.

250

SIMULTANEOUS
M06 AND ZAXIS
MOVEMENT NOT
ALLOWED

A tool change (M06) and a Zaxis movement

were specified simultaneously in the DRILL
MATE. Correct the program.

.c

214

255

om

FEEDRATE NOT
FOUND IN RIGID
TAP

r.c

201

(2) Background edit alarm

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

BACKGROUND
EDIT ALARM

140

SELECTED
PROGRAM
ALARM

It was attempted to select or delete in the background a program being selected in the foreground. (Note)
Use background editing correctly.

BP/S alarm occurs in the same number as the

P/S alarm that occurs in ordinary program edit.
(070, 071, 072, 073, 074 085,086,087 etc.)

NOTE

A background editing alarm may occur even during MDI operationB. This is because MDI operationB uses the background
editing function.

Number

r.c

(3) Absolute pulse coder (APC) alarm

om

???

Meaning

Contents and remedy

nthaxis origin
return

Manual reference position return is required for

the nthaxis.

3n1

APC alarm:
nthaxis
communication

nthaxis APC communication error. Failure in

data transmission
Possible causes include a faulty APC, cable, or
servo interface module.

3n2

APC alarm:
nthaxis over time

nthaxis APC overtime error. Failure in data

transmission.
Possible causes include a faulty APC, cable, or
servo interface module.

3n3

APC alarm:
nthaxis framing

nthaxis APC framing error. Failure in data

transmission.
Possible causes include a faulty APC, cable, or
servo interface module.

3n4

APC alarm:
nthaxis parity

nthaxis APC parity error. Failure in data transmission.

Possible causes include a faulty APC, cable, or
servo interface module.

3n5

APC alarm: nth

axis pulse error

nthaxis APC pulse error alarm.

APC alarm.APC or cable may be faulty.

nc

ce
nt
e

3n0

APC alarm:
nthaxis
battery
voltage 0

nthaxis APC battery voltage has decreased to

a low level so that the data cannot be held.
APC alarm. Battery or cable may be faulty.

3n7

APC alarm:
nthaxis battery low
1

3n8

APC alarm:
nthaxis battery low
2

nthaxis APC battery voltage has reached a

level where the battery must be renewed (including when power is OFF).
APC alarm.

nthaxis axis APC battery voltage reaches a

level where the battery must be renewed.
APC alarm. Replace the battery.

.c

3n6

10

256

10. ALARM LIST

(4) Serial pulse coder (SPC) alarms
When either of the following alarms is issued, a possible cause is a faulty
serial pulse coder or cable.
Meaning

3n9

SPC ALARM: n
AXIS PULSE CODER

Contents
The n axis (axis 18) pulse coder has a fault.

D The details of serial pulse coder alarm No.3n9

om

Number

The details of serial pulse coder alarm No. 3n9 are displayed in the
diagnosis display (No. 760 to 767, 770 to 777) as shown below.
#6

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

CSAL

#7
760 to
767

BLAL

PHAL

RCAL

BZAL

CKAL

SPHL

r.c

CSAL : The serial pulse coder is defective. Replace it.

BLAL : The battery voltage is low. Replace the batteries. This alarm has
nothing to do with alarm (serial pulse coder alarm).

SPHL : The serial pulse coder or feedback cable is defective. Replace the
serial pulse coder or cable.

ce
nt
e

RCAL : The serial pulse coder is defective. Replace it.

BZAL : The pulse coder was supplied with power for the first time. Make
sure that the batteries are connected.
Turn the power off, then turn it on again and perform a reference
position return. This alarm has nothing to do with alarm (serial pulse
coder alarm).
CKAL : The serial pulse coder is defective. Replace it.

PHAL : The serial pulse coder or feedback cable is defective. replace the
serial pulse coder or cable.
#7
770 to
777

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

#0

DTERR CRCERR STBERR

: The serial pulse coder encountered a communication error.

The pulse coder, feedbak cable, or feedback receiver circuit
is defective. Replace the pulse coder, feedback cable, or
NCaxis board

nc

DTERR

#6

.c

CRCERR : The serial pulse coder encountered a communication error.

The pulse coder, feedback cable, or feedback receiver circuit
is defective. Replace the pulse coder, feedback cable, or
NCaxis board.

STBERR : the serial pulse coder encountered a communication error.

The pulse coder, feedback cable, or feedback receiver circuit
is defective.
Replace the pulse coder, feedback cable, or NCaxis board.

257

(5) Servo alarms

Number

Meaning

Contents and actions

400

SERVO ALARM: 1,
2TH AXIS OVERLOAD

1axis, 2axis overload signal is on. Refer to

diagnosis display No. 720 or 721 for details.

401

SERVO ALARM: 1,
2TH AXIS VRDY
OFF

1axis, 2axis servo amplifier READY signal

(DRDY) went off.

402

SERVO ALARM: 3,
4TH AXIS OVERLOAD

3axis, 4axis overload signal is on. Refer to

diagnosis display No. 722 or 723 for details.

403

SERVO ALARM: 3,
4TH AXIS VRDY
OFF

3axis, 4axis servo amplifier READY signal

(DRDY) went off.

404

SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS VRDY ON

Even though the nth axis (axis 18) READY

signal (MCON) went off, the servo amplifier
READY signal (DRDY) is still on. Or, when the
power was turned on, DRDY went on even
though MCON was off.
Check that the axis card and servo amplifierr are
connected.

om

406

SERVO ALARM:
7, 8TH AXIS OVER
LOAD
7, 8TH AXIS VRDY
OFF

7axis, 8axis overload signal is on. Refer to

diagnosis display No. 726 or 727 for details.
3axis, 4axis servo amplifier READY signal
(DRDY) went off.

4n0

SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS EXCESS
ERROR
SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS EXCESS
ERROR

The position deviation value when the nth axis

moves is larger than the set value.
Note) Limit value must be set to parameter for
each axis.

The position deviation value when the nth axis

stops is larger than the set value.
Note) Limit value must be set to parameter for
each axis.

4n1

4n3

SERVO
ALARM:
nth AXIS LSI
OVERFLOW

The contents of the error register for the nth

axis exceeded 231 power. This error usually
occurs as the result of an improperly set parameters.

SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS DETECTION
RELATED
ERROR

4n5

SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS EXCESS
SHIFT
SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS DISCONNECTION

Position detection system fault in the nth axis

pulse coder (disconnection alarm).

A speed higher than 4000000 units/s was attempted to be set in the nth axis. This error occurs as the result of improperly set CMR.

4n6

Nth axis digital servo system fault. Refer to

diagnosis display No. 720 and No.727 for details.

.c

4n4

r.c

Position control system fault. Due to an NC or

servo system fault in the reference position return, there is the possibility that reference position return could not be executed correctly. Try
again from the manual reference position return.

ce
nt
e

SERVO
ALARM:
ZERO POINT
RETURN FAULT

nc

405

258

10

10. ALARM LIST

Number

Meaning

Contents and actions

4n7

SERVO ALARM: n
TH AXIS PARAMETER INCORRECT

This alarm occurs when the nth axis is in one

of the conditions listed below. (Digital servo
system alarm)

2) A proper value (111 or 111) is not set in

parameter No. 8n22 (motor revolution
direction).
3) Illegal data (a value below 0, etc.) was set
in parameter No. 8n23 (number of speed
feedback pulses per motor revolution).
4) Illegal data (a value below 0, etc.) was set
in parameter No. 8n24 (number of position
feedback pulses per motor revolution).

r.c

5) Parameters No. 8n84 and No. 8n85 (flexible field gear rate) have not been set.

om

1) The value set in Parameter No. 8n20 (motor form) is out of the specified limit.

6) An axis selection parameter (from No. 269

to 274) is incorrect.
7) An overflow occurred during parameter
computation.
SERVO
ALARM:
5TH AXIS OVER
LOAD

5axis, 6axis overload signal is on. Refer to

diagnosis display No. 724 or 725 for details.

491

SERVO ALARM: 5,
6TH VRDY OFF

5axis, 6axis servo amplifier READY signal

(DRDY) went off.

494

SERVO ALARM: 5,
6TH AXIS VRDY
ON

The axis card ready signal (MCON) for axes 5

and 6 is off, but the servo amplifier ready signal
(DRDY) is not. Alternatively, when the power is
applied, the DRDY is on, but the MCON is not.
Ensure that the axis card and servo amplifier are
connected.

495

SERVO ALARM: 5,
6TH AXIS ZERO
POINT RETURN

This is a position control circuit error. It is likely

that a return to the reference position failed because of an error in the NC or the servo system.
Retry a return to the reference position.

If an excessive spindle error alarm occurs during rigid tapping, the

relevant alarm number for the tapping feed axis is displayed.

.c

nc

NOTE

ce
nt
e

490

259

D Details of servo alarm No.4n4

The detailed descriptions of servo alarm number 414 are displayed with
diagnosis numbers 720 to 727 in the sequence of axis numbers.
#7

#5

#4

#3

#2

#1

LV

OVC

HCAL

HVA

DCAL

FBAL

OFAL

OVL : An overload alarm is being generated.

(This bit causes servo alarm No. 400, 402, 406, 490).

: A low voltage alarm is being generated in servo amp.

Check LED.

OVC : A overcurrent alarm is being generated inside of digital servo.

HCAL : An abnormal current alarm is being generated in servo amp.
Check LED.

DCAL : A regenerative discharge circuit alarm is being generated in servo

amp.
Check LED.

ce
nt
e

FBAL : A disconnection alarm is being generated.

(This bit causes servo alarm No.4n6.)

r.c

HVAL : An overvoltage alarm is being generated in servo amp.

Check LED.

om

LV

#0

OVL

720 to
727

#6

OFAL : An overflow alarm is being generated inside of digital servo.

(6) Spindle alarms

Number
408

Meaning

Contents and remedy

SPINDLE SERIAL
LINK START FAULT

This alarm is generated when the spindle control unit is not ready for starting correctly when
the power is turned on in the system with the serial spindle.
The four reasons can be considered as follows:

2) When the NC power was turned on under

alarm conditions other than SU01 or
AL24 which are shown on the LED display of the spindle control unit.
In this case, turn the spindle amplifier power off once and perform startup again.

.c

nc

1) An improperly connected optic cable, or

the spindle control units power is OFF.

SPINDLE ALARM
DETECTION

A spindle amplifier alarm occurred in a system

with a serial spindle. The alarm is indicated as
ALXX (where XX is a number) on the display
of the spindle amplifier. For details, see Section
14. Setting bit 7 of parameter No. 0397 causes
the spindle amplifier alarm number to appear on
the screen.

409

3) Other reasons (improper combination of

hardware)
This alarm does not occur after the system
including the spindle control unit is activated.

260

10

10. ALARM LIST

(7) Over travel alarms
Contents and remedy

OVER TRAVEL : +n

Exceeded the nth axis + side stored stroke limit 1, 2.

5n1

OVER TRAVEL : n

Exceeded the nth axis side stored stroke limit 1, 2.

5n2

OVER TRAVEL : +n

Exceeded the nth axis + side stored stroke limit 3.

5n3

OVER TRAVEL : n

Exceeded the nth axis side stored stroke limit 3.

5n4

OVER TRAVEL : +n

Exceeded the nth axis + side hardware OT.

(for M series)

5n5

OVER TRAVEL : n

Exceeded the nth axis side hardware OT.

(for M series)

5n4

OVERTRAVEL AT
+N AXIS

The tool moved beyond stored stroke limit 4 in

the positive direction of the n axis (for T series).

5n5

OVERTRAVEL AT
N AXIS

The tool moved beyond stored stroke limit 4 in

the negative direction of the n axis (for T series).

520

OVERTRAVEL AT
ZAXIS

The tool moved beyond the hardware overtravel

position in the positive direction of the Zaxis
(for T series).

590

TOOLPOST INTERFERENCE
ALARM AT
+XAXIS

A toolpost interference alarm was issued while

the tool was moving in the positive direction
along the Xaxis.

591

TOOLPOST INTERFERENCE
ALARM AT
XAXIS

A toolpost interference alarm was issued while

the tool was moving in the negative direction
along the Xaxis.

592

TOOLPOST INTERFERENCE
ALARM AT
+ZAXIS

A toolpost interference alarm was issued while

the tool was moving in the positive direction
along the Zaxis.

593

TOOLPOST INTERFERENCE
ALARM AT
ZAXIS

A toolpost interference alarm was issued while

the tool was moving in the negative direction
along the Zaxis.

ce
nt
e

nc
(8) Macro alarms
Number

Meaning

MACRO ALARM

.c

500 to
599

261

om

Meaning

5n0

r.c

Number

Contents and remedy

This alarm is related to the custom macro, macro executor, or ordermade macro (including
conversational program inputs). Refer to the
relevant manual for details. (The macro alarm
number may coincide with an overtravel alarm
number. However, they can be distinguished
from each other because the overtravel alarm
number is accompanied with the description of
the alarm.

(9) PMC alarms

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

600

PMC ALARM : INVALID INSTRUCTION

An invalidinstruction interrupt occurred in the

PMC.

601

PMC ALARM : RAM

PARITY

A PMC RAM parity error occurred.

602

PMC ALARM : SERIAL TRANSFER

A PMC serial transfer error occurred.

603

PMC ALARM
WATCHDOG

A PMC watchdog timer alarm occurred.

604

PMC ALARM : ROM

PARITY

A PMC ROM parity error occurred.

605

PMC ALARM
OVER STEP

The maximum allowable number of PMC ladder

program steps was exceeded.

606

PMC ALARM : I/O

MODULE ASSIGNMENT

The assignment of I/O module signals is incorrect.

607

PMC ALARM : I/O

LINK

An I/O link error occurred. The details are listed

below.

om

r.c

Details of PMC alarm (No. 607)

ce
nt
e

Number

010

Communication error (SLC (master) internal register error)

020

030

040

No I/O unit has been connected.

050

32 or more I/O units are connected.

060

070

080

090

An NMI (for other than alarm codes 110 to 160) occurred.

130

140

160

An SLC RAM bit error occurred (verification error).

An SLC RAM bit error occurred (verification error).

Data transmission error (no response from the slave)

Communication error (no response from the slave)
Communication error (no response from the slave)

An SLC (master) RAM parity error occurred (detected by hardware).

nc

An SLC (slave) RAM parity error occurred (detected by hardware).

.c

SLC (slave) communication error

* AL0 : Watchdog timer
DO clear signal received
* IR1 : CRC or framing error
Watchdog timer alarm
Parity error

Hardware errors are indicated with an asterisk (*).

(10) Overheat alarms

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

700

OVERHEAT: CONTROL UNIT

Control unit overheat

Check that the fan motor operates normally, and
clean the air filter.

704

SPINDLE
HEAT

Spindle overheat was detected by the spindle

speed fluctuation detection function (for T series).
Check the machining conditions.

OVER-

10

262

10. ALARM LIST

(11) MNET alarm
Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

899

MNET
INTERFACE ALARM

This alarm is related to a serial interface for an

external PLC. The details are listed below.

Abnormal character (character other than transmission codes) received

0002

EXT code error

0003

Connection time monitor error (parameter No. 0464)

0004

Polling time monitor error (parameter No. 0465)

0005

Vertical parity or framing error detected

0257

Transmission timeout error (parameter No. 0466)

0258

ROM parity error

0259

Overrun error detected

Others

CPU interrupt detected

(12) System alarms

ce
nt
e

(These alarms cannot be reset with reset key.)

Number

Meaning

Contents and remedy

910

MAIN RAM
PARITY

This RAM parity error is related to loworder bytes. Replace the memory PC board.

911

MAIN RAM
PARITY

This RAM parity error is related to highorder

bytes. Replace the memory PC board.

912

SHARED
PARITY

RAM

This parity error is related to loworder bytes of

RAM shared with the digital servo circuit. Replace the axis control PC board.

913

SHARED
PARITY

RAM

This parity error is related to highorder bytes of

RAM shared with the digital servo circuit. Replace the axis control PC board.

914

SERVO RAM
PARITY

nc

This is a local RAM parity error in the digital servo circuit.

Replace the axis control PC board.

LADDER EDITING
CASSETTE RAM
PARITY

This RAM parity error is related to loworder bytes of the ladder editing cassette. Replace the
ladder editing cassette.

916

LADDER EDITING
CASSETTE RAM
PARITY

This RAM parity error is related to highorder

bytes of the ladder editing cassette. Replace
the ladder editing cassette.

920

WATCHDOG
ALARM

This is a watchdog timer alarm or a servo system alarm for axis 1 to 4. Replace the master or
axis control PC board.

921

SUB CPU WATCHDOG ALARM

This is a watchdog timer alarm related to the

subCPU board or a servo system alarm for
axis 5 or 6. Replace the subCPU board or the
axis5/6 control PC board.

922

7/8 AXIS SERVO

SYSTEM ALARM

This is a servo system alarm related to axis 7 or

8. Replace the axis7/8 control PC board.

930

CPU ERROR

This is a CPU error. Replace the master PC

board.

940

PC
BOARD
INSTALLATION
ERROR

PC board installation is incorrect. Check the

specification of the PC board.

941

MEMORY
PC
BOARD CONNECTION ERROR

The memory PC board is not connected securely. Ensure that the PC board is connected securely.

.c

915

263

om

Details of MNET alarm (No. 899)

0001

r.c

Number

Contents and remedy

SERIAL SPINDLE
COMMUNICATION
ERROR

The hardware configuration is incorrect for the

serial spindle, or a communication alarm occurred. Check the hardware configuration of the
spindle. Also ensure that the hardware for the
serial spindle is connected securely.

946

SECOND SERIAL
SPINDLE COMMUNICATION ERROR

Communication is impossible with the second

serial spindle. Ensure that the second serial
spindle is connected securely.

950

FUSE
ALARM

A fuse has blown. Replace the fuse (+24E;

F14).

960

SUB CPU ERROR

This is a subCPU error. Replace the subCPU

PC board.

998

ROM PARITY

This is a ROM parity error. Replace the ROM

board in which the error occurred.

BLOWN

(13) External alarm

1000

Meaning
EXTERNAL
ALARM

Contents and remedy

This alarm was detected by the PMC ladder program. Refer to the relevant manual from the machine builder for details.

ce
nt
e

Number

om

Meaning

945

r.c

Number

(14) Alarms Displayed on spindle Servo Unit

Alarm
No.

Meaning

Description

Remedy

A
display

Program ROM abnormality

(not
installed)

Detects that control program

is not started (due to program
ROM not installed, etc.)

Install normal
program ROM

AL01

Motor
overheat

Detects motor speed exceeding specified speed excessively.

Check
status.
Cool
then
alarm.

load

motor
reset

Excessive
deviation

speed

Detects motor speed exceeding specified speed excessively.

Check
load
status.
Reset alarm.

AL03

DC link section fuse

blown

Detects that fuse F4 in DC link

section is blown (models 30S
and 40S).

Check power
transistors,
and so forth.
Replace fuse.

AL04

Input fuse blown.

Input power open
phase.

Detects blown fuse (F1 to F3),

open phase or momentary
failure of power (models 30S
and 40S).

Replace fuse.
Check
open
phase
and
power supply
refenerative
circuit operation.

AL05

Control power supply fuse blown

Detects that control power

supply fuse AF2 or AF3 is
blown (models 30S and 40S).

Check for control power supply short circuit

.
Replace fuse.

AL07

Excessive speed

Detects that motor rotation

has exceeded 115% of its
rated speed.

Reset alarm.

AL08

High input voltage

Detects that switch is flipped

to 200 VAC when input voltage is 230 VAC or higher
(models 30S and 40S).

Flip switch to
230 VAC.

.c

nc

AL02

264

10

10. ALARM LIST

Alarm
No.

Remedy

Detects abnormal temperature rise of power transistor radiator.

Cool radiator
then
reset
alarm.

AL10

Low input voltage

Detects drop in input power

supply voltage.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL11

Overvoltage in DC
link section

Detects abnormally high direct current power supply voltage in power circuit section.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL12

Overcurrent in DC
link section

Detects flow of abnormally

large current in direct current
section of power cirtcuit

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL13

CPU internal data

memory abnormality

Detects abnormality in CPU

internal data memory. This
check is made only when
power is turned on.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL15

Spindle switch/output switch alarm

Detects incorrect switch sequence in spindle switch/output switch operation.

Check
quence.

AL16

RAM abnormality

Detects abnormality in RAM

for external data. This check
is made only when power is
turned on.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL18

Program ROM sum

check error

Detects program ROM data

error.This check is made only
when power is turned on.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL19

Excessive U phase
current
detection
circuit offset

Detects excessive U phase

current detection ciucuit offset.
This check is made only when
power is turned on.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL20

Excessive V phase
current
detection
circuit offset

Detects excessive V phase

current detection circuit offset.
This check is made only when
power is turned on.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL24

Serial transfer data

error

Detects serial transfer data error (such as NC power supply

turned off, etc.)

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL25

Serial data transfer

stopped

Detects that serial data transfer has stopped.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL26

Disconnection
of
speed
detection
signal for Cs contouring control

Detects abnormality in position coder signal(such as unconnected cable and parameter setting error).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL27

Position coder signal disconnection

Detects abnormality in position coder signal (such as unconnected cable and adjustment error).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL28

Disconnection
of
position detection
signal for Cs contouring control

Detects abnormality in position detection signal for Cs

contouring control (such as
unconnected cable and adjustment error).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL29

Shorttime
load

Detects that overload has

been continuously applied for
some period of time (such as
restraining motor shaft in positioning).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

se-

ce
nt
e

nc
.c
w
w
w
265

om

Description

Excessive load on
main circuit section

r.c

Meaning

AL09

over-

Alarm
No.

Remedy

Detects overcurrent flowing in

input circuit.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL31

Speed
detection
signal disconnection motor restraint
alarm or motor is
clamped.

Detects that motor cannot rotate at specified speed or it is

detected that the motor is
clamped. (but rotates at very
slow speed or has stopped).
(This includes checking of
speed detection signal cable.)

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

Abnormality in RAM
internal to LSI for
serial data transfer.
This check is made
only when power is
turned on.

Detects abnormality in RAM

internalto LSI for serial data
transfer. This check is made
only when power is turned on.

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

Insufficient DC link
section charging

Detects insuffieient charging

of direct current power supply
voltage in power circuit section when magnetic contactor
in amplifier is turned on (such
as open phase and defectifve
charging resistor).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL33

ce
nt
e

AL32

Parameter data setting beyond allowable range of values

Detects parameter data set

beyond allowable range of
values.

Set
data.

AL35

Excesive gear ratio

data setting

Detects gear ratio data set beyond allowable range of values.

Set
data.

correct

AL36

Error counter over

flow

Detects error counter overflow.

Speed detector parameter setting error

Detects incorrect setting of

parameter for number of
speed detection pulses.

Set
data.

AL39

Alarm for indicating

failure in detecting
1rotation signal for
Cs contouring control

Detects 1rotaion signal

detection failure in Cs contouring contorl.

Make
1rotaion
signal
adjustment.
Check cable
shield status.

Alarm for indicating

1rotation signal for
Cs contouring control not detected

Detects that 1rotation signal

has not occurred in Cs contouring control.

Alarm for indicating

failure in detecting
position coder 1rotaion signal.

Detects failure in detecting

position coder 1rotation signal.

Make
signal
adjustment for
signal conversion circuit.
Check cable
shield status.

AL42

Alarm for indicating

position
coder
1rotation
signal
not detected

Detects that position coder

1rotation signal has not issued.

Make 1rotation signal adjustment

for
signal conversion circuit.

Make
1rotaion
signal
adjustment.

AL41

Correct cause,
then
reset
alarm.

AL37

.c

AL40

correct

nc

AL34

correct

om

Description

Input circuit overcurrent

r.c

Meaning

AL30

266

10

10. ALARM LIST

Alarm
No.

Remedy

Detects that main spindle

position coder signal used for
differential speed mode is not
connected yet (or is disconnected).

Check
that
main spindle
position coder
signal is connected to connector CN12.

AL46

Alarm for indicating

failure in detecting
position
coder
1rotation signal in
thread cutting operation.

Detects failure in detecting

position coder 1rotation signasl in thread cutting operation.

Make 1rotation signal adjustment

for
signal conversion circuit
Check cable
shield status.

AL47

Position coder signal abnormality

Detects incorrect position

coder signal count operation.

Make
signal
adjustment for
signal conversion circuit.
Check cable
shield status.

AL48

Position
1rotation
abnormailty

Detects that occurrence of

position coder 1rotation signal has stopped.

AL49

The converted differential speed is

too high.

Detects that speed of other

spindle converted to speed of
local spindle has exceeded
allowable limit in differential
mode.

Check
the
position coder
state of the
other side.

AL50

Excessive
speed
command calculation value in spindle
synchronization
control

Detects that speed command

calculation value exceeded
allowable range in spindle
synchronization control.

Check parameters such as a

position gain.

AL51

Undervoltage at DC
link section

Detects that DC power supply

voltage of power ciucuit has
dropped (due to momentary
power failure or loose contact
of magnetic contactor).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

Make 1rotation signal adjustment

for
signal conversion circuit.

nc

ce
nt
e

coder
signal

ITP signal
abnormality I

Detects abnormality in synchronization signal (ITP signal )with CNC (such as loss of
ITP signal).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

AL53

ITP signal
abnormality II

Detects abnormality in synchronization signal (ITP signal) with CNC (such as loss of
ITP signal).

Remove
cause, then reset alarm.

.c

AL52

267

om

Description

Alarm for indicating

disconnection
of
position coder signal for differential
speed mode

r.c

Meaning

AL43

Alarm
No.

Remedy

Meaning
current

Detects that excessive current flowed in motor for long

time.

Check if overload operation

or frequent acceleration/deceleration
is
performed.

AL55

Power line abnormality in spindle

switching/output
switching

Detects that switch request

signal does not match power
line status check signal.

Check operation of magnetic contractor

for power line
switching.
Check if power
line
status
check signal is
processed
normally.

om

Overload
alarm

r.c

Description

AL54

nc

ce
nt
e

.c

10

268

11. CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN ENGLISH KEY

AND SYMBOLIC KEY
Table : Correspondence between English key and Symbolic key

Name
RESET key

English key

Symbolic key

RESET

PAGE

PAGE DOWN key

PAGE

om

PAGE UP key

SHIFT key

SHIFT

POSITION key

MENU key

OFFSET key

PRGRM

ce
nt
e

PROGRAM key

POS

MENU/OFFSET key

DIAGNOS/PARAM key

MENU

AUXILIARY/GRAPHIC
key

.c

MACRO key

MENU
OFSET

DGNOS

PARAM

OPR

ALARM

AUX

GRAPH

MACRO

ALTER

INSERT key

INSRT

ALTER key

INPUT key

OFSET

nc

OPRATION/ALARM key

r.c

INPUT

OUTPUT/START key

DELET

CANCEL key

CAN

10

OUTPT

DELETE key

START

11

269